Bṛhat Saṁhitā बृहत् संहिता

సంస్కృతం

जयति जगतः प्रसूतिः विश्वात्मा सहजभूषणं नभसः । द्रुतकनकसदृशदशशतमयूखमालार्चितः सविता ॥ १.१॥

jayati jagataḥ prasūtiḥ viśvātmā sahajabhūṣaṇaṃ nabhasaḥ | drutakanakasadṛśadaśaśatamayūkhamālārcitaḥ savitā || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Victorious is the source of the world, the Soul of the universe, the sky’s own natural ornament—the Sun, worshipped by his garland of a thousand rays resembling molten gold.

హిందీ అర్థం

जगत की उत्पत्ति, विश्व की आत्मा, आकाश के स्वाभाविक आभूषण, तपाए हुए सोने के समान अपनी सौ किरणों की माला से पूजित सूर्य की जय हो।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

प्रथममुनिकथितमवितथमवलोक्य ग्रन्थविस्तरस्यार्थम् । नातिलघुविपुलरचनाभिरुद्यतः स्पष्टमभिधातुम् ॥ १.२॥

prathamamunikathitamavitatham avalokya granthavistarasyārtham | nātilaghuvipularacanābhir udyataḥ spaṣṭam abhidhātum || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Having examined the true meaning of the extensive treatises spoken earlier by the sages, I have undertaken to state it clearly, in a composition neither too brief nor too voluminous.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्व मुनियों द्वारा कहे गए ग्रन्थ-विस्तार के सत्य अर्थ को देखकर, मैंने न अति लघु न अति विस्तृत रचना द्वारा उसे स्पष्ट रूप से कहने का प्रयत्न किया है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

मुनिविरचितमिदमिति यगिरन्तनं साधु न मनुजग्रथितम् । तुल्येऽर्थेऽक्षरभेदादमन्त्रके का विशेषोक्तिः ॥ १.३॥

munivirac̣itam idam iti yad giram tanaṃ sādhu na manujagrathitam | tulye’rthe’kṣarabhedād amantrake kā viśeṣoktiḥ || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That a certain speech is composed by sages and is therefore held good, while what is framed by ordinary men in the same sense is not—when the meaning is identical, what special distinction remains from a mere difference of syllables, in matters outside the sacred mantras?

హిందీ అర్థం

यह मुनियों द्वारा रचा गया है अतः उत्तम है, और मनुष्यों द्वारा उसी अर्थ में गूँथा गया साधु नहीं — जब अर्थ समान हो, तो मंत्र से भिन्न विषयों में केवल अक्षर-भेद से क्या विशेष रह जाता है?

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

क्षितितनयदिवसवारो न शुभकृदिति यदि पितामहप्रोक्ते । कुजदिनमनिष्टमिति वा कोऽत्र विशेषो नृदिव्यकृतेः कृते ॥ १.४॥

kṣititanayadivasavāro na śubhakṛd iti yadi pitāmahaprokte | kujadinam aniṣṭam iti vā ko’tra viśeṣo nṛdivyakṛteḥ kṛte || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If it is said in the Grandsire (Brahmā)’s own word that the day ruled by the son of the Earth (Mars, i.e. Tuesday) does not bring good, or if it is said in ordinary speech that ‘the day of Mars is inauspicious’—what difference is there here, in a matter equally made by gods and by men?

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि पितामह (ब्रह्मा) के कथन में कहा गया हो कि पृथ्वी-पुत्र (मंगल) का दिन शुभकर नहीं, अथवा साधारण वाणी में कहा जाए कि ‘मंगल का दिन अनिष्ट है’ — देव और मनुष्य दोनों द्वारा की गई इस बात में क्या भेद है?

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

आब्रह्मादिविनिःसृतमालोक्य ग्रन्थविस्तरं क्रमशः । क्रियमाणकमेव एतत् समासतोऽतो ममौत्साहः ॥ १.५॥

ābrahmādiviniḥsṛtam ālokya granthavistaraṃ kramaśaḥ | kriyamāṇakam eva etat samāsato’to mamotsāhaḥ || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Having examined in due order the extensive treatises that have issued forth beginning from Brahmā, this work of mine is undertaken only as a summary of that same tradition; hence is my present enthusiasm.

హిందీ అర్థం

ब्रह्मा से लेकर क्रमशः प्रकट हुए ग्रन्थ-विस्तार को देखकर, यह कार्य मैं केवल उसी के संक्षेप-रूप में कर रहा हूँ; इसी से मेरा यह उत्साह है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

आसीत्तमः किलैदं तत्रापां तैजसेऽभवद् धैमे । स्वर्भूशकले ब्रह्मा विश्वकृदण्डेऽर्कशशिनयनः ॥ १.६॥

āsīt tamaḥ kilaidaṃ tatrāpāṃ taijase’bhavad dhaime | svarbhūśakale brahmā viśvakṛd aṇḍe’rkaśaśinayanaḥ || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the beginning, they say, there was darkness; therein, in the golden radiance of the waters, was born—within the cosmic egg, upon the fragment of heaven—Brahmā the world-maker, the Sun and Moon his eyes.

హిందీ అర్థం

कहते हैं, पहले अंधकार था; उसमें जल के तेजोमय स्वर्ण-अंश में, ब्रह्माण्ड में, स्वर्ग के खण्ड पर, सूर्य-चंद्र जिनके नेत्र हैं, वह विश्वकर्ता ब्रह्मा उत्पन्न हुए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

कपिलः प्रधानमाह द्रव्यादीन् कणकभुग् अस्य विश्वस्य । कालं कारणमेके स्वभावमपरे जगुः कर्म ॥ १.७॥

kapilaḥ pradhānam āha dravyādīn kaṇakabhuk asya viśvasya | kālaṃ kāraṇam eke svabhāvam apare jaguḥ karma || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Kapila declares Pradhāna (primordial matter) [the cause]; the atomist, the substances beginning with the atom—of this universe. Some say Time is the cause, others say Nature, and others say Karma.

హిందీ అర్థం

कपिल प्रधान (प्रकृति) को कारण कहते हैं, अणुवादी द्रव्यादि को — इस विश्व का; कोई काल को कारण कहते हैं, कोई स्वभाव को, और कोई कर्म को।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

तदलमतिविस्तरेण प्रसंगवादार्थनिर्णयोऽतिमहान् । ज्योतिःशास्त्रांगानां वक्तव्यो निर्णयोऽत्र मया ॥ १.८॥

tad alam ativistareṇa prasaṃgavādārthanirṇayo’timahān | jyotiḥśāstrāṅgānāṃ vaktavyo nirṇayo’tra mayā || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Enough, then, of such excessive elaboration—the full determination of matters arising incidentally is too vast an undertaking; here I shall state only the determination proper to the limbs of the science of Jyotiṣa.

హిందీ అర్థం

अतः अधिक विस्तार से क्या लाभ — प्रसंगवश उठे विषयों का सम्पूर्ण निर्णय अत्यन्त विशाल कार्य है; यहाँ मैं केवल ज्योतिःशास्त्र के अंगों से संबंधित निर्णय ही कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

ज्योतिःशास्त्रमनेकभेदविषयं स्कन्धत्रयाधिष्ठितं तत्कार्त्स्न्यौपनयस्य नाम मुनिभिः संकीर्त्यते संहिता । स्कन्धेऽस्मिन् गणितेन या ग्रहगतिः तन्त्राभिधानः त्वसौ होरा अन्यो अंगविनिश्चयश्च कथितः स्कन्धः तृतीयोऽपरः ॥ १.९॥

jyotiḥśāstram anekabhedaviṣayaṃ skandhatrayādhiṣṭhitaṃ tat kārtsnyaupanayasya nāma munibhiḥ saṃkīrtyate saṃhitā | skandhe’smin gaṇitena yā grahagatiḥ tantrābhidhānaḥ tu asau horā anyaḥ aṅgaviniścayaḥ ca kathitaḥ skandhaḥ tṛtīyaḥ aparaḥ || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The science of Jyotiṣa, of many divisions, rests upon three branches (skandhas); that which brings together the whole of it is called by the sages ‘Saṁhitā’. Of these branches, that which treats planetary motion by calculation is named Tantra (Gaṇita); the other is Horā; and the branch that determines the remaining limbs is spoken of as the third, separate branch.

హిందీ అర్థం

अनेक भेद-विषयों वाला ज्योतिःशास्त्र तीन स्कंधों पर आधारित है; उसके सम्पूर्ण संग्रह को मुनि ‘संहिता’ कहते हैं। इनमें से जो गणित द्वारा ग्रह-गति का विषय है, वह ‘तंत्र’ (गणित) कहलाता है; दूसरा ‘होरा’ है; और अंगों के निर्णय वाला तीसरा, पृथक् स्कंध कहा गया है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

वक्रानुवक्रास्तमयौदयाद्याः ताराग्रहाणां करणे मयोक्ताः । होरागतं विस्तरशश्च जन्मयात्राविवाहैः सह पूर्वमुक्तम् ॥ १.१०॥

vakrānuvakrāstamayaudayādyāḥ tārāgrahāṇāṃ karaṇe mayoktāḥ | horāgataṃ vistaraśaḥ ca janmayātrāvivāhaiḥ saha pūrvam uktam || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Matters such as retrogression, direct motion, setting and rising of the stars and planets have already been stated by me in the treatise on calculation (Gaṇita); and the subject-matter of Horā, together with nativity, travel and marriage, has already been set forth at length by me before.

హిందీ అర్థం

वक्र, अनुवक्र, अस्त, उदय आदि तारा-ग्रहों के विषय गणित में मेरे द्वारा पहले ही कहे जा चुके हैं; और होरा का विषय, जन्म, यात्रा तथा विवाह सहित, विस्तार से पहले ही कहा जा चुका है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

प्रश्नप्रतिप्रश्नकथाप्रसंगान् स्वल्पौपयोगान् ग्रहसंभवांश्च । सन्त्यज्य फल्गूनि च सारभूतं भूतार्थमर्थैः सकलैः प्रवक्ष्ये ॥ १.११॥

praśnapratipraśnakathāprasaṅgān svalpaupayogān grahasaṃbhavāṃśca | santyajya phalgūni ca sārabhūtaṃ bhūtārtham arthaiḥ sakalaiḥ pravakṣye || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Setting aside the discussions of horary questions and counter-questions, of little use, and the [elaborate] planetary-origin matters, and setting aside trivial things, I shall declare, with all due significance, the true and essential substance of this science.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रश्न-प्रतिप्रश्न की कथाओं, अल्प-उपयोगी ग्रह-संभव संबंधी विषयों तथा तुच्छ बातों को छोड़कर, मैं सम्पूर्ण अर्थों सहित इस शास्त्र का सारभूत, यथार्थ तत्त्व कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review; cross-checked in sense against the public-domain 1884 N. Chidambaram Iyer translation (wisdomlib.org).

సంస్కృతం

तत्र सांवत्सरोऽभिजातः प्रियदर्शनो विनीतवेषः सत्यवाग् अनसूयकः समः सुसंहिता उपचितगात्रसन्धिः अविकलश्चारुकरचरणनखनयनचिबुकदशनश्रवणललाटभ्रू उत्तमांगो वपुष्मान् गंभीरौदात्तघोषः । प्रायः शरीर आकारानुवर्त्तिनो वर्तिनो हि गुणा दोषाश्च भवन्ति । तत्र गुणाः शुचिः दक्षः प्रगल्भो वाग्ग्मी वाग्मी प्रतिभानवान् देशकालवित् सात्त्विको न पर्षद्भीरुः सहाध्यायिभिः अनभिभवनीयः कुशलोऽव्यसनी शान्तिकपौष्टिकाभिचारस्नानविद्याभिज्ञो विबुधार्चनव्रतौअपवासनिरतः स्वतन्त्राश्चर्या उत्पादितप्रभावः पृष्टाभिधाय्यन्यत्र दैवात्ययाद् ग्रहगणितसंहिताहोरा ग्रन्थार्थवेत्ता इति । तत्र ग्रहगणिते पौलिशरोमकवासिष्ठसौरपैतामहेषु पंचस्वेतेषु सिद्धान्तेषु युगवर्षायनऋतुमासपक्षाहोरात्रयाममुहूर्तनाडीविणाडीप्राण त्रुटित्रुट्याद्यवयव आदिकस्य आद्यस्य कालस्य क्षेत्रस्य च वेता । चतुर्णां च मानानां सौरसावननाक्षत्रचान्द्राणामधिमा सकावमसंभवस्य च कारणाभिज्ञः । षष्ट्यब्दयुगवर्षमास दिनहोरा अधिपतीनां प्रतिपत्ति वि च्छेदवित् । सौरादीनां च मानानामसदृशसदृश सदृशासदृश योग्यायोग्यत्वप्रतिपादनपटुः । सिद्धान्तभेदेऽपि अयननिवृत्तौ प्रत्यक्षं सममण्डललेखासम्प्रयोगाभ्युदितांशकानां च छायाजलयन्त्रदृग्गणितसाम्येन प्रतिपादनकुशलः । सूर्यादीनां च ग्रहाणाम् शीघ्रमन्दयाम्यौत्तरनीचौच्चगतिकारणाभिज्ञः । सूर्यचन्द्रमसोश्च ग्रहणे ग्रहण आदिमोक्षकालदिक्प्रमाणस्थितिविमर्दवर्णादेशानां वर्णदेशानां अनागतग्रहसमागमयुद्धानामादेष्टा । प्रत्येकग्रहभ्रमणयोजनकक्ष्याप्रमाणप्रतिविषययोजन परिच्छेदकुशलः कुशलो । भूभगणभ्रमणसंस्थानाद्यक्षावलंबकाहर्व्यासचरदलकालरा श्युदयच्छायानाडीकरणप्रभृतिषु क्षेत्रकालकरणेष्वभिज्ञः । नानाचोद्यप्रश्नभेदौपलब्धिजनितवाक्सारो निकषसन्तापाभिनिवेशैः विशुद्धस्य कनकस्यैवाधिकतरममलीकृतस्य शास्त्रस्य वक्ता तन्त्रज्ञो भवति उक्तज् च । न प्रतिबद्धं गमयति वक्ति न च प्रश्नमेकमपि पृष्टः । निगदति न च शिष्येभ्यः स कथं शास्त्रार्थविज्ञेयः ॥ २.१॥

tatra sāṃvatsaro’bhijātaḥ priyadarśano vinītaveṣaḥ satyavāg anasūyakaḥ samaḥ susaṃhitā upacitagātrasandhiḥ avikalaḥ cārukaracaraṇanakhanayanacibukadaśanaśravaṇalalāṭabhrū uttamāṅgo vapuṣmān gambhīraudāttaghoṣaḥ. prāyaḥ śarīra ākārānuvartino vartino hi guṇā doṣāśca bhavanti. tatra guṇāḥ śuciḥ dakṣaḥ pragalbho vāgmī pratibhānavān deśakālavit sāttviko na parṣadbhīruḥ sahādhyāyibhiḥ anabhibhavanīyaḥ kuśalo’vyasanī śāntikapauṣṭikābhicārasnānavidyābhijño vibudhārcanavratopavāsanirataḥ svatantrāścaryotpāditaprabhāvaḥ pṛṣṭābhidhāyī anyatra daivātyayād grahagaṇitasaṃhitāhorā granthārthavettā iti. tatra grahagaṇite pauliśaromakavāsiṣṭhasaurapaitāmaheṣu pañcasu eteṣu siddhānteṣu yugavarṣāyanartumāsapakṣāhorātrayāmamuhūrtanāḍīvinādīprāṇatruṭitruṭyādyavayavasyādikasyādyasya kālasya kṣetrasya ca vettā. caturṇāṃ ca mānānāṃ saurasāvananākṣatracāndrāṇām adhimāsakṣayasambhavasya ca kāraṇābhijñaḥ. ṣaṣṭyabdayugavarṣamāsadinahorāṇām adhipatīnāṃ pratipattivicchedavit. saurādīnāṃ ca mānānām asadṛśasadṛśasadṛśāsadṛśayogyāyogyatvapratipādanapaṭuḥ. siddhāntabhede’pi ayananivṛttau pratyakṣaṃ samamaṇḍalalekhāsamprayogābhyuditāṃśakānāṃ ca chāyājalayantradṛggaṇitasāmyena pratipādanakuśalaḥ. sūryādīnāṃ ca grahāṇām śīghramandayāmyauttaranīcoccagatikāraṇābhijñaḥ. sūryacandramasoś ca grahaṇe grahaṇādimokṣakāladikpramāṇasthitivimardavarṇadeśānām anāgatagrahasamāgamayuddhānām ādeṣṭā. pratyekagrahabhramaṇayojanakakṣyāpramāṇaprativiṣayayojanaparicchedakuśalaḥ. bhūbhagaṇabhramaṇasaṃsthānādyakṣāvalambakāharvyāsacaraḍalakālarāśyudayacchāyānāḍīkaraṇaprabhṛtiṣu kṣetrakālakaraṇeṣvabhijñaḥ. nānācodyapraśnabhedopalabdhijanitavāksāro nikaṣasantāpābhiniveśaiḥ viśuddhasya kanakasyaivādhikataram amalīkṛtasya śāstrasya vaktā tantrajño bhavati uktañ ca: na pratibaddhaṃ gamayati vakti na ca praśnamekamapi pṛṣṭaḥ nigadati na ca śiṣyebhyaḥ sa kathaṃ śāstrārthavijñeyaḥ || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Now, the sāṃvatsara (the court astrologer) should be well-born, pleasant to look upon, modestly dressed, truthful, free of envy, even-tempered, of well-knit frame, firm joints, unblemished, with beautiful hands, feet, nails, eyes, chin, teeth, ears, forehead and brows, a fine head, a well-formed body, and a deep, dignified voice — for virtues and faults generally follow the form of the body. His virtues: purity, skill, boldness, eloquence, ready wit, knowledge of place and time, a tranquil disposition, fearlessness before assemblies, not to be overborne by his fellow students, competence, freedom from vice, knowledge of the rites of pacification, of nourishing and of averting rites, of ablution and allied sciences, devotion to the worship, vows and fasts owed to the wise, a self-earned authority, one who speaks only when asked (save in matters of impending calamity), and a master of the treatises on planetary computation, Saṁhitā and Horā. In computation he should be versed, among the five siddhāntas — Pauliśa, Romaka, Vāsiṣṭha, Saura and Paitāmaha — in every division of time, from yuga down to the truṭi, and of space, from its first unit. He should know the four measures of time — solar, civil, sidereal, lunar — and the causes of intercalary and omitted months. He should know the settled lordships of the sixty-year cycle, the yuga, year, month, day and hour; and be skilled in showing which of the solar and other measures agree or disagree, and are fit or unfit for use. Even where the siddhāntas differ, he should be able to demonstrate — by direct observation at the solstice, by the equinoctial circle and the risen degrees — the agreement of gnomon-shadow, water-clock and computed observation. He should know the causes of the planets’ fast and slow motion, their southward and northward course, and their depression and exaltation; and be able to foretell, in a solar or lunar eclipse, the time of onset and release, the direction, measure, duration, degree of obscuration, colour and region, and the coming conjunctions and wars of the planets. He should be skilled in the orbit-measure in yojanas of each planet’s revolution and in the yojana-division proper to each region; and versed in the reckonings of the earth’s circle, celestial configuration, latitude, day-length, ascensional difference, the rising-times of signs, the gnomon-shadow and the like. One whose speech has gained substance from meeting many kinds of objection and question — like gold made purer still by the touchstone and the fire — such an expounder of this refined science is truly the Tantrajña (master of the science). And it is said: he who cannot resolve an entanglement, cannot answer even one question when asked, and cannot teach it to pupils — how shall such a one be known as one who has grasped the meaning of this science?

హిందీ అర్థం

साम्वत्सर (राजज्योतिषी) उत्तम कुल में उत्पन्न, प्रियदर्शन, विनम्र वेशभूषा वाला, सत्यवादी, ईर्ष्यारहित, समचित्त, सुगठित, अखण्डित अंगों वाला, सुंदर हाथ-पैर-नख-नेत्र-ठुड्डी-दाँत-कान-ललाट-भौंह वाला, उत्तम मस्तक वाला, सुडौल शरीर वाला और गम्भीर-उदात्त स्वर वाला हो। प्रायः शरीर के आकार के अनुसार ही गुण और दोष होते हैं। उसके गुण ये हों: पवित्रता, कुशलता, साहस, वाक्पटुता, प्रतिभा, देश-काल का ज्ञान, सात्त्विकता, सभा में निर्भीकता, सहपाठियों से अपराजित होना, निपुणता, व्यसनरहितता, शान्ति-पौष्टिक-अभिचार स्नान-विद्या का ज्ञान, विद्वानों की पूजा-व्रत-उपवास में निरति, स्वतःसिद्ध प्रभाव, पूछे जाने पर ही उत्तर देना (दैव-संकट के अतिरिक्त), और गणित, संहिता तथा होरा ग्रन्थों के अर्थ का ज्ञाता होना। गणित में उसे पौलिश, रोमक, वासिष्ठ, सौर और पैतामह — इन पाँचों सिद्धान्तों में युग, वर्ष, अयन, ओंसे लेकर त्रुटि तक काल और क्षेत्र का ज्ञान होना चाहिए। सौर, सावन, नाक्षत्र और चान्द्र — इन चार मानों के अधिमास और क्षयमास के कारण का ज्ञाता हो। सिद्धान्तों में भेद होने पर भी, अयन-परिवर्तन के समय प्रत्यक्ष रूप से छाया-यंत्र, जल-यंत्र और दृग्-गणित की समानता दिखाने में कुशल हो। सूर्यादि ग्रहों की शीघ्र-मन्द, दक्षिण-उत्तर, नीच-उच्च गति के कारणों का ज्ञाता हो, और सूर्य-चंद्र ग्रहण में आरंभ-मोक्ष काल, दिशा, प्रमाण, स्थिति, ग्रास की मात्रा, वर्ण और प्रदेश, तथा आगामी ग्रह-युति-युद्धों का कथन कर सके। प्रत्येक ग्रह की कक्षा के योजन-प्रमाण तथा प्रत्येक प्रदेश के योजन-विभाग के निर्धारण में कुशल हो, और पृथ्वी के भ्रमण-मण्डल, अक्षांश, दिनमान-व्यास, चरदल, राशि-उदयकाल, छाया-नाड़ी आदि क्षेत्र-काल सम्बन्धी गणनाओं का ज्ञाता हो। अनेक प्रकार के प्रश्नों और आपत्तियों का सामना करके जिसकी वाणी में सार आया हो — कसौटी और अग्नि से शुद्ध किए गए स्वर्ण के समान — वह इस शास्त्र का प्रवक्ता सचमुच तन्त्रज्ञ होता है। और कहा भी गया है: जो उलझन को सुलझा नहीं पाता, पूछे जाने पर एक भी प्रश्न का उत्तर नहीं दे पाता, और शिष्यों को सिखा नहीं पाता — वह शास्त्रार्थ का ज्ञाता कैसे कहलाए?

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ग्रन्थोऽन्यथा अन्यथार्थं अन्यथार्थः करणं यश्चान्यथा करोत्यबुधः । स पितामहमुपगम्य स्तौति नरो वैशिकेनार्याम् ॥ २.२॥

grantho’nyathānyathārthaḥ karaṇaṃ yaścānyathā karotyabudhaḥ | sa pitāmaham upagamya stauti naro vaiśikenāryām || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The ignorant one who reads the text one way, its meaning another, and its application yet another, is like a man who, approaching the Grandsire Brahmā himself, praises him with the flattery meant for a courtesan.

హిందీ అర్థం

जो अज्ञानी ग्रन्थ को अन्यथा, उसके अर्थ को अन्यथा, और उसके प्रयोग को अन्यथा करता है, वह मानो स्वयं ब्रह्मा के पास जाकर उन्हें वेश्या के योग्य स्तुति से प्रशंसा करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

तन्त्रे सुपरिज्ञाते लग्ने छाया अंबुयन्त्रसंविदिते । होरार्थे च सुरूढे नादेष्टुः भारती वन्ध्या ॥ २.३॥

tantre suparijñāte lagne chāyāmbuyantrasaṃvidite | horārthe ca surūḍhe nādeṣṭuḥ bhāratī vandhyā || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Gaṇita is well mastered, the ascendant well known through gnomon and water-instrument, and the meaning of Horā firmly grasped—then the astrologer’s word in prediction is not barren.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब गणित भली-भाँति जाना गया हो, लग्न छाया और जल-यंत्र से भली-भाँति ज्ञात हो, और होरा का अर्थ सुदृढ़ हो, तभ ज्योतिषी की वाणी वन्ध्य (निष्फल) नहीं होती।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

उक्तन् चार्यविष्णुगुप्तेन अपि अर्णवस्य पुरुषः प्रतरन् कदाचिद् आसादयेदनिलवेगवशेन पारम् । न त्वस्य कालपुरुष आख्यमहार्णवस्य गच्छेत् कदाचिदनृषिः मनसापि पारम् ॥ २.४॥

uktañ cāryaviṣṇuguptenāpi arṇavasya puruṣaḥ pratarankadācid āsādayedanilavegavaśena pāram | na tvasya kālapuruṣākhyamahārṇavasya gaccheta kadācidanṛṣiḥ manasāpi pāram || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The noble Viṣṇugupta (Cāṇakya) has also said: a man swimming an ocean may, by the force of the wind, sometime reach the far shore; but one who is not a seer can never, even in thought, reach the far shore of this great ocean called the Kālapuruṣa (Time as a person—this science).

హిందీ అర్థం

आचार्य विष्णुगुप्त (चाणक्य) ने भी कहा है: समुद्र में तैरता हुआ मनुष्य कभी वायु के वेग से दूसरा किनारा पा सकता है, परन्तु जो ओषि नहीं है, वह इस ‘कालपुरुष’ नामक महासागर (ज्योतिष शास्त्र) का पार मन से भी कभी नहीं पा सकता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

होराशास्त्रेऽपि च राशिहोराद्रेष्काणनवांशकद्वादशभा गत्रिंशद्भागबलाबलपरिग्रहो ग्रहाणां दिक्स्थानकालचेष्टाभिः अनेकप्रकारबलनिर्धारणं प्रकृतिधातुद्रव्यजातिचेष्टादिपरिग्रहो निषेकजन्मकालविस्मापनप्रत्यय आदेशसद्योमरण आयुर्दायदशा अन्तर्दशा अष्टकवर्गराजयोगचन्द्रयोगद्विग्रहादियोगानां नाभसादीनाम् च योगानाम् फलानि आश्रयभावावलोकननिर्याणगत्यनूकानि तत्काल कालिक प्रश्नशुभाशुभनिमित्तानि विवाहादीनाम् च कर्मनां करणम् । यात्रायां तु च तिथिदिवसकरणनक्षत्रमुहूर्तविलग्नयोग देहस्पन्दनस्वप्नविजयस्नानग्रहयज्ञगणयागाग्नि लिंगहस्त्यश्वैंगितसेना प्रवादचेष्टादिग्रहषाड्गुण्यौपायमंगलामंग लशकुनसैन्यनिवेशभू मयोऽग्निवर्णा मन्त्रिचरदूताटविकानां यथाकालं प्रयोगाः परदुर्ग उप लंभोपायश्चेत्युक्तं च आचार्यैः । जगति प्रसारितमिव आलिखितमिव मतौ निषिक्तमिव हृदये । शास्त्रं यस्य सभगणं नादेशा निष्फलाः निःफलाः तस्य ॥ २.५॥

horāśāstre’pi ca rāśihorādreṣkāṇanavāṃśakadvādaśabhāgatriṃśadbhāgabalābalaparigraho grahāṇāṃ dikstānakālaceṣṭābhiḥ anekaprakārabalanirdhāraṇaṃ prakṛtidhātudravyajāticeṣṭādiparigraho niṣekajanmakālavismāpanapratyaya ādeśasadyomaraṇa āyurdāyadaśāntardaśāṣṭakavargarājayogacandrayogadvigrahādiyogānāṃ nābhasādīnām ca yogānām phalāni āśrayabhāvāvalokananiryāṇagatyanūkāni tatkālakālika praśnaśubhāśubhanimittāni vivāhādīnāṃ ca karmaṇāṃ karaṇam | yātrāyāṃ tu ca tithidivasakaraṇanakṣatramuhūrtavilagnayoga dehaspandanasvapnavijayasnānagrahayajñagaṇayāgāgni liṅgahastyaśvaiṅgitasenā pravādaceṣṭādigrahaṣāḍguṇyaupāyamaṅgalāmaṅgalaśakunasainyaniveśabhū mayo’gnivarṇā mantricaradūtāṭavikānāṃ yathākālaṃ prayogāḥ paradurga upalambhopāyaścetyuktaṃ cācāryaiḥ | jagati prasāritamiva ālikhitamiva matau niṣiktamiva hṛdaye śāstraṃ yasya sabhagaṇaṃ nādeśā niṣphalāḥ tasya || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Horāśāstra covers: the determination of a planet’s strength or weakness through sign, horā, drekkāṇa, navāṁśa, dvādaśāṁśa and triṃśāṁśa; the many-fold determination of strength through direction, place, time and motion; the assessment of nature, element, substance, species, motion and the like; the moment of conception and birth; the astonishing prediction of sudden death; the allotment of lifespan, the daśā and antardaśā, aṣṭakavarga, rāja-yoga, candra-yoga, dvigraha and other yogas, and the fruits of the nābhasa and other yogas; readings by resort, aspect of houses, departure and its course; timely and periodic matters; auspicious and inauspicious omens for horary questions; and the rites for marriage and the like. The science of yātrā (expedition) covers: tithi, day, karaṇa, nakṣatra, muhūrta, ascendant and its yogas; bodily twitching, dreams, the victory-bath, the planetary sacrifice, the gaṇa-oblation and fire, emblems, the gestures of elephants and horses, the movement of the army, the six-fold expedients of strategy, auspicious and inauspicious omens, the encampment of the army, the terrain, the colour of fire, and the timely deployment of ministers, spies, envoys and forest tribes, and the means of approaching an enemy’s fort—so the teachers have said. He whose science is, as it were, spread through the world, drawn upon the mind, and instilled in the heart, together with its whole assembly of topics—his predictions are never fruitless.

హిందీ అర్థం

होराशास्त्र में राशि, होरा, द्रेष्काण, नवांश, द्वादशांश, त्रिंशांश द्वारा ग्रहों के बल-अबल का निर्धारण, दिशा-स्थान-काल-चेष्टा द्वारा अनेक प्रकार के बल का निश्चय, प्रकृति-धातु-द्रव्य-जाति-चेष्टा आदि का ग्रहण, गर्भाधान और जन्म-काल का निर्णय, आकस्मिक मृत्यु का कथन, आयु, दशा, अन्तर्दशा, अष्टकवर्ग, राजयोग, चंद्रयोग, द्विग्रहादि योग तथा नाभसादि योगों के फल, आश्रय-भाव-अवलोकन-निर्याण-गति के अनुसार भविष्यकथन, तात्कालिक शुभाशुभ प्रश्न-निमित्त, तथा विवाहादि कर्मों का विधान सम्मिलित हैं। यात्रा-शास्त्र में तिथि, दिवस, करण, नक्षत्र, मुहूर्त, विलग्न-योग, देह-स्पंदन, स्वप्न, विजय-स्नान, ग्रह-यज्ञ, गण-याग-अग्नि, चिह्न, हाथी-घोड़े की चेष्टा, सेना की चाल, षाड्गुण्य के उपाय, शुभाशुभ शकुन, सेना का पड़ाव, भूमि, अग्नि के वर्ण, तथा मंत्री-चर-दूत-वनवासियों का यथाकाल प्रयोग, तथा शत्रु के दुर्ग तक पहुंचने के उपाय — ऐसा आचार्यों ने कहा है। जगत् में फैला हुआ-सा, मन में अंकित-सा, हृदय में सिंचित-सा जिसका शास्त्र हो, उस दैवज्ञ के भविष्यकथन कभी निष्फल नहीं होते।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

संहितापारगश्च दैवचिन्तको भवति । यत्र एते संहितापदार्थाः । दिनकरादीनाम् ग्रहाणां चाराः तेषु च तेषां प्रकृतिविकृतिप्रमाणवर्णकिरणद्युतिसंस्थानास्तमन उदयमार्गमार्गान्तरवक्रा नुवक्रऋक्षग्रहसमागमचारादिभिः फलानि नक्षत्रकूर्मविभागेन देशेष्वगस्त्यचारः अगस्तिचारः । सप्तर्षिचारः । ग्रहभक्तयो नक्षत्रव्यूहग्रहश ृंगाटकग्रहयुद्धग्रहसमागम ग्रहवर्षफलगर्भलक्षणरोहिणीस्वात्याषाढीयोगाः सद्योवर्षकुसुमलतापरिधिपरिवेषपरिघपवनौल्कादिग्दाह क्षितिचलनसन्ध्यारागगन्धर्वनगररजोनिर्घातार्घकाण्डसस्य जन्मेन्द्रध्वजेन्द्र चापवास्तुविद्या अंगविद्यावायसविद्या अन्तरचक्रमृगचक्राश्व चक्रवातचक्रप्रासा दलक्षणप्रतिमालक्षणप्रतिष्ठापनवृक्षायुर्वेदौदगार्गलनीरा जनखञ्जन् अक् औत्पातशान्तिमयूरचित्रकघृत कंबलखड्गपट्टकृकवाकुकूर्मगोऽजाश्वैभपुरूष पुरुष स्त्रीलक्षणानि अन्तःपुरचिन्तापिटकलक्षणौपानच्छेदवस्त्रच्छेदचामरदण्ड शयना शय्या आसनलक्षणरत्नपरीक्षा दीपलक्षणं दन्तकाष्ठाद्याश्रितानि शुद्धाशुद्धानि शुभाशुभानि निमित्तानि सामान्यानि च जगतः प्रतिपुरुषं पार्थिवे च प्रतिक्षणमनन्यकर्माभियुक्तेन दैवज्ञेन चिन्तयितव्यानि । न चैकाकिना शक्यन्तेऽहर्निशमवधारयितुं निमित्तानि । तस्मात् सुभृतेनैव दैवज्ञेनान्येऽपि तद्विदश्चत्वारः कर्तव्याः भर्तव्याः । तत्रएकेनेन्द्री च आग्नेयी च दिग् अवलोकयितव्या । याम्या नैरृती चान्येनैवं वारुणी वायव्या चौत्तरा च एशानि चेति । यस्मादुल्कापातादीनि निमित्तानि शीघ्रमप उप अभि गच्छन्तीति । तस्याः तेषां च आकारवर्णस्नेहप्रमान आदिग्रहऋक्षौपघातादिभिः फलानि भवन्ति । उक्तं च गर्गेण महर्षिणा कृत्स्नांगोपांगकुशलं होरागणितनैष्ठिकम् । यो न पूजयते राजा स नाशमुपागच्छति ॥ २.६॥

saṃhitāpāragaśca daivacintako bhavati yatra ete saṃhitāpadārthāḥ dinakarādīnām grahāṇāṃ cārāḥ teṣu ca teṣāṃ prakṛtivikṛtipramāṇavarṇakiraṇadyutisaṃsthānāstamana udayamārgamārgāntaravakrā nuvakraṛkṣagrahasamāgamacārādibhiḥ phalāni nakṣatrakūrmavibhāgena deśeṣvagastyacāraḥ saptarṣicāraḥ grahabhaktayo nakṣatravyūhagrahaśṛṅgāṭakagrahayuddhagrahasamāgama grahavarṣaphalagarbhalakṣaṇarohiṇīsvātyāṣāḍhīyogāḥ sadyovarṣakusumalatāparidhipariveṣaparighapavanolkādigdāha kṣiticalanasandhyārāgagandharvanagararajonirghātārghakāṇḍasasya janmendradhvajendra cāpavāstuvidyā aṅgavidyāvāyasavidyā antaracakramṛgacakrāśva cakravātacakraprāsā dalakṣaṇapratimālakṣaṇapratiṣṭhāpanavṛkṣāyurvedodagārgalanīrā janakhañjanautpātaśāntimayūracitrakaghṛta kambalakhaḍgapaṭṭakṛkavākukūrmago’jāśvaibhapurūṣa strīlakṣaṇāni antaḥpuracintāpiṭakalakṣaṇaupānacchedavastracchedacāmaradaṇḍa śayanāsanalakṣaṇaratnaparīkṣā dīpalakṣaṇaṃ dantakāṣṭhādyāśritāni śuddhāśuddhāni śubhāśubhāni nimittāni sāmānyāni ca jagataḥ pratipuruṣaṃ pārthive ca pratikṣaṇamananyakarmābhiyuktena daivajñena cintayitavyāni | na caikākinā śakyanteahaḥniśamavadhārayituṃ nimittāni tasmāt subhṛtenaiva daivajñenānyepi tadvidaścatvāraḥ kartavyāḥ bhartavyāḥ tatraekenendrī ca āgneyī ca dig avalokayitavyā yāmyā nairṛtī cānyenaivaṃ vāruṇī vāyavyā cauttarā ca eśāni ceti yasmādulkāpātādīni nimittāni śīghramapa upa abhi gacchantīti tasyāḥ teṣāṃ ca ākāravarṇasnehapramāṇa ādigraharkṣaupaghātādibhiḥ phalāni bhavanti uktaṃ ca gargeṇa maharṣiṇā kṛtsnāṅgopāṅgakuśalaṃ horāgaṇitanaiṣṭhikam | yo na pūjayate rājā sa nāśamupāgacchati || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

One who has mastered the Saṁhitā becomes a true dāivajña (astrologer); its subject matters are: the courses of the Sun and the other planets, and their effects through nature, disturbance, measure, colour, ray, brightness, configuration, setting, rising, direct and retrograde motion, and conjunction with the asterisms and each other; the course of Agastya (Canopus) and of the Seven Sages (the Great Bear) reckoned by the tortoise-division of the nakṣatras among the regions; the planets’ allegiance; the arrangement of the nakṣatras, the planets’ triangulation, war and conjunction, the planets’ yearly results, the signs of conception, the yogas of Rohiṇī, Svāti and Āṣāḍhā; sudden rain, the flowering-creeper sign, haloes, coronas, the wind, meteors, conflagrations of the quarters, earthquakes, twilight-colours, the phantom city of the Gandharvas, dust-storms, thunderbolts, grain-prices, the crop-horoscope, birth-omens, Indra’s banner, the rainbow, architecture, body-science, the science of crows, the inner wheel, the wheel of deer, of horses, of the wind; the marks of temples and images and their consecration, the treatment of trees, water-divining, the peace-offering, purification-rites, the wagtail, the pacifying of portents, the peacock’s plumage, the testing of ghee and blankets, of swords, cloth, cocks, tortoises, cows, goats, horses, elephants, and the marks of men and women; the concerns of the inner apartments, the marks of the palanquin, the cutting of sandals and cloth, of chowries, staffs, couches, beds and seats, the testing of gems, the marks of lamps and tooth-wood and the like—the pure and impure, auspicious and inauspicious omens in general for the world, and, for each man and especially for the king, are to be pondered moment by moment by the astrologer devoted to no other task. And these omens cannot be watched day and night by one man alone; so the well-maintained astrologer should also appoint and support four others versed in the same—one to watch the east and south-east, another the south and south-west, likewise the west and north-west, and the north and north-east—since portents like falling meteors pass by swiftly. From their shape, colour, affinity, measure and conjunction with planets and asterisms, their effects arise. And the great sage Garga has said: the king who does not honour one skilled in every limb and sub-limb of the science, well-grounded in Horā and Gaṇita, comes to ruin.

హిందీ అర్థం

संहिता में पारंगत व्यक्ति ही सच्चा दैवज्ञ होता है, जिसमें संहिता के ये विषय सम्मिलित हैं: सूर्यादि ग्रहों की गति, उनकी प्रकृति-विकृति-प्रमाण-वर्ण-किरण-द्युति-आकृति, अस्त-उदय, मार्ग-गति, वक्र-अनुवक्र गति, नक्षत्रों तथा परस्पर ग्रहों के साथ युति के फल; नक्षत्र-कूर्म विभाग द्वारा प्रदेशों में अगस्त्य (कैनोपस) का चार, सप्तर्षि (बड़े भालू) का चार; ग्रहों की भक्ति; नक्षत्र-व्यूह, ग्रह-शृंगाटक, ग्रह-युद्ध, ग्रह-समागम, ग्रह-वर्ष-फल, गर्भ-लक्षण, रोहिणी-स्वाति-आषाढ़ी योग, सद्यो-वर्षण, कुसुम-लता, परिवेष-परिघ-पवन-उल्का-दिग्दाह-भूकम्प-संध्या-राग-गंधर्वनगर-रज-निर्घात-अर्घकाण्ड-सस्य-जन्म-इंद्रध्वज-इंद्रचाप, वास्तुविद्या, अंगविद्या, वायसविद्या, अंतरचक्र-मृगचक्र-अश्वचक्र-वातचक्र, प्रासाद-लक्षण, प्रतिमा-लक्षण, प्रतिष्ठापन, वृक्षायुर्वेद, उदर्गल, नीराजन, खंजन, उत्पात-शांति, मयूर-चित्रक, घृत-कम्बल, खड्ग, वस्त्र, कुक्कुट, कूर्म, गौ, बकरी, घोड़ा, हाथी तथा स्त्री-पुरुष के लक्षण, अंतःपुर-चिंता, पिटक-लक्षण, जूता-वस्त्र काटने के लक्षण, चामर, शय्या-आसन-लक्षण, रत्न-परीक्षा, दीप-लक्षण, दन्तकाष्ठ आदि से सम्बंधित शुद्ध-अशुद्ध, शुभ-अशुभ सामान्य निमित्त — ये सब जगत के प्रत्येक पुरुष और विशेषतः राजा के लिए प्रतिक्षण, अनन्य-कर्म में लगे दैवज्ञ द्वारा विचारणीय हैं। एक व्यक्ति अकेला दिन-रात इन निमित्तों का निरीक्षण नहीं कर सकता; अतः सुसम्पन्न दैवज्ञ को चार अन्य विद्वानों को भी नियुक्त और पोषित करना चाहिए। उनमें से एक पूर्व और आग्नेय दिशा देखे, दूसरा दक्षिण और नैर्ऋत, तीसरा पश्चिम और वायव्य, चौथा उत्तर और ईशान — क्योंकि उल्कापात आदि निमित्त शीघ्र ही घटित होकर बीत जाते हैं। उनके आकार, वर्ण, स्नेह, प्रमाण तथा ग्रह-नक्षत्र के साथ संयोग से फल निकलते हैं। महर्षि गर्ग ने कहा है: जो राजा सम्पूर्ण अंग-उपांगों में कुशल, होरा-गणित में निष्ठ ऐसे दैवज्ञ का सम्मान नहीं करता, वह विनाश को प्राप्त होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

वनं समाश्रिता येऽपि निर्ममा निष्परिग्रहाः । अपि ते परिपृच्छन्ति ज्योतिषां गतिकोविदम् ॥ २.७॥

vanaṃ samāśritā ye’pi nirmamā niṣparigrahāḥ | api te paripṛcchanti jyotiṣāṃ gatikovidam || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Even those who have taken refuge in the forest, free of possessiveness and without any possessions, still ask questions of one skilled in the movements of the heavenly bodies.

హిందీ అర్థం

जो वन में रहने वाले, ममतारहित, अपरिग्रही संत हैं, वे भी ज्योतिष की गति के ज्ञाता से प्रश्न पूछते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अप्रदीपा यथा रात्रिः अनादित्यं यथा नभः । तथा असांवत्सरो राजा भ्रम्यत्यन्ध इवाध्वनि ॥ २.८॥

apradīpā yathā rātriḥ anādityaṃ yathā nabhaḥ | tathā asāṃvatsaro rājā bhramyatyandha ivādhvani || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

As is a night without a lamp, as is the sky without the sun, so is a king without an astrologer—he wanders like a blind man on the road.

హిందీ అర్థం

जैसे रात्रि दीपक के बिना, जैसे आकाश सूर्य के बिना, वैसे ही राजा साम्वत्सर (ज्योतिषी) के बिना अंधे के समान मार्ग में भटकता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

मुहूर्त मुहूर्तं तिथिनक्षत्रम् ऋतवश्चायने तथा । सर्वाणि एवाकुलानि स्युः न स्यात् सांवत्सरो यदि ॥ २.९॥

muhūrta muhūrtaṃ tithinakṣatram ṛtavaścāyane tathā | sarvāṇi evākulāni syuḥ na syāt sāṃvatsaro yadi || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Each and every muhūrta, tithi, nakṣatra, the seasons, and likewise the solstice—all of these would fall into confusion, were there no court astrologer.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रत्येक मुहूर्त, तिथि, नक्षत्र, ओर और अयन — यदि साम्वत्सर न हो, तो ये सब अस्तव्यस्त हो जाएं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

तस्माद् राज्ञाधिगन्तव्यो विद्वान् सांवत्सरोऽग्रणीः । जयं यशः श्रियं भोगान् श्रेयश्च समभीप्सता ॥ २.१०॥

tasmād rājñādhigantavyo vidvān sāṃvatsaro’graṇīḥ | jayaṃ yaśaḥ śriyaṃ bhogān śreyaśca samabhīpsatā || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Therefore a king who desires victory, fame, prosperity, enjoyment and lasting good must obtain a learned astrologer as his foremost counsellor.

హిందీ అర్థం

इसीलिए विजय, यश, सम्पत्ति, भोग तथा कल्याण चाहने वाले राजा को एक विद्वान, अग्रणी साम्वत्सर प्राप्त करना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

नासांवत्सरिके देशे वस्तव्यं भूतिमिच्छता । चक्षुर्भूतो हि यत्रैष पापं तत्र न विद्यते ॥ २.११॥

nāsāṃvatsarike deśe vastavyaṃ bhūtimicchatā | cakṣurbhūto hi yatraiṣa pāpaṃ tatra na vidyate || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

One who desires prosperity should not dwell in a land without an astrologer; for where he serves as its eye, no evil exists there.

హిందీ అర్థం

सम्पन्नता चाहने वाले को साम्वत्सर-रहित देश में नहीं रहना चाहिए; जहाँ यह नेत्र के समान कार्य करता है, वहाँ पाप नहीं होता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

न सांवत्सरपाठी च नरकेषु उपपद्यते । ब्रह्मलोकप्रतिष्ठां च लभते दैवचिन्तकः ॥ २.१२॥

na sāṃvatsarapāṭhī ca narakeṣu upapadyate | brahmalokapratiṣṭhāṃ ca labhate daivacintakaḥ || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

One learned in this science does not fall into the hells; the astrologer (dāivajña) attains a place in the world of Brahmā.

హిందీ అర్థం

साम्वत्सर-शास्त्र का ज्ञाता नरकों में नहीं जाता; दैवज्ञ ब्रह्मलोक में प्रतिष्ठा पाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ग्रन्थतश्चार्थतश्चैतत् कृत्स्नं जानति यो द्विजः । अग्रभुक् स भवेत्श्राद्धे पूजितः पंक्तिपावनः । म्लेच्छा हि यवनाः तेषु सम्यक् शास्त्रमिदं स्थितम् । ऋषिवत् तेऽपि पूज्यन्ते किं पुनः दैवविद् द्विजः ॥ २.१४॥

granthataścārthataścaitat kṛtsnaṃ jānāti yo dvijaḥ | agrabhuk sa bhaveacchrāddhe pūjitaḥ paṅktipāvanaḥ | mlecchā hi yavanāḥ teṣu samyak śāstramidaṃ sthitam | ṛṣivat te’pi pūjyante kiṃ punaḥ daivavid dvijaḥ || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The brāhmaṇa who knows this science fully, in both its wording and its meaning, deserves to eat first at the ancestral rite (śrāddha), honoured, a purifier of the row of diners. Even the Yavanas (Greeks), though foreigners (mlecchas), are honoured like sages, so well does this science abide among them—how much more, then, a brāhmaṇa learned in this science of fate!

హిందీ అర్థం

जो द्विज इस शास्त्र को शब्द और अर्थ दोनों से पूर्णतः जानता है, वह श्राद्ध में सबसे पहले भोजन के योग्य, पूजित, पंक्ति-पावन होता है। यवन (यूनानी) भी म्लेच्छ होते हुए, जिनमें यह शास्त्र भली-भाँति स्थित है, ऋषि के समान पूजे जाते हैं — फिर दैव का ज्ञाता द्विज तो कहना ही क्या!

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

कुहकावेशपिहित इः कर्णोपश्रुतिहेतुभिः । कृतादेशो न सर्वत्र प्रष्टव्यो न स दैववित् ॥ २.१५॥

kuhakāveśapihitaiḥ karṇopaśrutihetubhiḥ | kṛtādeśo na sarvatra praṣṭavyo na sa daivavit || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

One whose predictions are made through trickery-possessed performances or based on things merely overheard should not be consulted everywhere—such a one is not a true knower of fate.

హిందీ అర్థం

जिसका कथन कुहक (छल-कपट) से आवृत हो या केवल कानों-सुनी बातों पर आधारित हो, ऐसे व्यक्ति से सर्वत्र प्रश्न नहीं पूछना चाहिए — वह सच्चा दैववेत्ता नहीं है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अविदित्वैव यत् यः शास्त्रं दैवज्ञत्वं प्रपद्यते । स पंक्तिदूषकः पापो ज्ञेयो नक्षत्रसूचकः ॥ २.१६॥

aviditvaiva yat yaḥ śāstraṃ daivajñatvaṃ prapadyate | sa paṅktidūṣakaḥ pāpo jñeyo nakṣatrasūcakaḥ || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

He who, without truly knowing the science, assumes the standing of an astrologer, should be known as a sinful defiler of the row of the learned, a mere ‘pointer-out of stars.’

హిందీ అర్థం

जो शास्त्र को जाने बिना ही दैवज्ञता धारण कर लेता है, उसे पंक्ति-दूषक पापी और मात्र ‘नक्षत्र-सूचक’ जानना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

नक्षत्रसूचकोद्दिष्टमुपहासं करोति यः । स व्रजत्यन्धतामिस्रं सार्धम् ऋक्षविडंबिना ॥ नगरद्वारलोष्टस्य यद्वत् स्यादुपयाचितम् । आदेशः तद्वदज्ञानां यः सत्यः स विभाव्यते ॥ २.१७॥

nakṣatrasūcakoddiṣṭamupahāsaṃ karoti yaḥ | sa vrajatyandhatāmisraṃ sārdham ṛkṣaviḍambinā || nagaradvāraloṣṭasya yadvat syādupayācitam | ādeśaḥ tadvadajñānāṃ yaḥ satyaḥ sa vibhāvyate || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

He who mocks what such a mere ‘pointer-out of stars’ has declared goes to the hell of blinding darkness together with that mocker of the stars. Just as a clod of earth at the city gate may by chance be taken as a fulfilled omen, so too is the prediction of the ignorant—only the one that happens to come true is thought genuine.

హిందీ అర్థం

जो नक्षत्र-सूचक के कथन का उपहास करता है, वह उस उपहासकर्ता के साथ अन्धतामिस्र नरक में जाता है। जैसे नगर-द्वार पर पड़े ढेले को संयोगवश कोई फल मान लिया जाए, वैसे ही अज्ञानियों का कथन होता है — जो सच निकले, वही सच माना जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

सम्पत्त्या योजितादेशः तद्विच्छिन्नकथाप्रियः । मत्तः शास्त्रएकदेशेन त्याज्यः तादृग्महीक्षिता ॥ २.१८॥

sampattyā yojitādeśaḥ tadvicchinnakathāpriyaḥ | mattaḥ śāstraikadeśena tyājyaḥ tādṛṅmahīkṣitā || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

One whose predictions merely happen to coincide with events, who delights in disconnected talk, intoxicated with knowing one small portion of the science—such a one is to be rejected by a king.

హిందీ అర్థం

जिसका कथन संयोगवश सत्य हो जाता है, जो असंबद्ध बातें करने का प्रेमी है, जो शास्त्र के एक अंश मात्र के मद में है — एसे व्यक्ति को राजा को त्याग देना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

यः तु सम्यग्विजानाति होरागणितसंहिताः । अभ्यर्च्यः स नरेन्द्रेण स्वीकर्तव्यो जयैषणा ॥ २.१९॥

yastu samyagvijānāti horāgaṇitasaṃhitāḥ | abhyarcyaḥ sa narendreṇa svīkartavyo jayaiṣaṇā || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

But he who truly knows Horā, Gaṇita and Saṁhitā should be honoured by the king, and taken into service by one who seeks victory.

హిందీ అర్థం

किंतु जो होरा, गणित और संहिता को भली-भाँति जानता है, विजय चाहने वाले राजा को उसका सम्मान करके उसे सेवा में लेना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

न तत् सहस्रं करिणां वाजिनां च चतुर्गुणम् । करोति देशकालज्ञो यथा एको यदेको दैवचिन्तकः ॥ २.२०॥

na tat sahasraṃ kariṇāṃ vājināṃ ca caturguṇam | karoti deśakālajño yathaiko yadeko daivacintakaḥ || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A thousand elephants, and four times as many horses, cannot achieve what a single astrologer, knowing place and time, can achieve alone.

హిందీ అర్థం

देश-काल का ज्ञाता एक अकेला दैवज्ञ जो कर सकता है, वह हज़ार हाथी और चौगुने घोड़़े भी नहीं कर सकते।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दुःस्वप्नदुर्विचिन्तितदुष्प्रेक्षितदुष्कृतानि कर्माणि । क्षिप्रं प्रयान्ति नाशम् शशिनः श्रुत्वा भसंवादम् ॥ २.२१॥

duḥsvapnadurvicintitaduṣprekṣitaduṣkṛtāni karmāṇi | kṣipraṃ prayānti nāśam śaśinaḥ śrutvā bhasaṃvādam || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Evil dreams, ill-conceived thoughts, ill-seen omens and misdeeds swiftly come to nothing upon hearing of the Moon’s harmony with its asterism—that is, upon the astrologer’s timely counsel.

హిందీ అర్థం

बुरे स्वप्न, बुरे विचार, बुरे दर्शन तथा दुष्कर्म — चंद्रमा के उचित नक्षत्र संवाद को सुनकर (अर्थात् ज्योतिषी के समयोचित परामर्श से) शीघ्र ही नष्ट हो जाते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

न तथा इच्छति भूपतेः पिता जननी वा स्वजनोऽथवा सुहृत् । स्वयशोऽभिविवृद्दये यथा हितमाप्तः सबलस्य दैववित् ॥ २.२२॥

na tathā icchati bhūpateḥ pitā jananī vā svajano’thavā suhṛt | svayaśo’bhivṛddaye yathā hitamāptaḥ sabalasya daivavit || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Not even a king’s own father, mother, kinsman or friend wish for the growth of his fame and welfare as much as his trusted astrologer wishes it for that mighty king.

హిందీ అర్థం

राजा के पिता, माता, स्वजन या मित्र भी उतना नहीं चाहते, जितना बलशाली राजा का विश्वस्त दैवज्ञ उसके यश की वृद्धि के लिए चाहता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

आश्लेषार्धाद् दक्षिणमुत्तरमयनं रवेर्धनिष्ठा अद्यम् । नूनं कदाचिदासीद् येनोक्तम् पूर्वशास्त्रेषु ॥ ३.१॥

āśleṣārdhād dakṣiṇamuttaramayanaṃ raverdhaniṣṭhādyam | nūnaṃ kadācidāsīd yenoktam pūrvaśāstreṣu || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That the Sun’s southward solstice begins from the middle of Āśleṣā, and its northward solstice from the start of Dhaniṣṭhā—this must indeed have been so at some earlier time, since it is so stated in the earlier treatises.

హిందీ అర్థం

निश्चय ही किसी काल में सूर्य का दक्षिणायन आश्लेषा के मध्य से और उत्तरायन धनिष्ठा के आरंभ से होता था, जैसा कि पूर्व शास्त्रों में कहा गया है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

सांप्रतमयनं सवितुः कर्कटकाद्यम् मृगादितश्चान्यत् । उक्ताभावो विकृतिः प्रत्यक्षपरीक्सणैः व्यक्तिः ॥ ३.२॥

sāmpratamayanaṃ savituḥ karkaṭakādyam mṛgāditaścānyat | uktābhāvo vikṛtiḥ pratyakṣaparīkṣaṇaiḥ vyaktiḥ || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

At present, the Sun’s solstice begins from the start of Karkaṭa (Cancer), and the other from the start of Mṛga (Capricorn). The absence of what was earlier stated is itself the change, made evident by direct observation and examination.

హిందీ అర్థం

वर्तमान में सूर्य का अयन कर्क (कर्कट) से और दूसरा मकर से आरंभ होता है। पूर्वोक्त स्थिति का अभाव ही परिवर्तन है, जो प्रत्यक्ष परीक्षण से स्पष्ट है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दूरस्थचिह्नवेधादुदयेऽस्तमयेऽपि वा सहस्रांशोः । छायाप्रवेशनिर्गमचिह्नैः वा मण्डले महति ॥ ३.३॥

dūrasthacihnavedhādudaye’stamaye’pi vā sahasrāṃśoḥ | chāyāpraveśanirgamacihnaiḥ vā maṇḍale mahati || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

This is determined by sighting a distant mark at the rising or setting of the thousand-rayed Sun, or by the marks of the shadow’s entry and exit in a great observational circle.

హిందీ అర్థం

यह सहस्ररश्मि सूर्य के उदय अथवा अस्त होने पर दूरस्थ चिह्न के वेध से, अथवा वृहत् मण्डल में छाया के प्रवेश-निर्गम चिह्नों से जाना जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अप्राप्य मकरमर्को विनिवृत्तो हन्ति सापराम् याम्याम् । कर्कटकमसम्प्राप्तो विनिवृत्तश्चोत्तरां स । एन्द्रीम् ॥ ३.४॥

aprāpya makaramarko vinivṛtto hanti sāparām yāmyām | karkaṭakamasamprāpto vinivṛttaścottarāṃ sa | endrīm || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the Sun turns back before reaching Makara (Capricorn), it harms the western and southern regions; if it turns back before reaching Karkaṭa (Cancer), it harms the northern and eastern (Indra’s) quarter.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि सूर्य मकर तक पहुंचे बिना ही लौट जाए, तो पश्चिम-दक्षिण को हानि पहुंचाता है; यदि कर्क तक पहुंचे बिना लौट जाए, तो उत्तर-पूर्व (ऐन्द्री दिशा) को हानि पहुंचाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

उत्तरमयनमतीत्य व्यावृत्तः क्षेमसस्यवृद्धिकरः । प्रकृतिस्थश्चाप्येवं विकृतगतिः भयकृदुष्णांशुः ॥ ३.५॥

uttaramayanamatītya vyāvṛttaḥ kṣemasasyavṛddhikaraḥ | prakṛtisthaścāpyevaṃ vikṛtagatiḥ bhayakṛduṣṇāṃśuḥ || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The hot-rayed Sun, turning back only after passing fully beyond the northern solstice-point, brings well-being and increase of crops; likewise when its course remains natural; but when its motion is aberrant, it causes fear.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तरायण को पूर्णतः पार करके ही लौटने वाला उष्ण-किरण सूर्य क्षेम और सस्य-वृद्धि करता है; इसी प्रकार स्वाभाविक गति में रहने पर भी शुभ होता है, किन्तु विकृत गति होने पर भय उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

सतमस्कं पर्व विना त्वष्टा नामार्कमण्डलं कुरुते । स निहन्ति सप्त भूपान् जनांश्च शस्त्राग्निदुर्भिक्षैः ॥ ३.६॥

satamaskaṃ parva vinā tvaṣṭā nāmārkamaṇḍalaṃ kurute | sa nihanti sapta bhūpān janāṃśca śastrāgnidurbhikṣaiḥ || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the Sun’s orb takes on the darkened form called ‘Tvaṣṭṛ’ without an eclipse-conjunction, it destroys seven kings and the people, through weapons, fire and famine.

హిందీ అర్థం

बिना पर्व (ग्रहण-योग) के जब सूर्यमंडल ‘त्वष्टा’ नामक अंधकारमय रूप धारण करे, तो वह शस्त्र, अग्नि और दुर्भिक्ष से सात राजाओं तथा प्रजा का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

तामसकीलकसंज्ञा राहुसुताः केतवः त्रयः त्रिंशत् । वर्णस्थान आकारैः तान् दृष्ट्वाऽर्के फलं ब्रूयात् ॥ ३.७॥

tāmasakīlakasaṃjñā rāhusutāḥ ketavaḥ trayaḥ triṃśat | varṇasthāna ākāraiḥ tān dṛṣṭvā’rke phalaṃ brūyāt || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The ‘sons of Rāhu’ called Tāmasa and Kīlaka, and the other Ketus, number thirty-three; having observed them by their colour, position and shape upon the Sun, one should declare the result.

హిందీ అర్థం

‘तामस’ और ‘कीलक’ नामक राहु-पुत्र तथा अन्य केतु — कुल तेईंतीस हैं; उनके वर्ण, स्थान और आकार को देखकर सूर्य पर उनका फल कहना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ते चार्कमण्डलगताः पापफलाश्चन्द्रमण्डले सौम्याः । ध्वांक्षकबन्धप्रहरणरूपाः पापाः शशांकेऽपि ॥ ३.८॥

te cārkamaṇḍalagatāḥ pāpaphalāścandramaṇḍale saumyāḥ | dhvāṃkṣakabandhapraharaṇarūpāḥ pāpāḥ śaśāṅke’pi || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

These, when found upon the Sun’s orb, give evil results, but are benign upon the Moon’s orb; yet those in the shape of a crow, a headless trunk, or a weapon are evil even upon the Moon.

హిందీ అర్థం

ये सूर्यमंडल में स्थित हों तो अशुभ फल देते हैं, परन्तु चंद्रमंडल में सौम्य होते हैं; किंतु कौवे, धड़-रहित शरीर या शस्त्र के आकार वाले चंद्रमा पर भी अशुभ ही होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

तेषामुदये रूपाणि अंभः कलुषं रजोवृतं व्योम । नगतरुशिखरामर्दी शिखरविमर्दी सशर्करो मारुतश्चण्डः ॥ ३.९॥

teṣāmudaye rūpāṇi aṃbhaḥ kaluṣaṃ rajovṛtaṃ vyoma | nagataruśikharāmardī śikharavimardī saśarkaro mārutaścaṇḍaḥ || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

At their rising, these are the signs: water becomes turbid, the sky is covered with dust, the peaks of mountains and trees are shaken, and a fierce, gravel-laden wind blows.

హిందీ అర్థం

उनके उदय होने पर ये लक्षण होते हैं: जल मैला हो जाता है, आकाश धूल से आवृत हो जाता है, पर्वत-वृक्षों की चोटियाँ हिलती हैं, और कंकड़युक्त प्रचण्ड वायु चलती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ऋतुविपरीताः तरवो दीप्ता मृगपक्षिणो दिशां दाहाः । निर्घातमहीकंपादयो भवन्त्यत्र चोत्पाताः ॥ ३.१०॥

ṛtuviparītāḥ taravo dīptā mṛgapakṣiṇo diśāṃ dāhāḥ | nirghātamahīkampādayo bhavantyatra cotpātāḥ || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Trees flowering out of season, blazing meteors, disturbed beasts and birds, conflagrations of the quarters, thunderbolts, earthquakes and the like—these are the portents that occur at such a time.

హిందీ అర్థం

ओज़ू के विपरीत वृक्षों का फूलना, प्रज्वलित उल्काएं, पशु-पक्षियों की व्याकुलता, दिशाओं में अग्निकाण्ड, वज्रपात, भूकम्प आदि — ये सब उत्पात इस समय होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

न पृथक् फलानि तेषां शिखिकीलकराहुदर्शनानि यदि । तदुदयकारणमेषां केतुआदीनाम् फलं ब्रूयात् ॥ ३.११॥

na pṛthak phalāni teṣāṃ śikhikīlakarāhudarśanāni yadi | tadudayakāraṇameṣāṃ ketvādīnām phalaṃ brūyāt || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the sightings of Śikhī, Kīlaka and Rāhu do not each have separate results, one should declare, as the result of these Ketus and the rest, whatever is the cause of their own rising.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि शिखी, कीलक और राहु के दर्शन का पृथक्-पृथक् फल न मिले, तो इन केतुओं आदि के उदय के कारण को ही उनका फल कहना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

यस्मिन् यस्मिन् देशे दर्शनमायान्ति सूर्यबिंबस्था । तस्मिं तस्मिन् व्यसनम् महीपतीनाम् परिज्ञेयम् ॥ ३.१२॥

yasmin yasmin deśe darśanamāyānti sūryabiṃbasthā | tasmiṃ tasmin vyasanam mahīpatīnām parijñeyam || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In whatever region these Ketus, stationed upon the Sun’s disc, become visible, in that very region calamity to the rulers of the earth is to be known.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्यबिंब पर स्थित ये [केतु] जिस प्रदेश में दिखाई दें, उसी प्रदेश के राजाओं पर विपत्ति जाननी चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

क्षुत्प्रम्लानशरीरा मुनयोऽपि उत्सृष्टधर्मसच्चरिताः । निर्मांसबालहस्ताः कृच्छ्रेणऽऽयान्ति परदेशं परदेशान् ॥ ३.१३॥

kṣutpramlānaśarīrā munayo’pi utsṛṣṭadharmasaccaritāḥ | nirmāṃsabālahastāḥ kṛcchreṇa āyānti pardeśān || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Even sages, their bodies wasted by hunger, having abandoned righteous conduct, their hands and limbs fleshless, arrive with difficulty in foreign lands.

హిందీ అర్థం

भूख से क्षीण शरीर वाले मुनि भी धर्म और सदाचार त्यागकर, मांसरहित हाथों सहित, कठिनाई से विदेश जाते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

तस्करविलुप्तवित्ताः प्रदीर्घनिःश्वासमुकुलिताक्षिपुटाः । सन्तः सन्नशरीराः शोकौद्भववाष्प बाष्प रुद्धदृशः ॥ ३.१४॥

taskaraviluptavittāḥ pradīrghaniḥśvāsamukulitākṣipuṭāḥ | santaḥ sannaśarīrāḥ śokodbhavavāṣparuddhadṛśaḥ || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

People whose wealth is plundered by thieves, their eyes half-closed with long, deep sighs, good people with exhausted bodies, their sight blocked by tears born of grief.

హిందీ అర్థం

चोरों द्वारा लूटे गए धन वाले, लंबी साँसों से आधी बंद आँखों वाले, क्षीण शरीर वाले सज्जन, शोक से उत्पन्न आँसूओं से रुकी हुई दृष्टि वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

क्षामा जुगुप्समानाः स्वनृपतिपरचक्रपीडिता मनुजाः । स्वनृपतिचरितं कर्म न च पुरा कृतं पराकृतं पुराकृतं प्रब्रुवन्त्यन्ये ॥ ३.१५॥

kṣāmā jugupsamānāḥ svanṛpatiparacakrapīḍitā manujāḥ | svanṛpaticaritaṃ karma na ca purā kṛtaṃ parākṛtaṃ prabruvantyanye || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Emaciated, disgusted, people oppressed both by their own king and by a foreign army—and others speak of deeds done by their own king such as were never done before.

హిందీ అర్థం

दुबले, घृणास्पद, अपने ही राजा और शत्रु-सेना दोनों से पीड़ित लोग; और अन्य लोग अपने राजा के एसे कर्मों की चर्चा करते हैं जो पहले कभी न किए गए थे।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

गर्भेष्वपि निष्पन्ना वारिमुचो न प्रभूतवारिमुचः । सरितो यान्ति तनुत्वं क्वचित् क्वचिज्जायते सस्यम् ॥ ३.१६॥

garbheṣvapi niṣpannā vārimuco na prabhūtavārimucaḥ | sarito yānti tanutvaṃ kvacit kvacijjāyate sasyam || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Rain-clouds, even when formed in the womb of the sky, do not become abundant rain-givers; rivers shrink to thinness; only here and there does grain grow.

హిందీ అర్థం

गर्भ में बने बादल भी प्रचुर वर्षा नहीं करते; नदियाँ क्षीण हो जाती हैं; कहीं-कहीं ही अन्न उत्पन्न होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दण्डे नरेन्द्रमृत्युः व्याधिभयं स्यात् कबन्धसंस्थाने कवन्धसंस्थाने । ध्वांक्षे च तस्करभयं दुर्भिक्षं कीलकेऽर्कस्थे ॥ ३.१७॥

daṇḍe narendramṛtyuḥ vyādhibhayaṃ syāt kabandhasaṃsthāne | dhvāṃkṣe ca taskarabhayaṃ durbhikṣaṃ kīlake’rkasthe || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the shape of a staff, the death of a king; in the shape of a headless trunk, fear of disease; in the shape of a crow, fear of thieves; when a Kīlaka is upon the Sun, famine.

హిందీ అర్థం

दण्ड के आकार में राजा की मृत्यु; कबन्ध (धड़) के आकार में रोग-भय; कौवे के आकार में चोर-भय; कीलक सूर्य पर हो तो दुर्भिक्ष।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

राजौपकरणरूपैश्छत्रध्वजचामरादिभिः विद्धः । राजान्यत्वकृदर्कः स्फुलिंगधूमादिभिः जनहा ॥ ३.१८॥

rājaupakaraṇarūpaiśchatradhvajacāmarādibhiḥ viddhaḥ | rājānyatvakṛdarkaḥ sphuliṅgadhūmādibhiḥ janahā || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Sun, marked by forms resembling royal insignia—a parasol, banner, chowrie and the like—brings about a change of kingship; marked by sparks, smoke and the like, it destroys the people.

హిందీ అర్థం

छत्र, ध्वज, चामर आदि राजचिह्नों के रूप से युक्त सूर्य राज-परिवर्तन करता है; चिंगारी-धुएँ आदि से युक्त हो तो प्रजा का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

एको दुर्भिक्षकरो द्व्याद्याः स्युः नरपतेः विनाशाय । सितरक्तपीतकृष्णैः तैः विद्धोऽर्कोऽनुवर्णघ्नः ॥ ३.१९॥

eko durbhikṣakaro dvyādyāḥ syuḥ narapateḥ vināśāya | sitaraktapītakṛṣṇaiḥ taiḥ viddho’rko’nuvarṇaghnaḥ || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

One mark brings famine; two or more bring about the destruction of the king. The Sun, marked by these in white, red, yellow or black, destroys people accordingly by that colour.

హిందీ అర్థం

एक [चिह्न] दुर्भिक्ष करता है, दो या अधिक राजा के विनाश के लिए होते हैं; श्वेत, रक्त, पीत, कृष्ण वर्ण से युक्त सूर्य उसी वर्ण [के वर्ग] का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

द्वश्यन्ते दृश्यन्ते च यतः ते रविबिंबस्यौत्स्थिता मोहौत्पाताः । आगच्छति लोकानां तेनैव भयं प्रदेशेन ॥ ३.२०॥

dṛśyante ca yataḥ te ravibiṃbasyautsthitā mohautpātāḥ | āgacchati lokānāṃ tenaiva bhayaṃ pradeśena || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

And from whichever part of the Sun’s disc these bewildering portents are seen to arise, from that very quarter of the land fear comes upon the people.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्यबिंब के जिस भाग से ये मोहक उत्पात उठते दिखें, उसी दिशा से प्रजा को भय आता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ऊर्ध्वकरो दिवसकरः ताम्रः सेनापतिं विनाशयति । पीतो नरेन्द्रपुत्रं श्वेतः तु पुरोहितं हन्ति ॥ ३.२१॥

ūrdhvakaro divasakaraḥ tāmraḥ senāpatiṃ vināśayati | pīto narendraputraṃ śvetaḥ tu purohitaṃ hanti || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Sun, copper-red with rays streaming upward, destroys the army’s commander; yellow, it destroys the king’s son; and white, it kills the royal priest.

హిందీ అర్థం

ऊपर की ओर किरणों वाला ताम्र-वर्ण सूर्य सेनापति का, पीत राजपुत्र का, और श्वेत पुरोहित का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

चित्रोऽथवापि धूम्रो रविरश्मिर्व्याकुलां व्याकुलां करोत्यूर्धं महीं । तस्करशस्त्रनिपातैः यदि सलिलं नाशु पातयति ॥ ३.२२॥

citro’thavāpi dhūmro raviraśmirvyākulāṃ karotyūrdhaṃ mahīm | taskaraśastranipātaiḥ yadi salilaṃ nāśu pātayati || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the Sun’s rays are variegated or smoky, it throws the earth above into disorder through the depredations of thieves and weapons, and does not swiftly send down rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

चित्रवर्ण या धूम्रवर्ण सूर्य-किरण ऊपर की पृथ्वी को चोरों-शस्त्रों के आघातों से व्याकुल करता है, और शीघ्र वर्षा नहीं कराता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ताम्रः कपिलो वार्कः शिशिरे हरिकुंकुमच्छविश्च मधौ । आपाण्डुकनकवर्णो ग्रीष्मे वर्षासु शुक्लश्च ॥ ३.२३॥

tāmraḥ kapilo vārkaḥ śiśire harikuṃkumacchaviśca madhau | āpāṇḍukanakavarṇo grīṣme varṣāsu śuklaśca || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Sun is auspicious when copper-red or tawny in the cold season, of a green-saffron hue in spring, of a pale-golden colour in summer, and white in the rains.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्य शिशिर में ताम्र या भूरा, वसंत में हरित-कुंकुम वर्ण, ग्रीष्म में पाण्डु-स्वर्ण वर्ण, और वर्षा में श्वेत हो तो शुभ है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

शरदि कमलोदराभो हेमन्ते रुधिरसन्निभः शस्तः । प्रावृट्काले स्निग्धः सर्वऋतुनिभोऽपि शुभदायी ॥ ३.२४॥

śaradi kamalodarābho hemante rudhirasannibhaḥ śastaḥ | prāvṛṭkāle snigdhaḥ sarvartunibho’pi śubhadāyī || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In autumn, auspicious when resembling the inside of a lotus; in early winter, resembling blood; in the monsoon, when unctuous in appearance; and it is auspicious in every season when it resembles the hue proper to all the seasons at once.

హిందీ అర్థం

शरद् में कमल के भीतरी भाग जैसा वर्ण, हेमंत में रक्त-वर्ण शुभ है; प्रावृट् काल में स्निग्ध वर्ण, और सभी ऋतुओं जैसा वर्ण भी सर्वदा शुभदायी है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

रूक्षः श्वेतो विप्रान् रक्ताभः क्षत्रियान् विनाशयति । पीतो वैश्यान् कृष्णः ततो अपरान् शुभकरः स्निग्धः ॥ ३.२५॥

rūkṣaḥ śveto viprān raktābhaḥ kṣatriyān vināśayati | pīto vaiśyān kṛṣṇaḥ tato’parān śubhakaraḥ snigdhaḥ || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Sun, rough and white, destroys brāhmaṇas; red-hued, kṣatriyas; yellow, vaiśyas; black, the rest; but unctuous in appearance, it is auspicious for all.

హిందీ అర్థం

रूखा-श्वेत सूर्य ब्राह्मणों का, रक्ताभ क्षत्रियों का, पीत वैश्यों का, कृष्ण शेष वर्णों का नाश करता है; किंतु स्निग्ध वर्ण शुभकर होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ग्रीष्मे रक्तो भयकृद् वर्षास्वसितः करोत्यनावृष्टिम् । हेमन्ते पीतोऽर्कः करोति न चिरेण अचिरेण रोगभयम् ॥ ३.२६॥

grīṣme rakto bhayakṛd varṣāsvasitaḥ karotyanāvṛṣṭim | hemante pīto’rkaḥ karoti na cireṇa acireṇa rogabhayam || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Red in summer, it causes fear; black in the rains, it causes drought; yellow in early winter, the Sun soon causes fear of disease.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्रीष्म में रक्त वर्ण भय उत्पन्न करता है, वर्षा में काला वर्ण अनावृष्टि करता है, हेमंत में पीत सूर्य शीघ्र ही रोग-भय उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

सुरचापपाटिततनुः नृपतिविरोधप्रदः सहस्रांशुः । प्रावृट्काले सद्यः करोति विमलद्युतिः वृष्टिम् ॥ ३.२७॥

suracāpapāṭitatanuḥ nṛpativirodhapradaḥ sahasrāṃśuḥ | prāvṛṭkāle sadyaḥ karoti vimaladyutiḥ vṛṣṭim || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The thousand-rayed Sun, its body as if split by the rainbow, brings about hostility to the king; but of pure brightness in the monsoon season, it swiftly brings rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

इन्द्रधनुष से मानो विदीर्ण शरीर वाला सहस्रकिरण सूर्य राजा के प्रति विरोध उत्पन्न करता है; प्रावृट् काल में निर्मल द्युति वाला होने पर शीघ्र वर्षा कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

वर्षाकाले वृष्टिं करोति सद्यः शिरीषपुष्पाभः । शिखिपत्रनिभः सलिलं न करोति द्वादशाब्दानि ॥ ३.२८॥

varṣākāle vṛṣṭiṃ karoti sadyaḥ śirīṣapuṣpābhaḥ | śikhipatranibhaḥ salilaṃ na karoti dvādaśābdāni || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the rainy season, resembling the śirīṣa flower in colour, it swiftly brings rain; resembling a peacock’s feather, it withholds rain for twelve years.

హిందీ అర్థం

वर्षा-काल में शिरीष-पुष्प समान वर्ण शीघ्र वर्षा कराता है; मयूर-पंख समान वर्ण बारह वर्ष तक वर्षा नहीं कराता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्यामेऽर्के कीटभयं भस्मनिभे भयमुशन्ति परचक्रात् । यस्य ऋक्षे सच्छिद्रः तस्य विनाशः क्षितीशस्य ॥ ३.२९॥

śyāme’rke kīṭabhayaṃ bhasmanibhe bhayamuśanti paracakrāt | yasya ṛkṣe sacchidraḥ tasya vināśaḥ kṣitīśasya || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the Sun is dark-hued, there is fear from vermin; when ash-coloured, they declare fear from an invading army; in whichever asterism it appears as if pierced, the lord of that land is destroyed.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्याम सूर्य कीट-भय, भस्म-वर्ण शत्रु-सेना का भय सूचित करता है; जिस नक्षत्र में वह छिद्रयुक्त (धब्बेदार) दिखे, उस [नक्षत्र से संबद्ध] भूमि के राजा का विनाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

शशरुधिरनिभे भानौ नभस्तलस्थे भवन्ति संग्रामाः । शशिसदृशे नृपतिबधः नृपतिवद्धः क्षिप्रं चान्यो नृपो भवति ॥ ३.३०॥

śaśarudhiranibhe bhānau nabhastalasthe bhavanti saṃgrāmāḥ | śaśisadṛśe nṛpatibadhaḥ kṣipraṃ cānyo nṛpo bhavati || 30 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the Sun, set in the vault of the sky, resembles a hare-mark or blood, wars occur; when it appears moon-like, the king is slain, and swiftly another king arises.

హిందీ అర్థం

आकाश में स्थित सूर्य जब खरगोश या रक्त के समान दिखे, तब युद्ध होते हैं; चंद्रमा के समान दिखे तो राजा का वध होता है और शीघ्र ही अन्य राजा होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

क्षुत्मारकृत् घटनिभः खण्डो जनहा नृपहा विदीधितिः भयदः । तोरणरूपः पुरहा छत्रनिभो देशनाशाय ॥ ३.३१॥

kṣutmārakṛt ghaṭanibhaḥ khaṇḍo janahā nṛpahā vidīdhitiḥ bhayadaḥ | toraṇarūpaḥ purahā chatranibho deśanāśāya || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Resembling a pot, it causes death by famine; broken/fragmented in appearance, it destroys people; brilliant/scattered-rayed, it destroys the king and brings fear; shaped like a festive gateway, it destroys the city; resembling a parasol, it brings the ruin of the land.

హిందీ అర్థం

घड़े के समान सूर्य भूख से मृत्यु कराता है; खंडित रूप प्रजा का नाश करता है; अत्यंत तेजस्वी रूप राजा का नाश और भय देता है; तोरण के समान रूप नगर का नाश करता है; छत्र के समान रूप देश के विनाश के लिए होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ध्वजचापनिभे युद्धानि भास्करे वेपने च रूक्षे च । कृष्णा रेखा सवितरि यदि हन्ति ततो नृपं नृपं ततः सचिवः ॥ ३.३२॥

dhvajacāpanibhe yuddhāni bhāskare vepane ca rūkṣe ca | kṛṣṇā rekhā savitari yadi hanti tato nṛpaṃ tataḥ sacivaḥ || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the Sun resembles a banner or a bow, there are wars; likewise when it trembles or appears rough. If a black streak appears on the Sun, it first kills the king, then the minister.

హిందీ అర్థం

ध्वज या धनुष के समान सूर्य युद्ध कराता है, तथा कंपित या रूखा होने पर भी। यदि सूर्य पर काली रेखा दिखे, तो पहले राजा को, फिर मंत्री को नष्ट करती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दिनकरं दिवसकरं उदयास्तसंस्थितमुदयसंस्थितं उल्काशनिविद्युतो यदा हन्युः । नरपतिमरणं विन्द्यात् तदा अन्यराजप्रतिष्ठा प्रतिष्ठां च ॥ ३.३३॥

dinakaraṃ udayāstasaṃsthitam ulkāśaniviyuto yadā hanyuḥ | narapatimaraṇaṃ vindyāt tadā anyarājapratiṣṭhāṃ ca || 33 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When meteors, thunderbolts, or lightning strike the Sun as it stands at rising or setting, one should know this to mean the death of the king, and thereafter the establishment of another king.

హిందీ అర్థం

उदय या अस्त समय स्थित सूर्य पर जब उल्का, वज्र या बिजली गिरे, तब राजा की मृत्यु और तत्पश्चात् अन्य राजा की स्थापना जाननी चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रतिदिवसमहिमकिरणः परिवेषी सन्ध्ययोः द्वयोः अथवा । रक्तोऽस्तमेति रक्तोदितश्च भूपं करोत्यन्यम् ॥ ३.३४॥

pratidivasamahimakiraṇaḥ pariveṣī sandhyayoḥ dvayoḥ athavā | rakto’stameti raktoditaśca bhūpaṃ karotyanyam || 34 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Sun, day after day bearing a halo, or, in either of the two twilights, setting red or rising red, brings about another king.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रतिदिन परिवेष (प्रभामंडल) धारण करने वाला, अथवा दोनों संध्याओं में लाल होकर अस्त या उदय होने वाला सूर्य अन्य राजा को उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रहरणसदृशैः जलदैः स्थगितः सन्ध्याद्वयेऽपि रणकारी । मृगमहिषविहगखरकरभसदृशरूपैश्च भयदायी ॥ ३.३५॥

praharaṇasadṛśaiḥ jaladaiḥ sthagitaḥ sandhyādvaye’pi raṇakārī | mṛgamahiṣavihagakharakarabhasadṛśarūpaiśca bhayadāyī || 35 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Veiled by clouds resembling weapons at either twilight, the Sun brings about war; and, veiled by clouds resembling a deer, buffalo, bird, donkey or camel, it brings fear.

హిందీ అర్థం

शस्त्र के समान बादलों से ढंका होकर दोनों संध्याओं में युद्ध कराता है; तथा हिरण, भैंसा, पक्षी, गधे या ऊँट के समान बादलों से भय देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दिनकरकराभितापाद् ऋक्षमवाप्नोति सुमहतीम् पीडाम् । भवति तु पश्चात्शुद्धं कनकमिव हुताशपरितापात् ॥ ३.३६॥

dinakarakarābhitāpād ṛkṣamavāpnoti sumahatīm pīḍām | bhavati tu paścātśuddhaṃ kanakamiva hutāśaparitāpāt || 36 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

An asterism, from being scorched by the Sun’s rays, suffers a very great affliction; yet afterward it becomes pure—like gold, from the heat of fire, becomes refined.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्य की किरणों के ताप से नक्षत्र अत्यधिक पीड़ा पाता है, किंतु बाद में अग्नि के ताप से शुद्ध हुए स्वर्ण के समान शुद्ध हो जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दिवसकृतः प्रतिसूर्यो जलकृदुदग् दक्षिणे स्थितोऽनिलकृत् । उभयस्थः सलिलभयं नृपमुपरि निहन्त्यधो जनहा ॥ ३.३७॥

divasakṛtaḥ pratisūryo jalakṛdudag dakṣiṇe sthito’nilakṛt | ubhayasthaḥ salilabhayaṃ nṛpamupari nihantyadho janahā || 37 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A mock-sun accompanying the Sun, when in the north, brings rain; when in the south, brings wind; when in both, brings fear from water. If it stands above the Sun, it destroys the king; if below, it destroys the people.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्य के साथ दिखने वाला प्रतिसूर्य उत्तर में हो तो वर्षा, दक्षिण में हो तो वायु, दोनों ओर हो तो जल-भय कराता है; ऊपर हो तो राजा का, नीचे हो तो प्रजा का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

रुधिरनिभो वियत्यवनिपान्तरकरो न चिरात् । परुषरजोऽरुणीकृततनुः यदि वा दिनकृत् ॥ ॥ असितविचित्रनीलपरुषो जनघातकरः । खगमृगभैरवस्वररुतैश्च निशाद्युमुखे ॥ ३.३८॥

rudhiranibho viyatyavanipāntarakaro na cirāt | paruṣarajo’ruṇīkṛtatanuḥ yadi vā dinakṛt | asitavicitranīlaparuṣo janaghātakaraḥ | khagamṛgabhairavasvararutaiśca niśādyumukhe || 38 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Sun, resembling blood in the sky, soon brings about the change of the earth’s king; or, if its body is reddened with harsh, rough dust, and it is dark, mottled, blue and rough, it is a destroyer of people—together with the terrifying cries of birds and beasts at the approach of night or dawn.

హిందీ అర్థం

आकाश में रक्त-वर्ण सूर्य शीघ्र ही राजा का परिवर्तन कराता है; अथवा यदि रूखी लाल धूल से रंगा शरीर हो, काला-चित्रित-नीला-रूखा हो, तो प्रजा का घातक होता है — रात्रि के आगमन या अंत में पक्षियों-पशुओं की भयानक बोली के साथ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अमलवपुः अवक्रमण्डलः स्फुतविपुलामलदीर्घदीधितिः । अविकृततनुवर्णचिह्नभृज्जगति करोति शिवं दिवाकरः ॥ ३.३९॥

amalavapuḥ avakramaṇḍalaḥ sphuṭavipulāmaladīrghadīdhitiḥ | avikṛtatanuvarṇacihnabhṛjjagati karoti śivaṃ divākaraḥ || 39 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The day-maker (Sun), of pure form, its orb free of distortion, its rays clear, broad, pure and long, bearing an unaltered body, colour and mark, brings about auspiciousness in the world.

హిందీ అర్థం

निर्मल शरीर वाला, कुटिलता-रहित मंडल वाला, स्पष्ट-विपुल-निर्मल-दीर्घ किरणों वाला, अविकृत शरीर-वर्ण-चिह्न धारण करने वाला दिवाकर (सूर्य) जगत् में मंगल करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

नित्यमधःस्थस्येन्दोः भाभिः भानोः सितं भवत्यर्धम् । स्वच्छायया अन्यदसितं कुंभस्यैव आतपस्थस्य ॥ ४.१॥

nityamadhaḥsthasyendoḥ bhābhiḥ bhānoḥ sitaṃ bhavatyardham | svacchāyayā anyadasitaṃ kuṃbhasyaiva ātapasthasya || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Always, for the Moon standing below (nearer the earth), one half becomes bright by the Sun’s rays, the other half dark by its own shadow—just like a water-pot standing in sunlight, one side lit and one side dark.

హిందీ అర్థం

सदा नीचे स्थित (पृथ्वी के निकट) चन्द्रमा का आधा भाग सूर्य की किरणों से उज्ज्वल होता है, दूसरा आधा अपनी छाया से अन्धकारमय, ठीक वैसे ही जैसे धूप में रखे घड़े का एक भाग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

सलिलमये शशिनि रवेः दीधितयो मूर्छिताः तमो नैशम् । क्षपयन्ति दर्पणौदरनिहिता निहता इव मन्दिरस्यान्तः ॥ ४.२॥

salilamaye śaśini raveḥ dīdhitayaḥ mūrchitāḥ tamo naiśam | kṣapayanti darpaṇodaranihitā nihatā iva mandirasyāntaḥ || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Sun’s rays, upon the watery Moon, become as if diffused, and thereby dispel the night’s darkness—like rays fallen upon a mirror’s surface, then cast into the interior of a house.

హిందీ అర్థం

जलमय चन्द्रमा पर सूर्य की किरणें मानो मूर्छित होकर रात्रि के अन्धकार को नष्ट करती हैं, जैसे दर्पण के भीतर पड़ी किरणें घर के भीतरी भाग में परावर्तित होती हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

त्यजतोऽर्कतलं शशिनः पश्चादवलंबते यथा शौक्ल्यम् । दिनकरवशात् तथा इन्दोः प्रकाशतेऽधः प्रभृत्युदयः ॥ ४.३॥

tyajato’rkatalaṃ śaśinaḥ paścādavalaṃbate yathā śauklyam | dinakaravaśāt tathendoḥ prakāśate’dhaḥ prabhṛtyudayaḥ || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

As the Moon, leaving the Sun’s vicinity, thereafter takes on its whiteness, so too, owing to the Sun, does the Moon’s rising illumination show itself, beginning from below.

హిందీ అర్థం

जैसे सूर्य-सामीप्य त्यागते हुए चन्द्रमा का शुक्लत्व बाद में प्रकट होता है, वैसे ही सूर्य के प्रभाव से चन्द्रमा का उदय-प्रकाश नीचे से आरम्भ होकर दिखाई देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रतिदिवसमेवमर्कात् स्थानविशेषेण शौक्ल्यपरिवृद्धिः । भवति शशिनोऽपराह्णे पश्चाद् भागे घटस्यैव एन्द्रस्य शीतकिरणो मूलाषाढाद्वयस्य चायातः वा यातः । याम्येन वीजजलचरकाननहा वह्निभयदश्च ॥ ४.५॥

pratidivasamevamarkāt sthānaviśeṣeṇa śauklyaparivṛddhiḥ | bhavati śaśino’parāhṇe paścād bhāge ghaṭasyaiva endrasya śītakiraṇo mūlāṣāḍhādvayasya cāyātaḥ vā yātaḥ | yāmyena vījajalacarakānanahā vahnibhayadaśca || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Thus, day by day, the Moon’s brightness increases according to its particular position relative to the Sun. In the afternoon, on its hindward side, pot-like in shape, in the eastern quarter—the cool-rayed one, having come to or departed from the pair Mūla and Āṣāḍhā, if it takes a southerly course, destroys seed-grain, aquatic creatures and forests, and brings the fear of fire.

హిందీ అర్థం

इस प्रकार प्रतिदिन सूर्य से विशेष स्थिति के अनुसार चन्द्रमा के शुक्लत्व की वृद्धि होती है। अपराह्न में, घड़े के समान पिछले भाग में, पूर्व दिशा में, शीतकिरण चन्द्रमा, मूल-आषाढ़ा युग्म से आकर अथवा जाकर, यदि दक्षिण मार्ग ले, तो बीज, जलचर और वनों का नाश करता है तथा अग्नि-भय देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दक्षिणपार्श्वेन गतः शशी विशाखा अनुराधयोः पापः । मध्येन तु प्रशस्तः पितृदेव पित्र्यस्य विशाखयोश्चापि षड् अनागतानि पौष्णाद् द्वादश रौद्राग मध्ययोगीनि । ज्येष्ठाद्यानि नवर्क्षाणि उडुपतिना अतीत्य युज्यन्ते ॥ ४.७॥

dakṣiṇapārśvena gataḥ śaśī viśākhā anurādhayoḥ pāpaḥ | madhyena tu praśastaḥ pitṛdevapitryasya viśākhayoścāpi ṣaḍ anāgatāni pauṣṇād dvādaśa raudrāgra madhyayogīni | jyeṣṭhādyāni navarkṣāṇi uḍupatinā atītya yujyante || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon, passing by the southern side of Viśākhā and Anurādhā, is inauspicious; but through the middle, it is auspicious. Six asterisms yet to come, counted from Pauṣṇa (Revatī); twelve counted from the middle-conjunction points beginning with Raudra; and the nine asterisms beginning with Jyeṣṭhā are, in due course, passed over and conjoined by the lord of the stars (the Moon).

హిందీ అర్థం

दक्षिण पार्श्व से गुजरने वाला चन्द्रमा विशाखा-अनुराधा में अशुभ है, मध्य मार्ग से शुभ है। पूष्ण (रेवती) से आगे छह, रौद्र के मध्य-योग से बारह, तथा ज्येष्ठा आदि नौ नक्षत्रों को चन्द्रमा क्रमशः पार करते हुए संयुक्त होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

उन्नतमीषच्छृंगं नौसंस्थाने विशालता चौक्ता । नाविकपीडा तस्मिन् भवति शिवं सर्वलोकस्य ॥ ४.८॥

unnatamīṣacchṛṅgaṃ nausaṃsthāne viśālatā coktā | nāvikapīḍā tasmin bhavati śivaṃ sarvalokasya || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the horn is slightly raised, in a boat-like configuration, and breadth is noted—in that configuration there is hardship for sailors, but well-being for all the rest of the world.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब चन्द्रमा का सींग थोड़ा ऊँचा, नौका-सम आकार में और चौड़ा हो, तो नाविकों को कष्ट होता है, किन्तु शेष सम्पूर्ण जगत् के लिए शुभ होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अर्द्धोन्नते च लांगलमिति पीडा तदुपजीविनां तस्मिन् । प्रीतिश्च निर्निमित्तं मनुजपतीनां सुभिक्षं च ॥ ४.९॥

ardhonnate ca lāṅgalamiti pīḍā tadupajīvināṃ tasmin | prītiśca nirnimittaṃ manujapatīnāṃ subhikṣaṃ ca || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When half-raised, it is called ‘plough’ (lāṅgala)-shaped; in that, there is hardship for those who live by it, but causeless joy for kings, and abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

आधा ऊँचा हो तो हल (लांगल) कहलाता है; इसमें उस पर आजीविका चलाने वालों को कष्ट होता है, किन्तु राजाओं को अकारण प्रसन्नता और सुभिक्ष होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

दक्षिणविषाणमर्धोन्नतं यदा दुष्टलांगलाख्यं तत् । पाण्ड्यनरेश्वरनिधनकृदुद्योगकरं बलानाम् च ॥ ४.१०॥

dakṣiṇaviṣāṇamardhonnataṃ yadā duṣṭalāṅgalākhyaṃ tat | pāṇḍyanareśvaranidhanakṛdudyogakaraṃ balānāṃ ca || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the southern horn is half-raised, that is called the ‘evil plough’; it brings about the death of the Pāṇḍya king, and stirs armies to action.

హిందీ అర్థం

दक्षिण सींग आधा ऊँचा हो तो वह दुष्ट-लांगल कहलाता है; यह पाण्ड्य नरेश की मृत्यु कराता है तथा सेनाओं को सक्रिय करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

समशशिनि सुभिक्षक्षेमवृष्टयः प्रथमदिवससदृशाः स्युः । दण्डवदुदिते पीडा गवां नृपश्चौग्रदण्डोऽत्र ॥ ४.११॥

samaśaśini subhikṣakṣemavṛṣṭayaḥ prathamadivasasadṛśāḥ syuḥ | daṇḍavadudite pīḍā gavāṃ nṛpaścograadaṇḍo’tra || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the Moon is even, abundant grain, well-being and rain are as on the first day (i.e. normal); when it rises staff-shaped, there is hardship for cattle, and the king becomes fierce in punishment at this time.

హిందీ అర్థం

सम चन्द्रमा में सुभिक्ष, क्षेम और वर्षा सामान्य दिन के समान होते हैं; दण्ड के समान उदित हो तो गायों को कष्ट होता है और राजा उग्र-दण्ड वाला होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

कार्मुकरूपे युद्धानि यत्र तु ज्या ततो जयः तेषाम् । स्थानं युगमिति याम्योत्तरायतं भूमिकंपाय ॥ ४.१२॥

kārmukarūpe yuddhāni yatra tu jyā tato jayaḥ teṣām | sthānaṃ yugamiti yāmyottarāyataṃ bhūmikaṃpāya || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When bow-shaped, there are wars; on whichever side the bowstring lies, victory goes to them; when its position is elongated north-south, it is called ‘yuga’ (yoke)-shaped, and portends an earthquake.

హిందీ అర్థం

धनुष के आकार में युद्ध होते हैं; जिस ओर प्रत्यंचा हो, उसी ओर विजय होती है; उत्तर-दक्षिण में लम्बा हो तो युग कहलाता है और भूकम्प सूचित करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

युगमेव याम्यकोट्यां किंचित् तुंगं स पार्श्वशायीइति विनिहन्ति सार्थवाहान् वृष्टेश्च विनिग्रहं कुर्यात् ॥ ४.१३॥

yugameva yāmyakoṭyāṃ kiṃcit tuṃgaṃ sa pārśvaśāyī iti vinihanti sārthavāhān vṛṣṭeśca vinigrahaṃ kuryāt || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That very ‘yuga’-shape, slightly raised at its southern end, is called ‘lying on its side’; it destroys caravan-merchants, and causes a withholding of rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

वही युग आकार दक्षिण छोर पर थोड़ा ऊँचा हो तो पार्श्वशायी कहलाता है; यह व्यापारियों का नाश करता है और वर्षा को रोकता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अभ्युच्छ्रायादेकं यदि शशिनोऽवान्मुखं भवेत्छृंगम् । आवर्जितमित्यसुभिक्षकारि तद् गोधनस्यापि ॥ ४.१४॥

abhyucchrāyādekaṃ yadi śaśino’vāṅmukhaṃ bhavetchṛṅgam | āvarjitamityasubhikṣakāri tad godhanasyāpi || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, due to elevation, one horn of the Moon becomes downward-facing, it is called ‘overturned’ (āvarjita); that brings scarcity of grain, and harm to cattle-wealth as well.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि उन्नति के कारण चन्द्रमा का एक सींग नीचे की ओर मुख किए हो, तो उसे आवर्जित कहते हैं; यह अन्न की कमी तथा गोधन को भी हानि पहुँचाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अव्युच्छिन्ना रेखा समन्ततो मण्डला च कुण्डाख्यम् । अस्मिन् माण्डलिकानां स्थानत्यागो नरपतीनाम् ॥ ४.१५॥

avyucchinnā rekhā samantato maṇḍalā ca kuṇḍākhyam | asmin māṇḍalikānāṃ sthānatyāgo narapatīnām || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

An unbroken line all around, circular, is called ‘kuṇḍa’ (ring)-shaped; in this configuration, feudatory kings and rulers abandon their thrones.

హిందీ అర్థం

चारों ओर अखण्डित रेखा वाला वृत्ताकार कुण्ड कहलाता है; इसमें सामन्त राजा अपना राज्य त्याग देते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रोक्तस्थानाभावादुदगुच्चः क्षेमवृद्धिवृष्टिकरः । दक्षिणतुंगश्चन्द्रो दुर्भिक्षभयाय निर्दिष्टः ॥ ४.१६॥

proktasthānābhāvādudaguccaḥ kṣemavṛddhivṛṣṭikaraḥ | dakṣiṇatuṃgaścandro durbhikṣabhayāya nirdiṣṭaḥ || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the absence of the above configurations, the Moon elevated to the north brings well-being, increase and rain; the Moon elevated to the south is declared to bring the fear of famine.

హిందీ అర్థం

उपर्युक्त आकारों के अभाव में, उत्तर की ओर ऊँचा चन्द्रमा क्षेम-वृद्धि और वर्षा कराता है; दक्षिण की ओर ऊँचा चन्द्रमा दुर्भिक्ष का भय सूचित करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

श ृंगेणएकेनेन्दुः इन्दुं विलीनमथवाप्यवान्मुखं श ृंगं अश ृग्गं । सम्पूर्णं चाभिनवं दृष्ट्वा एको जीविताद् भ्रश्येत् ॥ ४.१७॥

śṛṅgeṇaikenendurindu vilīnamathavāpyavāṅmukhaṃ śṛṅgaṃ aśṛṅgaṃ | sampūrṇaṃ cābhinavaṃ dṛṣṭvā eko jīvitād bhraśyet || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon seen with one horn dissolved, or with a downward-facing horn, or hornless—and having seen it full and yet again new within the same period—one shall fall from life.

హిందీ అర్థం

चन्द्रमा का एक सींग विलीन हो, या सींग नीचे मुख किए हो, या सींग-रहित हो, तथा पूर्ण और पुनः नया दिखाई दे, तो कोई एक व्यक्ति जीवन से च्युत हो जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

संस्थानविधिः कथितो रूपाणि अस्माद् भवन्ति चन्द्रमसः । स्वल्पो दुर्भिक्षकरो महान् सुभिक्षावहः प्रोक्तः ॥ ४.१८॥

saṃsthānavidhiḥ kathito rūpāṇi asmād bhavanti candramasaḥ | svalpo durbhikṣakaro mahān subhikṣāvahaḥ proktaḥ || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The rule of these configurations has been stated; the forms of the Moon arise from this. Small in apparent size, it is declared to bring famine; large, it brings abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

यह संस्थान-विधि कही गई; चन्द्रमा के ये रूप इससे बनते हैं। छोटा हो तो दुर्भिक्षकारी, बड़ा हो तो सुभिक्षदायी कहा गया है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

मध्यतनुः वज्राख्यः क्षुद्भयदः संभ्रमाय राज्ञां च । चन्द्रो मृदंगरूपः क्षेमसुभिक्षावहो भवति ॥ ४.१९॥

madhyatanuḥ vajrākhyaḥ kṣudbhayadaḥ saṃbhramāya rājñāṃ ca | candro mṛdaṃgarūpaḥ kṣemasubhikṣāvaho bhavati || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of middling slenderness, called ‘vajra’ (thunderbolt)-shaped, it brings fear of famine and confusion for kings; the Moon, drum-shaped, brings well-being and abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

मध्यम पतला वज्र नामक रूप भूख-भय और राजाओं में संभ्रम देता है; मृदंग के आकार वाला चन्द्रमा क्षेम-सुभिक्ष लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

ज्ञेयो विशालमूर्तिः नरपतिलक्ष्मीविवृद्धये चन्द्रः । स्थूलः सुभिक्षकारी प्रियधान्यकरः तु तनुमूर्तिः ॥ ४.२०॥

jñeyo viśālamūrtiḥ narapatilakṣmīvivṛddhaye candraḥ | sthūlaḥ subhikṣakārī priyadhānyakaraḥ tu tanumūrtiḥ || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon of broad form should be known to bring increase of the king’s fortune; stout, it brings abundant grain; but of slender form, it brings only a modest grain-yield.

హిందీ అర్థం

विशाल रूप वाला चन्द्रमा राजा की सम्पत्ति की वृद्धि के लिए जानना चाहिए; स्थूल हो तो सुभिक्षकारी, पतले रूप वाला हो तो थोड़ा अन्न देने वाला होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रत्यन्तान् कुनृपांश्च हन्त्युडुपतिः श ृंगे कुजेन आहते । शस्त्रक्षुद्भयकृद् यमेन शशिजेनावृष्टिदुर्भिक्षकृत् । श्रेष्ठान् हन्ति नृपान् महेन्द्रगुरुणा शुक्रेण चाल्पान् नृपान् । शुक्ले याप्यमिदं फलम् ग्रहकृतं कृष्णे यथोक्तागमम् । भिन्नः सितेन मगधान् यवनान् पुलिन्दान् नेपालभृंगिमरुकच्छ मरुकुच्च सुराष्ट्रमद्रान् । पांचालकैकयकुलूतकपुरुषादान् हन्यादुशीनरजनान् अपि सप्त मासान् ॥ ४.२२॥

pratyantān kunṛpāṃśca hantyuḍupatiḥ śṛṅge kujena āhate | śastrakṣudbhayakṛd yamena śaśijenāvṛṣṭidurbhikṣakṛt | śreṣṭhān hanti nṛpān mahendraguruṇā śukreṇa cālpān nṛpān | śukle yāpyamidaṃ phalaṃ grahakṛtaṃ kṛṣṇe yathoktāgamam | bhinnaḥ sitena magadhān yavanān pulindān nepālabhṛṅgimarukaccha surāṣṭramadrān | pāñcālakaikayakulūtapuruṣādān hanyāduśīnarajanān api sapta māsān || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The lord of the stars (Moon), its horn struck by Mars, destroys border-regions and wicked kings; struck by Saturn, it brings fear of weapons and famine; by Mercury (Śaśija, ‘Moon’s son’), it causes drought and famine; by Jupiter (Mahendraguru), it destroys the foremost kings; and by Venus, minor kings. In the bright fortnight this planet-caused result unfolds slowly, in the dark fortnight swiftly—so the tradition states. Pierced by Venus, it afflicts for seven months the peoples of Magadha, the Yavanas (Greeks), the Pulindas, Nepal, Bhṛgu-Marukaccha, Surāṣṭra, Madra, Pāñcāla, Kaikaya, Kulūta, Puruṣāda, and also the Uśīnara people.

హిందీ అర్థం

मंगल द्वारा सींग पर आघात होने पर चन्द्रमा सीमावर्ती दुष्ट राजाओं का नाश करता है; शनि द्वारा शस्त्र-भूख का भय देता है; बुध (शशिज) द्वारा अनावृष्टि-दुर्भिक्ष कराता है; बृहस्पति (महेन्द्रगुरु) द्वारा श्रेष्ठ राजाओं का, शुक्र द्वारा छोटे राजाओं का नाश करता है। शुक्ल पक्ष में यह ग्रह-फल धीरे-धीरे, कृष्ण पक्ष में शीघ्र होता है, ऐसा शास्त्रोक्त है। शुक्र से भिन्न होने पर सात मास तक मगध, यवन, पुलिन्द, नेपाल, भृगु-मरुकच्छ, सुराष्ट्र, मद्र, पांचाल, कैकय, कुलूत, पुरुषाद तथा उशीनर जनों का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

गान्धारसौवीरकसिन्धुकीरान् धान्यानि शैलान् द्रविदाधिपांश्च । द्विजांश्च मासान् दश शीतरश्मिः सन्तापयेद् वाक्पतिना विभिन्नः ॥ ४.२३॥

gāndhārasauvīrakasindhukīrān dhānyāni śailān draviḍādhipāṃśca | dvijāṃśca māsān daśa śītaraśmiḥ santāpayed vākpatinā vibhinnaḥ || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The cool-rayed Moon, pierced by Jupiter (Vākpati), afflicts for ten months the Gāndhāra, Sauvīra, Sindhu and Kīra peoples, crops, mountain-folk, the Draviḍa rulers, and brāhmaṇas.

హిందీ అర్థం

बृहस्पति (वाक्पति) से भिन्न होने पर शीतकिरण चन्द्रमा दस मास तक गान्धार, सौवीर, सिन्धु, कीर जनों, फसलों, पर्वतीय लोगों, द्रविड़ राजाओं तथा ब्राह्मणों को संतप्त करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

उद्युक्तान् सह वाहनैः नरपतीं त्रैगर्तकान् मालवान् कौलिन्दान् गणपुंगवान् अथ शिबीनायोध्यकान् पार्थिवान् । हन्यात् कौरवमत्स्यशुक्त्यधिपतीन् राजन्यमुख्यान् अपि प्रालेयांशुरसृग्ग्रहे तनुगते षण्मासमर्यादया ॥ ४.२४॥

udyuktān saha vāhanaiḥ narapatīn traigartakān mālavān kaulindān gaṇapuṃgavān atha śibīnāyodhyakān pārthivān | hanyāt kauravamatsyaśuktyadhipatīn rājanyamukhyān api prāleyāṃśurasṛggrahe tanugate ṣaṇmāsamaryādayā || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The frost-rayed Moon, its body seized by ‘Blood’ (Mars), destroys, for a duration of six months, kings ready with their mounts, the Traigarta, Mālava, Kaulinda peoples, the foremost of clans, and also the Śibis, the Ayodhyā-kings, the lords of Kuru, Matsya and Śukti, and the chief among princes.

హిందీ అర్థం

रक्त (मंगल) द्वारा शरीर पर ग्रस्त होने पर शीतकिरण चन्द्रमा छह मास तक वाहन सहित तैयार राजाओं, त्रैगर्त, मालव, कौलिन्द जनों, प्रमुख गणों, शिबि, अयोध्या के राजाओं, तथा कुरु-मत्स्य-शुक्ति के अधिपतियों एवं श्रेष्ठ राजकुमारों का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

यौधेयान् सचिवान् सकौरवान् प्रागीशान् अथ चार्जुनायनान् । हन्यादर्कजभिन्नमण्डलः शीतांशुः दशमासपीडया ॥ ४.२५॥

yaudheyān sacivān sakauravān prāgīśān atha cārjunāyanān | hanyādarkajabhinnamaṇḍalaḥ śītāṃśuḥ daśamāsapīḍayā || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The cool-rayed Moon, its disc pierced by the Sun’s son (Saturn), destroys, with a ten-month affliction, the Yaudheya people, ministers, the Kauravas together, the eastern rulers, and also the Ārjunāyanas.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्यपुत्र (शनि) द्वारा मण्डल भिन्न होने पर शीतकिरण चन्द्रमा दस मास तक यौधेय जनों, मन्त्रियों, कौरवों, पूर्वी राजाओं तथा आर्जुनायनों का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

मगधान् मथुरां च पीडयेद् वेणायाश्च तटं शशांकजः । अपरत्र कृतं युगं वदेद् यदि भित्त्वा शशिनं विनिर्गतः ॥ ४.२६॥

magadhān mathurāṃ ca pīḍayed veṇāyāśca taṭaṃ śaśāṅkajaḥ | aparatra kṛtaṃ yugaṃ vaded yadi bhittvā śaśinaṃ vinirgataḥ || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon’s son (Mercury), if it emerges having pierced through the Moon, afflicts Magadha, Mathurā, and the bank of the Veṇā river; and should declare a new age brought about elsewhere.

హిందీ అర్థం

चन्द्रमा को भेदकर निकला हुआ बुध (शशांकज) मगध, मथुरा तथा वेणा नदी के तट को पीड़ित करता है, और अन्यत्र नए युग की घोषणा करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

क्षेमारोग्यसुभिक्षनिनाशी शीतांशुः शिखिना यदि भिन्नः । कुर्यादायुधजीविविनाशं चौराणामधिकेन च पीडाम् ॥ ४.२७॥

kṣemārogyasubhikṣanināśī śītāṃśuḥ śikhinā yadi bhinnaḥ | kuryādāyudhajīviviśāṃ cauraāṇāmadhikena ca pīḍām || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The cool-rayed Moon, if pierced by Ketu, destroys well-being, health and abundant grain; it brings about the destruction of those who live by arms, and greater affliction to thieves.

హిందీ అర్థం

केतु (शिखी) द्वारा भिन्न होने पर शीतकिरण चन्द्रमा क्षेम, आरोग्य और सुभिक्ष का नाश करता है; शस्त्रजीवियों का विनाश तथा चोरों को अधिक कष्ट देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

उल्कया यदा शशी ग्रस्त एव हन्यते । हन्यते तदा नृपो यस्य जन्मनि स्थितः ॥ ४.२८॥

ulkayā yadā śaśī grasta eva hanyate | hanyate tadā nṛpo yasya janmani sthitaḥ || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the Moon, seized, is struck by a meteor, then the king in whose nativity it is thus placed is destroyed.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब उल्का द्वारा ग्रस्त चन्द्रमा आहत हो, तब जिसकी जन्म-कुण्डली में वह स्थित हो, वह राजा नष्ट होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

भस्मनिभः परुषोऽरुणमूर्तिः शीतकरः किरणैः परिहीणः । श्यावतनुः स्फुटितः स्फुरणो वा क्षुड्डमरा क्षुड्समरा मयचौरभयाय ॥ ४.२९॥

bhasmanibhaḥ paruṣo’ruṇamūrtiḥ śītakaraḥ kiraṇaiḥ parihīṇaḥ | śyāvatanuḥ sphuṭitaḥ sphuraṇo vā kṣudḍamarāmaya caurabhayāya || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The cool-rayed Moon, ash-hued, rough, of reddish form, deprived of its rays, dusky-bodied, appearing cracked or quivering—these bring fear from famine, civil disturbance, disease, and thieves.

హిందీ అర్థం

भस्म-वर्ण, रूखा, लाल आकृति वाला, किरण-रहित, धूसर शरीर वाला, टूटा-फूटा या कम्पित शीतकिरण चन्द्रमा भूख, उपद्रव, रोग तथा चोरों के भय के लिए होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रालेयकुन्दकुमुदस्फटिकावदातो यत्नादिवाद्रिसुतया परिमृज्य चन्द्रः । उच्चैः कृतो निशि भविष्यति मे शिवाय यो दृश्यते स भविता जगतः शिवाय ॥ ४.३०॥

prāleyakundakumudasphaṭikāvadāto yatnādivādrisutayā parimṛjya candraḥ | uccaiḥ kṛto niśi bhaviṣyati me śivāya yo dṛśyate sa bhavitā jagataḥ śivāya || 30 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon, pure-white as frost, jasmine, the white water-lily and crystal, as if lovingly polished by the Mountain’s Daughter (Pārvatī) and raised high in the night sky—whoever sees it thus shall find it a source of good fortune, and it shall truly be for the welfare of the world.

హిందీ అర్థం

हिम, कुन्द, कुमुद और स्फटिक के समान उज्ज्वल, मानो पर्वत-पुत्री पार्वती द्वारा प्रयत्नपूर्वक स्वच्छ किया गया, रात्रि में ऊँचा उठा हुआ चन्द्रमा, जो इसे इस प्रकार देखे, वह मेरे लिए शुभ का साधन होगा, और सचमुच जगत् के कल्याण के लिए होगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

शुक्ले पक्षे सम्प्रवृद्धे प्रवृद्धिं ब्रह्मक्षत्रं याति वृद्धिं प्रजाश्च । हीने हानिः तुल्यता तुल्यतायां कृष्णे सर्वे तत्फलं व्यत्ययेन ॥ ४.३१॥

śukle pakṣe sampravṛddhe pravṛddhiṃ brahmakṣatraṃ yāti vṛddhiṃ prajāśca | hīne hāniḥ tulyatā tulyatāyāṃ kṛṣṇe sarve tatphalaṃ vyatyayena || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the Moon waxes fully in the bright fortnight, the brāhmaṇa and kṣatriya classes increase, and the people too increase; when diminished, there is loss; when even, there is equilibrium—in the dark fortnight, all these results occur in reverse.

హిందీ అర్థం

शुक्ल पक्ष में पूर्ण रूप से बढ़ने पर ब्राह्मण-क्षत्रिय वर्गों तथा प्रजा की वृद्धि होती है; क्षीण होने पर हानि, सम होने पर साम्यता होती है, कृष्ण पक्ष में यह सभी फल विपरीत रूप से होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

यदि कुमुदमृणालहारगौरः तिथिनियमात् क्षयमेति वर्द्धते वा । अविकृतगतिमण्डलांशुयोगी भवति नृणां विजयाय शीतरश्मिः ॥ ४.३२॥

yadi kumudamṛṇālahāragauraḥ tithiniyamāt kṣayameti vardhate vā | avikṛtagatimaṇḍalāṃśuyogī bhavati nṛṇāṃ vijayāya śītaraśmiḥ || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the cool-rayed Moon, white as the water-lily, the lotus-stalk, or a pearl-necklace, wanes or waxes strictly according to the rule of the tithi, and is possessed of an unaltered course, orb and rays, it brings about victory for men.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि शीतकिरण चन्द्रमा, कुमुद-मृणाल-हार के समान गौर वर्ण वाला, तिथि के नियमानुसार ही क्षीण या वर्धमान हो, तथा अविकृत गति-मण्डल-किरणों से युक्त हो, तो वह मनुष्यों की विजय के लिए होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanāgarī): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripāṭhī (Sarasvatī Bhavan Granthamālā), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Horā — for review.

సంస్కృతం

अमृतास्वादविशेषाग्छिन्नमपि शिरः किलासुरस्यैदम् । प्राणैः अपरित्यक्तं ग्रहतां यातं वदन्त्येके ॥ ५.१॥

amritasvadavisheshach chinnamapi shirah kilasurasyaidam | pranaih aparityaktam grahatam yatam vadantyeke || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Some say that this head, though severed from the demon (asura) on account of a taste of the nectar of immortality, was not abandoned by the vital breaths, and thus attained the status of a planet (graha).

హిందీ అర్థం

कुछ कहते हैं कि अमृत-पान के विशेष कारण असुर का यह कटा हुआ सिर भी प्राणों से त्यागा नहीं गया और इस प्रकार ग्रह-पद को प्राप्त हुआ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

इन्दुअर्कमण्डलाकृतिः असितत्वात् किल न दृश्यते गगने । अन्यत्र पर्वकालाद् वरप्रदानात् कमलयोनेः ॥ ५.२॥

indvarkamandalakritih asitatvat kila na drishyate gagane | anyatra parvakalad varapradanat kamalayoneh || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Rahu, shaped like the disc of the Moon or Sun, is not seen in the sky, they say, on account of its darkness, except at the time of an eclipse-conjunction (parvan) -- by the boon granted by the Lotus-born (Brahma).

హిందీ అర్థం

चन्द्र-सूर्य मण्डल के आकार वाला राहु अपने कालेपन के कारण आकाश में दिखाई नहीं देता, केवल पर्व-काल (ग्रहण) में, कमल-योनि ब्रह्मा द्वारा दिए गए वरदान से।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मुखपुच्छविभक्तांगं भुजंगमाकारमुपदिशन्त्यन्ये । कथयन्त्यमूर्तमपरे तमोमयं सैंहिकेयाख्याख्यम् ॥ ५.३॥

mukhapucchavibhaktangam bhujangamakaramupadishantyanye | kathayantyamurtamapare tamomayam saimhikeyakhyam || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Others teach that its body is divided into a head and a tail, in a serpent’s shape; still others say that this being, called the son of Simhika, is formless, made only of darkness.

హిందీ అర్థం

अन्य लोग कहते हैं कि इसका शरीर मुख और पुच्छ में विभक्त सर्प के आकार का है; कुछ अन्य कहते हैं कि सिंहिका-पुत्र नामक यह मूर्तिरहित, अन्धकारमय है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यदि मूर्तो भविचारी शिरोऽथवा भवति मण्डली राहुः । भगणार्धेनान्तरितौ तो गृह्णाति कथं नियतचारः ॥ ५.४॥

yadi murto bhavichari shiro’thava bhavati mandali rahuh | bhaganardhenantaritau to grihnati katham niyatacharah || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If Rahu, moving upon the earth as a single head, or as a disc, has a fixed course, how does it seize the two luminaries, which are separated by half the zodiac?

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि राहु मूर्तिमान्, पृथ्वी पर विचरण करने वाला सिर अथवा मण्डल हो, तो नियत गति वाला वह भगण के आधे भाग से पृथक् दोनों (सूर्य-चन्द्र) को कैसे ग्रस सकता है?

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अनियतचारः खलु चेदुपलब्धिः संख्यया कथं तस्य । पुच्छाननाभिधानोऽन्तरेण कस्मान् न गृह्णाति ॥ ५.५॥

aniyatacharah khalu chedupalabdhih sankhyaya katham tasya | pucchananabhidhano’ntarena kasman na grihnati || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

But if its course is irregular, then how is its position known by calculation? And why, if it has a head and a tail, does it not seize the luminaries at any point in between?

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि गति अनियत हो, तो गणना से उसका ज्ञान कैसे हो? और यदि पुच्छ-मुख वाला है, तो बीच में क्यों नहीं ग्रस लेता?

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अथ तु भुजगेन्द्ररूपः पुच्छेन मुखेन वा स गृह्णाति । मुखपुच्छान्तरसंस्थं स्थगयति कस्मान् न भगणार्धम् ॥ ५.६॥

atha tu bhujagendrarupah puchhena mukhena va sa grihnati | mukhapucchantarasamstham sthagayati kasman na bhaganardham || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, then, being serpent-shaped, it seizes with its tail or its head, why does it not obscure also the half of the zodiac lying between its head and tail?

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि सर्पाकार होकर पुच्छ या मुख से ग्रस लेता है, तो मुख-पुच्छ के बीच स्थित भगण के आधे भाग को क्यों नहीं ढक लेता?

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

राहुद्वयं यदि स्याद् ग्रस्तेऽस्तमितेऽथवा उदिते चन्द्रे । तत्समगतिनान्येन ग्रस्तः सूर्योऽपि दृश्यते ॥ ५.७॥

rahudvayam yadi syad graste’stamite’thava chandre | tatsamagatinanyena grastah suryo’pi drishyate || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If there were two Rahus, one could account for how, when the Moon is seen seized while set or risen, the Sun too is seen seized by another Rahu moving at the same rate.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि दो राहु हों, तो समझ में आता कि जब चन्द्रमा अस्त या उदय होते समय ग्रस्त दिखे, तो उसी गति वाले दूसरे राहु से सूर्य भी ग्रस्त दिखाई देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भूच्छायां स्वग्रहणे भास्करमर्कग्रहे प्रविशतीन्दुः । प्रग्रहणमतः पश्चान् नेन्दोः भानोश्च पूर्वार्धात् ॥ ५.८॥

bhuchchhayam svagrahane bhaskaramarkagrahe pravishatindu | pragrahanamatah pashchan nendoh bhanoshcha purvardhat || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The truth is: in its own eclipse, the Moon enters the earth’s shadow; in the Sun’s eclipse, the Moon obscures the Sun. Hence the eclipse begins, for the Moon, from the hindward part, and for the Sun, not from the forward part.

హిందీ అర్థం

वास्तव में, अपने ग्रहण में चन्द्रमा पृथ्वी की छाया में प्रवेश करता है; सूर्य-ग्रहण में चन्द्रमा सूर्य को ढकता है। इसलिए ग्रहण चन्द्रमा के लिए पिछले भाग से, और सूर्य के लिए अगले भाग से नहीं, आरम्भ होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वृक्षस्य स्वच्छाया यथा एकपार्श्वे न भवति दीर्घचया दीर्घा च । निशि निशि तद्वद् भूमेः आवरणवशाद् दिनेशस्य ॥ ५.९॥

vrikshasya svachchhaya yatha ekaparshve na bhavati dirgha cha | nishi nishi tadvad bhumeh avaranavashad dineshasya || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Just as a tree’s own shadow is not always long on one particular side, so too, night after night, there is a shadow of the earth, by reason of its blocking the light of the day-maker (Sun).

హిందీ అర్థం

जैसे वृक्ष की अपनी छाया एक ओर सदा लम्बी नहीं होती, वैसे ही रात-रात पृथ्वी की छाया सूर्य को आवृत करने के कारण बदलती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सूर्यात् सप्तमराशौ यदि चौदग्दक्षिणेन नातिगतः । चन्द्रः पूर्वाभिमुखश्छायामौर्वीम् तदा विशति ॥ ५.१०॥

suryat saptamarashau yadi chaudagdakshinena natigatah | chandrah purvabhimukhashchhayam aurvim tada vishati || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the Moon, in the seventh sign from the Sun, has not gone too far north or south, and is facing eastward, then it enters the earth’s (Aurvi’s) shadow.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि चन्द्रमा सूर्य से सातवीं राशि में हो और उत्तर-दक्षिण में बहुत दूर न गया हो, तथा पूर्वाभिमुख हो, तो वह पृथ्वी (और्वी) की छाया में प्रवेश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चन्द्रोऽधःस्थः स्थगयति रविमंबुदवत् समागतः पश्चात् । प्रतिदेशमतश्चित्रं दृष्टिवशाद् भास्करग्रहणम् ॥ ५.११॥

chandro’dhahsthah sthagayati ravimambudavat samagatah pashchat | pratideshamatashchitram drishtivashad bhaskaragrahanam || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon, situated below (nearer the earth), obscures the Sun, having come in front of it like a cloud, from behind. Hence, from region to region, the solar eclipse varies curiously, depending on the observer’s line of sight.

హిందీ అర్థం

नीचे स्थित चन्द्रमा बादल के समान पीछे से आकर सूर्य को ढक लेता है; इसीलिए दृष्टि (पैरालैक्स) के अनुसार प्रत्येक स्थान में सूर्य-ग्रहण भिन्न-भिन्न दिखाई देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आवरणं महदिन्दोः कुण्ठविषाणः ततोऽर्धसंच्छन्नः । स्वल्पम् रवेः यतोऽतः तीक्ष्णविषाणो रविः भवति ॥ ५.१२॥

avaranam mahadindoh kunthavishanah tato’rdhasamchchhannah | svalpam raveh yato’tah tikshnavishano ravih bhavati || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the obscuration of the Moon is great, its horns are blunted, when half-covered they remain distinct; since the Sun’s eclipse is by comparison always relatively small, the Sun’s remaining crescent has sharp horns.

హిందీ అర్థం

चन्द्रमा का आवरण अधिक हो तो सींग कुण्ठित हो जाते हैं, आधा ढका हो तो सींग स्पष्ट रहते हैं; सूर्य का ग्रहण चूँकि सदा अपेक्षाकृत छोटा होता है, इसलिए सूर्य के सींग सदा तीक्ष्ण रहते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

एवमुपरागकारणमुक्तमिदं दिव्यदृग्भिः आचार्यैः । राहुः अकारणमस्मिन् इत्युक्तः शास्त्रसद्भावः ॥ ५.१३॥

evamuparagakaranamuktamidam divyadrigbhih acharyaih | rahuh akaranamasmin ityuktah shastrasadbhavah || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Thus has the true cause of an eclipse been stated by the teachers of divine sight (the astronomer-sages); and it has been said that Rahu is not the true, physical cause in this -- such is the real purport of the science.

హిందీ అర్థం

इस प्रकार दिव्य-दृष्टि वाले आचार्यों ने ग्रहण का वास्तविक कारण कहा है; और कहा गया है कि राहु इसका वास्तविक भौतिक कारण नहीं है, यही शास्त्र का वास्तविक तात्पर्य है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

योऽसौअसुरो राहुः तस्य वरो ब्रह्मणाऽयमाज्ञप्तः । आप्यायनमुपरागे दत्तहुतांशेन ते भविता ॥ ५.१४॥

yo’sauasuro rahuh tasya varo brahmanayamajnaptah | apyayanamuparage dattahutamshena te bhavita || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

This boon was ordained by Brahma for that demon Rahu: ‘At the time of an eclipse, you shall have your due share of the offered oblation.’

హిందీ అర్థం

उस असुर राहु को ब्रह्मा ने यह वर दिया: तुझे ग्रहण के समय दिए गए हवि के अंश से तृप्ति प्राप्त होगी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तस्मिन् काले सान्निध्यमस्य तेनौपचर्यते राहुः । याम्योत्तरा शशिगतिः गणितेऽपि उपचर्यते तेन ॥ ५.१५॥

tasmin kale sannidhyamasya tenaupacharyate rahuh | yamyottara shashigatih ganite’pi upacharyate tena || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

At that time, his presence is assumed, and Rahu is thus ritually attended to; and the Moon’s northward-southward motion (latitude) is also, in astronomical calculation, accounted for by that same convention.

హిందీ అర్థం

उस समय उसकी उपस्थिति मानी जाती है, और इस प्रकार राहु की उपासना होती है; तथा चन्द्रमा की उत्तर-दक्षिण गति को भी गणना में उसी राहु-बिन्दु से माना जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

न कथंचिदपि निमित्तैः ग्रहणं विज्ञायते निमित्तानि । अन्यस्मिन् अपि काले भवन्त्यथौत्पातरूपाणि ॥ ५.१६॥

na kathamchidapi nimittaih grahanam vijnayate nimittani | anyasminapi kale bhavantyathautpatarupani || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

An eclipse can in no way be known merely by omens; omens, in the form of portents, also occur at other times unrelated to eclipses.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्रहण किसी भी निमित्त से पहले से नहीं जाना जा सकता; निमित्त (उत्पात) अन्य समय में भी होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पंचग्रहसंयोगान् न किल ग्रहणस्य संभवो भवति । तैलं च जलेऽष्टम्यां न विचिन्त्यमिदं विपश्चिद्भिः ॥ ५.१७॥

pamchagrahasamyogan na kila grahanasya sambhavo bhavati | tailam cha jale’shtamyam na vichintyamidam vipashchidbhih || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

An eclipse does not occur, indeed, from a conjunction of the five planets alone; nor is the old belief that oil poured on water on the eighth tithi reveals an eclipse true -- this should not be given credence by the wise.

హిందీ అర్థం

पाँच ग्रहों के संयोग से ग्रहण की सम्भावना नहीं होती; और अष्टमी को जल में तेल डालकर ग्रहण जानने की पुरानी मान्यता, इस पर विद्वानों को विश्वास नहीं करना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अवनत्याऽर्के ग्रासो दिग्ज्ञेया वलनया अवनत्या च । तिथ्यवसानाद् वेला करणे कथितानि तानि मया ॥ ५.१८॥

avanatyarke graso digjneya valanaya avanatya cha | tithyavasanad vela karane kathitani tani maya || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The extent of obscuration of the Sun is known by its declination; the direction of first contact by the inclination and declination; the time by the completion of the tithi -- these matters I have stated in my treatise on calculation (karana).

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्य के ग्रास की मात्रा अवनति (क्रान्ति) से जाननी चाहिए; दिशा वलन और अवनति से; समय तिथि की समाप्ति से, ये सब मैंने करण (गणना-ग्रन्थ) में कहे हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

षण्मासोत्तरवृद्ध्या पर्वेशाः सप्त देवताः क्रमशः । ब्रह्मशशीन्द्रकुबेरा वरुणाग्नियमाश्च विज्ञेयाः ॥ ५.१९॥

shanmasottaravriddhya parveshah sapta devatah kramashah | brahmashashindrakubera varunagniyamashcha vijneyah || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Increasing by six months in succession, the seven deities presiding over the eclipse-conjunctions are to be known in order: Brahma, the Moon, Indra, Kubera, Varuna, Agni, and Yama.

హిందీ అర్థం

छह-छह मास बढ़ते हुए क्रम से पर्वों के सात अधिष्ठाता देवता जानने चाहिए: ब्रह्मा, चन्द्र, इन्द्र, कुबेर, वरुण, अग्नि और यम।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ब्राह्मे द्विजपशुवृद्धिः क्षेमारोग्याणि द्विजपशुवृद्धिक्षेमारोग्याणि सस्यसम्पत्च । तद्वत् सौम्ये तस्मिन् पीडा विदुषामवृष्टिश्च ॥ ५.२०॥

brahme dvijapashuvriddhih kshemarogyani sasyasampachcha | tadvat saumye tasmin pida vidushamavrishtishcha || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the Brahma-presided eclipse, there is increase of brahmanas and cattle, well-being, health, and prosperity of crops; in the Moon-presided one, there is affliction for the learned, and drought.

హిందీ అర్థం

ब्रह्म-पर्व में ब्राह्मण-पशुओं की वृद्धि, क्षेम, आरोग्य तथा सस्य-सम्पत्ति होती है; सौम्य (चन्द्र) पर्व में विद्वानों को पीड़ा तथा अनावृष्टि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

एन्द्रे भूपविरोधः शारदसस्यक्षयो न च क्षेमम् । कौबेरेऽर्थपतीनामर्थविनाशः सुभिक्षं च ॥ ५.२१॥

endre bhupavirodhah sharadasasyakshayo na cha kshemam | kaubere’rthapatinamarthavinashah subhikshamcha || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the Indra-presided one, there is hostility toward the king, destruction of the autumn crop, and no well-being; in the Kubera-presided one, destruction of wealth for the wealthy, yet abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

इन्द्र-पर्व में राजा का विरोध, शरद्-सस्य का नाश और अक्षेम होता है; कुबेर-पर्व में धनवानों के धन का नाश किन्तु सुभिक्ष होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वारुणमवनीशाशुभमन्येषां क्षेमसस्यवृद्धिकरम् । आग्नेयं मित्राख्यं सस्यारोग्याभयांबुकरम् ॥ ५.२२॥

varunamavanishashubhamanyesham kshemasasyavriddhikaram | agneyam mitrakhyam sasyarogyabhayambukaram || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Varuna-presided one is inauspicious for the king but brings well-being and increase of crops for others; the Agni-presided one, called ‘friendly’, brings good crops, health, freedom from fear, and rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

वरुण-पर्व राजा के लिए अशुभ किन्तु अन्यों के लिए क्षेम और सस्य-वृद्धि करने वाला है; अग्नि-पर्व, मित्र नाम वाला, सस्य-आरोग्य-निर्भयता तथा वर्षा देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

याम्यं करोत्यवृष्टिं दुर्भिक्षं संक्षयं च सस्यानाम् । यदतः परं तदस्शुभं क्षुत्मारावृष्टिदं पर्व ॥ ५.२३॥

yamyam karotyavrishtim durbhiksham samkshayam cha sasyanam | yadatah param tadashubham kshutmaravrishtidam parva || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Yama-presided one causes drought, famine, and destruction of crops; whatever eclipse comes after this cycle is inauspicious, bringing hunger, pestilence and drought.

హిందీ అర్థం

यम-पर्व अनावृष्टि, दुर्भिक्ष तथा सस्य-नाश करता है; इसके बाद जो अतिरिक्त पर्व आए, वह अशुभ, भूख-मारी-अनावृष्टिदायक होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वेलाहीने पर्वणि गर्भविपत्तिश्च शस्त्रकोपश्च । अतिवेले कुसुमफलक्षयो भयं सस्यनाशश्च ॥ ५.२४॥

velahine parvani garbhavipattishcha shastrakopashcha | ativele kusumaphalakshayo bhayam sasyanashashcha || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the eclipse-conjunction falls short of its proper time, there is miscarriage and the wrath of weapons; when it exceeds its time, there is loss of flowers and fruit, fear, and destruction of crops.

హిందీ అర్థం

समय से पहले होने वाला पर्व गर्भ-विपत्ति और शस्त्र-कोप देता है; समय से बाद होने वाला पर्व पुष्प-फल की हानि, भय तथा सस्य-नाश देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हीनातिरिक्तकाले फलमुक्तं पूर्वशास्त्रदृष्टत्वात् । स्फुटगणितविदः कालः कथंचिदपि नान्यथा भवति ॥ ५.२५॥

hinatiriktakale phalamuktam purvashastradrishtatvat | sphutaganitavidah kalah kathamchidapi nanyatha bhavati || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The result just given for a deficient or excessive time has been stated as seen in the earlier treatises; but for one who knows precise calculation, the true time is in no way otherwise.

హిందీ అర్థం

कम या अधिक काल का यह फल पूर्व-शास्त्रों में देखे जाने के कारण कहा गया है; सूक्ष्म गणना जानने वाले के लिए काल किसी भी प्रकार भिन्न नहीं होता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यद्येकस्मिन् मासे ग्रहणं रविसोमयोः तदा क्षितिपाः । स्वबलक्षोभैः संक्षयमायान्त्यतिशस्त्रकोपश्च ॥ ५.२६॥

yadyekasmin mase grahanam ravisomayoh tada kshitipah | svabalakshobhaih samkshayamayantyatishastrakopashcha || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, within a single month, there is an eclipse of both the Sun and Moon, then kings come to ruin through disturbances of their own forces, and there is excessive wrath of weapons.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि एक ही मास में सूर्य और चन्द्र दोनों का ग्रहण हो, तो राजा अपनी ही सेनाओं के विक्षोभ से नष्ट होते हैं तथा अत्यधिक शस्त्र-कोप होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ग्रस्तावुदितास्तमितौ शारदधान्यावनीश्वरक्षयदौ । सर्वग्रस्तौ दुर्भिक्षमरकदौ पापसन्दृष्टौ ॥ ५.२७॥

grastavuditastamitau sharadadhanyavanishvarakshayadau | sarvagrastau durbhiksamarakadau papasandrishtau || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Eclipsed while rising or setting, the luminaries bring destruction of the autumn grain and of the king; wholly eclipsed, they bring famine and pestilence; seen with malefics, the same.

హిందీ అర్థం

उदय या अस्त होते समय ग्रस्त हों तो शरद्-अन्न और राजा का नाश करते हैं; पूर्ण ग्रस्त हों तो दुर्भिक्ष-महामारी देते हैं; पापग्रहों से युक्त दिखें तो भी वैसा ही फल होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अर्धोदितौपरक्तो नैकृतिकान् हन्ति सर्वयज्ञांश्च । अग्न्युपजीविगुणाधिकविप्राश्रमिणो युगेऽभ्युदितः अयुगाभ्युदितः ॥ ५.२८॥

ardhoditauparakto naikritikan hanti sarvayajnamshcha | agnyupajiviguṇadhikaviprashramino yuge’bhyuditah ayugabhyuditah || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Eclipsed while half-risen, it destroys the deceitful and all sacrifices; risen in due season, it favours those who live by fire-worship, the specially virtuous, brahmanas and ascetics; risen out of due season, the effect is reversed.

హిందీ అర్థం

आधा उदित होकर ग्रस्त हो तो कपटियों तथा सभी यज्ञों का नाश करता है; उचित समय पर उदित हो तो अग्नि-उपासकों, गुणवान्, ब्राह्मणों तथा तपस्वियों के लिए शुभ होता है; असमय उदित हो तो विपरीत फल होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कर्षकपाखण्डि पाषण्डि वणिक्क्षत्रियबलनायकान् द्वितीयांशे द्वितीयेऽंशे । कारुकशूद्रम्लेच्छान् खतृतीयांशे समन्त्रिजनान् ॥ ५.२९॥

karshakapakhandivanikkshatriyabalanayakan dvitiyemshe karukashudramlecchan khatritiyamshe samantrijanan || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the second portion, it harms farmers, heretics, merchants, kshatriyas and army-commanders; in the third portion of the sky, artisans, shudras, mlecchas, and those together with ministers.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्रहण के दूसरे भाग में किसानों, पाखण्डियों, वणिकों, क्षत्रियों और सेनानायकों को, तीसरे आकाश-भाग में शिल्पियों, शूद्रों, म्लेच्छों तथा मन्त्रियों सहित लोगों को हानि पहुँचाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मध्याह्ने नरपतिमध्यदेशहा शोभनश्च धान्यार्घः । तृणभुगमात्यान्तःपुरवैश्यघ्नः पंचमे खांशे । स्त्रीशूद्रान् षष्ठेऽंशे दस्युप्रत्यन्तहा अस्तमयकाले । यस्मिन् खांशे मोक्षः तत्प्रोक्तानां शिवं भवति ॥ ५.३१॥

madhyahne narapatimadhyadeshaha shobhanashcha dhanyarghah | trinabhugamatyantahpuravaishyaghnah pamchame khamshe | strishudran shashthe’mshe dasyupratyantaha astamayakale | yasmin khamshe mokshah tatproktanam shivam bhavati || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

At midday, it destroys the king and the central regions, yet is favourable, with a good price for grain; in the fifth portion of the sky, it destroys grazing cattle, ministers, the inner apartments, and vaishyas; in the sixth portion, women and shudras; at the time of setting, thieves and border regions. Whichever portion of the sky the moment of release falls in, that brings well-being to the classes just named.

హిందీ అర్థం

मध्याह्न में राजा और मध्य-प्रदेशों का नाश करता है, किन्तु अन्न का भाव अच्छा रहता है; पाँचवें आकाश-भाग में पशुओं, मन्त्रियों, अन्तःपुर तथा वैश्यों का नाश करता है; छठे भाग में स्त्री-शूद्रों का; अस्त होते समय चोरों और सीमावर्ती प्रदेशों का नाश करता है। जिस आकाश-भाग में मोक्ष (ग्रहण-मुक्ति) हो, उस भाग से सम्बन्धित वर्गों का कल्याण होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

द्विजनृपतीन् उदगयने विट्शूद्रान् दक्षिणायने हन्ति । राहुरुदगादिदृष्टः प्रदक्षिणं हन्ति विप्रादीन् ॥ ५.३२॥

dvijanripatin udagayane vitshudran dakshinayane hanti | rahurudagadidrishtah pradakshinam hanti vipradin || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the northern solstice, it destroys brahmanas and kings; in the southern solstice, vaishyas and shudras. Rahu, sighted starting from the north and moving clockwise, destroys brahmanas and the rest in due order.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तरायण में ब्राह्मणों-राजाओं का, दक्षिणायन में वैश्य-शूद्रों का नाश करता है; उत्तर से आरम्भ होकर दक्षिणावर्त गति से दिखने वाला राहु ब्राह्मणादि का क्रमशः नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

म्लेच्छान् विदिक्स्थितो यायिनश्च हन्याद् धुताशसक्तांश्च । सलिलचरदन्तिघाती याम्येनौदग् गवामशुभः ॥ ५.३३॥

mlecchan vidiksthito yayinashcha hanyad dhutashasaktamshcha | salilacharadantighati yamyenaudak gavamashubhah || 33 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Positioned in an intermediate direction, it destroys mlecchas and travellers, and those devoted to fire-worship; to the south, it is a killer of aquatic creatures and elephants; to the north, it is inauspicious for cattle.

హిందీ అర్థం

विदिशा में स्थित होकर म्लेच्छों, यात्रियों तथा अग्नि-उपासकों का नाश करता है; दक्षिण में जलचरों और हाथियों का घातक है; उत्तर में गायों के लिए अशुभ है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पूर्वेण सलिलपूर्णां करोति वसुधां समागतो दैत्यः । पश्चात् कर्षकसेवकबीजविनाशाय निर्दिष्टः ॥ ५.३४॥

purvena salilapurnam karoti vasudham samagato daityah | pashchat karshakasevakabijavinashaya nirdishtah || 34 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The demon, approaching from the east, makes the earth full of water; approaching from the west, it is declared to bring about the destruction of farmers, servants, and seed-grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्व से आया हुआ दैत्य (राहु) पृथ्वी को जल से भर देता है; पश्चिम से आया हुआ किसानों, सेवकों और बीज के नाश के लिए बताया गया है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पांचालकलिंगशूरसेनाः कांबोजौड्रकिरातशस्त्रवार्त्ताः । जीवन्ति च ये हुताशवृत्त्या ते पीडामुपयान्ति मेषसंस्थे ॥ ५.३५॥

panchalakalingashurasenah kambojaudrakiratashastravarttah | jivanti cha ye hutashavrittya te pidamupayanti meshasamsthe || 35 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The peoples of Panchala, Kalinga, and Shurasena; those of Kamboja, Audra, and the Kiratas, who live by the trade of weapons or by fire-related livelihoods -- these come to suffering when Rahu is situated in Aries.

హిందీ అర్థం

पांचाल, कलिंग तथा शूरसेन के लोग; कांबोज, औड्र तथा किरात, जो शस्त्र-व्यापार अथवा अग्नि-वृत्ति से जीवन यापन करते हैं — वे मेष राशि में राहु के स्थित होने पर पीड़ा को प्राप्त होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

गोपाः पशवोऽथ गोमिनो मनुजा ये च महत्त्वमागताः । पीडामुपयान्ति भास्करे ग्रस्ते शीतकरेऽथवा वृषे ॥ ५.३६॥

gopah pashavo’tha gomino manuja ye cha mahattvamagatah | pidamupayanti bhaskare graste shitakare’thava vrishe || 36 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Cowherds, cattle, and men who own cattle, and those who have attained greatness, come to affliction when the Sun, or the Moon, is eclipsed in Vrishabha (Taurus).

హిందీ అర్థం

गोप, पशु, गोपालक और महत्ता को प्राप्त मनुष्य, सूर्य के वृषभ में या चन्द्रमा के वृषभ में ग्रस्त होने पर पीड़ा पाते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मिथुने प्रवरांगना नृपा नृपमात्रा बलिनः कलाविदः । यमुनातटजाः सबाह्लिका मत्स्याः सुह्मजनैः समन्विताः ॥ ५.३७॥

mithune pravarangana nripa nripamatra balinah kalavidah | yamunatatajah sabahlikah matsyah suhmajanaih samanvitah || 37 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Mithuna (Gemini): excellent women, kings, those of royal rank, the powerful, connoisseurs of the arts, those born on the banks of the Yamuna together with the Bahlikas, and the Matsyas together with the Suhma people.

హిందీ అర్థం

मिथुन में श्रेष्ठ स्त्रियाँ, राजा, राजतुल्य लोग, बलवान्, कला-निपुण, यमुना-तट के निवासी, बाह्लीक, मत्स्य तथा सुह्म जन पीड़ित होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आभीरान् शबरान् सपह्लवान् मल्लान् मत्स्यकुरूंछकान् अपि । पांचालान् विकलांश्च पीडयत्यन्नां चापि निहन्ति कर्कटे ॥ ५.३८॥

abhiran shabaran sapahlavan mallan matsyakurumshchapi | panchalan vikalamshcha pidayatyannam chapi nihanti karkate || 38 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Karka (Cancer), it afflicts the Abhiras, Shabaras, together with the Pahlavas, the Mallas, the Matsyas and Kurus, the Panchalas, and the disabled; and it also destroys grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

कर्क में आभीर, शबर, पह्लव, मल्ल, मत्स्य-कुरु, पांचाल तथा विकलांगों को पीड़ित करता है और अन्न का भी नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सिंहे पुलिन्दगणमेकलसत्त्वयुक्तान् राजोपमान् नरपतीन् वनगोचरांश्च । षष्ठे तु सस्यकविलेखकगेयसक्तान् हन्त्यश्मकत्रिपुरशालियुतांश्च देशान् ॥ ५.३९॥

simhe pulindaganamekalasattvayuktan rajopaman narapatin vanagocharamshcha | shashthe tu sasyakavilekhakageyasaktan hantyashmakatripurashaliyutamshcha deshan || 39 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Simha (Leo): the Pulinda tribes, those of solitary courage, kings equal to great kings, and forest-dwellers. In the sixth sign, it destroys those devoted to poetry, writing and music, and the lands of Ashmaka, Tripura and Shalya together.

హిందీ అర్థం

सिंह में पुलिन्द गण, एकाकी साहसी, राजतुल्य राजा, वनवासी; छठी राशि में काव्य-लेखन-संगीत में लगे लोगों तथा अश्मक-त्रिपुर-शाल्य देशों को नष्ट करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तुलाधरेऽवन्त्यपरान्त्यसाधून् वणिग्दशार्णान् मरुत भरुक कच्छपांश्च । अलिनि अथौदुंबरमद्रचोलान् द्रुमान् सयौधेयविषायुधीयान् ॥ ५.४०॥

tuladhare’vantyaparantyasadhun vanigdasharnan maruta bharuka kachchhapamshcha | alini athaudumbaramadracholan druman sayaudheyavishayudhiyan || 40 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Tula (Libra): Avanti, the western-region saints, the merchants, the Dasharnas, the Maruts, Bharukaccha, and the Kacchas; in Vrishchika (Scorpio), the Audumbaras, Madras, Colas, trees, together with the Yaudheyas and Vishayudhiyas.

హిందీ అర్థం

तुला में अवन्ती, पश्चिमी संत, वणिक्, दशार्ण, मरुत्, भरुकच्छ तथा कच्छ; वृश्चिक में औदुम्बर, मद्र, चोल, वृक्ष, यौधेय तथा विषायुधीय जन।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

धन्विनि अमात्यवरवाजिविदेहमल्लान् पांचालवैद्यवणिजो विषमायुधज्ञान् । हन्यान् मृगे तु झषमन्त्रिकुलानि नीचान् मन्त्रौषधीषु कुशलान् स्थविरायुधीयान् ॥ ५.४१॥

dhanvini amatyavaravajividehamallan panchalavaidyavanijo vishamayudhajnan | hanyat mrige tu jhashamantrikulani nichan mantraushadhishu kushalan sthavirayudhiyan || 41 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Dhanus (Sagittarius): ministers, excellent horses, Videha, the Mallas, the Panchalas, physicians, merchants, and those skilled in unequal weaponry. In Makara (Capricorn), it destroys fish-folk, the families of ministers, low-born people, those skilled in charms and medicinal herbs, and the aged wielders of weapons.

హిందీ అర్థం

धनु में मन्त्री, श्रेष्ठ अश्व, विदेह, मल्ल, पांचाल, वैद्य, वणिक् तथा विषम आयुध जानने वाले; मकर में मत्स्य-जन, मन्त्री-कुल, नीच लोग, मन्त्र-औषधि में कुशल तथा वृद्ध आयुधधारी नष्ट होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कुंभेऽन्तर्गिरिजान् सपश्चिमजनान् भारोद्वहां तस्करान् आभीरान् दरद आर्यसिंहपुरकान् हन्यात् तथा बर्बरान् । मीने सागरकूलसागरजलद्रव्याणि वन्यान् मान्यान् जनान् प्राज्ञान् वार्युपजीविनश्च भफलं कूर्मोपदेशाद् वदेत् ॥ ५.४२॥

kumbhe’ntargirijan sapashchimajanan bharodvahan taskaran abhiran darada aryasimhapurakan hanyat tatha barbaran | mine sagarakulasagarajaladravyani vanyan manyan janan prajnan varyupajivinashcha bhaphalam kurmopadeshad vadet || 42 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Kumbha (Aquarius): mountain-dwellers, western peoples, porters, thieves, the Abhiras, the Daradas, the Arya-Simhapura people, and likewise barbarians, are destroyed. In Mina (Pisces): coastal and sea-produce, forest-dwellers, honoured persons, the wise, and those who live by water -- the result of the sign should be declared according to the teaching of the Kurma-cakra (tortoise-diagram).

హిందీ అర్థం

कुम्भ में पर्वतवासी, पश्चिमी जन, भार ढोने वाले, चोर, आभीर, दरद, आर्य-सिंहपुर के लोग तथा बर्बर नष्ट होते हैं। मीन में समुद्र-तट, समुद्री जल-द्रव्य, वनवासी, मान्य जन, विद्वान् तथा जल पर आजीविका करने वाले प्रभावित होते हैं, राशि-फल कूर्म-चक्र के उपदेश के अनुसार कहना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सव्यापसव्यलेहग्रसननिरोधावमर्दनारोहाः । आघ्रातं मध्यतमः तमोऽन्त्य इति ते दश ग्रासाः ॥ ५.४३॥

savyapasavyalehagrasananirodhavamardanarohah | aghratam madhyatamah tamo’ntya iti te dasha grasah || 43 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Licking to the left, licking to the right, swallowing, blocking, crushing, and mounting; a mere touch, darkness in the middle, and darkness at the end -- these are the ten kinds of grasa (modes of obscuration).

హిందీ అర్థం

बाईं ओर चाटना, दाईं ओर चाटना, निगलना, रोकना, कुचलना, आरोहण, स्पर्श-मात्र, मध्य में अन्धकार, और अन्त में अन्धकार, ये ग्रहण के दस प्रकार (ग्रास) हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सव्यगते तमसि जगज्जलप्लुतं भवति मुदितमभयं च । अपसव्ये नरपतितस्करावमर्दैः प्रजानाशः ॥ ५.४४॥

savyagate tamasi jagajjalaplutam bhavati muditamabhayam cha | apasavye narapatitaskaravamardaih prajanashah || 44 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the darkness proceeds to the left, the world becomes flooded with water, joyful, and free of fear; when to the right, there is destruction of the people, through the oppressions of kings and thieves.

హిందీ అర్థం

अन्धकार बाईं ओर बढ़े तो जगत् जल से भर जाता है, प्रसन्न और निर्भय होता है; दाईं ओर बढ़े तो राजा और चोरों के उपद्रव से प्रजा का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

जिह्वोपलेढि जिह्वेवलेढि परितः तिमिरनुदो मण्डलं यदि स लेहः । प्रमुदितसमस्तभूता प्रभूततोया च तत्र मही ॥ ५.४५॥

jihvopaledhi jihveva ledhi paritah timiranudo mandalam yadi sa lehah | pramuditasamastabhuta prabhutatoya cha tatra mahi || 45 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the darkness-remover licks the disc all around as if with a tongue -- that is the leha (licking) mode; there, the earth becomes full of joy for all beings, and abundant in water.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि छाया मानो जिह्वा से चारों ओर मण्डल को चाटती दिखे, तो वह लेह है; वहाँ सम्पूर्ण प्राणी प्रसन्न होते हैं और भूमि जलयुक्त होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ग्रसनमिति यदा त्र्यंशः पादो वा गृह्यतेऽथवा अपि अर्धम् । स्फीतनृपवित्तहानिः पीडा च स्फीतदेशानाम् ॥ ५.४६॥

grasanamiti yada tryamshah pado va grihyate’thavapi ardham | sphitanripavittahanih pida cha sphitadeshanam || 46 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When a third, a quarter, or even half of the disc is seized, that is called grasana (swallowing); there is loss of wealth for prosperous kings, and affliction for prosperous lands.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब एक-तिहाई, एक-चौथाई या आधा भाग ग्रस्त हो, तो उसे ग्रसन कहते हैं; इसमें समृद्ध राजाओं के धन की हानि तथा समृद्ध देशों को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पर्यन्तेषु गृहीत्वा मध्ये पिण्डीकृतं तमः तिष्ठेत् । स निरोधो विज्ञेयः प्रमोदकृत् सर्वभूतानाम् ॥ ५.४७॥

paryanteshu grihitva madhye pindikritam tamah tishthet | sa nirodho vijneyah pramodakrit sarvabhutanam || 47 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, having seized the disc at the edges, the darkness stands gathered in a mass at the middle, that is to be known as nirodha (blocking); it brings joy to all beings.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि किनारों को ग्रस कर मध्य में अन्धकार पिण्डाकार होकर ठहर जाए, तो उसे निरोध जानना चाहिए; यह सभी प्राणियों के लिए हर्षकारी है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अवमर्दनमिति निःशेषमेव संछाद्य यदि चिरं तिष्ठेत् । हन्यात् प्रधानभूपान् प्रधानदेशांश प्रधानदेशान् प्रधानभूपांश च तिमिरमयः ॥ ५.४८॥

avamardanamiti nihsheshameva samchhadya yadi chiram tishthet | hanyat pradhanabhupan pradhanadeshamshcha timiramayah || 48 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the darkness, having covered the disc completely, remains so for a long time, that is called avamardana (crushing); the darkness-formed eclipse destroys principal kings and principal lands.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि अन्धकार सम्पूर्ण रूप से ढककर दीर्घकाल तक ठहरे, तो उसे अवमर्दन कहते हैं; यह तमोमय ग्रहण प्रमुख राजाओं और प्रमुख देशों का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वृत्ते ग्रहे यदि तमः तत्क्षणमावृत्य दृश्यते भूयः । आरोहणमित्यन्योन्यमर्दनैः भयकरं राज्ञाम् ॥ ५.४९॥

vritte grahe yadi tamah tatkshanamavritya drishyate bhuyah | arohanamityanyonyamardanaih bhayakaram rajnam || 49 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, when the eclipse is complete, the darkness is at that very instant seen to cover it again, that is called arohana (mounting); it brings fear to kings, through mutual conflicts.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि पूर्ण ग्रहण होने पर उसी क्षण अन्धकार पुनः आवृत होकर दिखे, तो उसे आरोहण कहते हैं; यह परस्पर संघर्षों से राजाओं को भय देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दर्पण इवएकदेशे सबाष्प सवाष्प निःश्वासमारुतोपहतः । दृश्येत आघ्रातं तत् सुवृष्टिवृद्ध्यावहं जगतः ॥ ५.५०॥

darpana iva ekadeshe sabashpa nihshvasamarutopahatah drishyeta aghratam tat suvrishtivriddhyavaham jagatah || 50 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the disc, as if in a mirror, is seen affected in one part by a tearful, sighing breath of wind, that is called aghrata (a mere touch); it brings good rain and prosperity to the world.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि दर्पण के समान एक भाग में मानो आँसू भरी साँस की हवा से स्पर्शित दिखे, तो वह आघ्रात है; यह जगत् के लिए अच्छी वर्षा और समृद्धि लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मध्ये तमः प्रविष्टं वितमस्कं मण्डलं च यदि परितः तन्मध्यदेशनाशं करोति कुक्ष्यामयभयं च ॥ ५.५१॥

madhye tamah pravishtam vitamaskam mandalam cha yadi paritah tanmadhyadeshanasham karoti kukshyamayabhayam cha || 51 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the darkness has entered the middle, with the disc dark-free all around it, that brings destruction to the central regions, and fear of abdominal disease.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि मध्य में अन्धकार प्रवेश करे और चारों ओर मण्डल अन्धकार-रहित हो, तो यह मध्य-प्रदेशों का नाश तथा उदर-रोग का भय देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पर्यन्तेषुअतिबहुलं स्वल्पं मध्ये तमः ततोऽन्त्याख्ये । सस्यानामीतिभयं भयमस्मिं तस्कराणां च ॥ ५.५२॥

paryanteshvatibahulam svalpam madhye tamah tato’ntyakhye | sasyanamitibhayam bhayamasmim taskaranam cha || 52 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the darkness is very abundant at the edges and slight in the middle, that is called antya (the end type); there is fear of crop-pestilence in this, and fear from thieves.

హిందీ అర్థం

किनारों पर अत्यधिक और मध्य में थोड़ा अन्धकार हो, तो उसे अन्त्य कहते हैं; इसमें फसलों को ईति-भय तथा चोरों का भय होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्वेते क्षेमसुभिक्षं ब्राह्मणपीडां च निर्दिशेद् राहौ । अग्निभयमनलवर्णे पीडा च हुताशवृत्तीनाम् ॥ ५.५३॥

shvete kshemasubhiksham brahmanapidam cha nirdished rahau | agnibhayamanalavarne pida cha hutashavrittinam || 53 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Rahu is white, one should declare well-being and abundant grain, but affliction to brahmanas; when fire-coloured, fear of fire, and affliction to those who live by fire-worship.

హిందీ అర్థం

राहु श्वेत हो तो क्षेम-सुभिक्ष किन्तु ब्राह्मणों को पीड़ा सूचित करनी चाहिए; अग्नि-वर्ण हो तो अग्नि-भय तथा अग्नि-उपासकों को पीड़ा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हरिते रोगौल्बणता उल्वणता सस्यानामीतिभिश्च विध्वंसः । कपिले शीघ्रगसत्त्वम्लेच्छध्वंशोऽथ दुर्भिक्षम् ॥ ५.५४॥

harite rogaulbanata sasyanamitibhishcha vidhvamsah | kapile shighragasattvamlecchadhvamsho’tha durbhiksham || 54 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When green, there is an outbreak of disease, and destruction of crops by pestilence; when tawny, destruction of swift-moving creatures and of mlecchas, and also famine.

హిందీ అర్థం

हरित वर्ण में रोग की प्रबलता तथा ईति द्वारा फसलों का विध्वंस होता है; भूरा वर्ण होने पर शीघ्रगामी जीवों तथा म्लेच्छों का नाश और दुर्भिक्ष होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अरुणकिरणानुरूपे दुर्भिक्षावृष्तयो विहगपीडा । आधूम्रे क्षेमसुभिक्षमादिशेत्मन्दवृष्टिं च ॥ ५.५५॥

arunakirananurupe durbhikshavrishtayo vihagapida | adhumre kshemasubhikshamadishenmandavrishtim cha || 55 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When resembling the reddish rays of dawn, there is famine, drought, and affliction to birds; when smoky, one should predict well-being, abundant grain, and moderate rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

अरुण किरणों जैसा वर्ण हो तो दुर्भिक्ष, अनावृष्टि तथा पक्षियों को पीड़ा; धूम्र वर्ण हो तो क्षेम-सुभिक्ष तथा मन्द वर्षा सूचित करनी चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कापोतारुणकपिलश्यावाभे क्षुद्भयं विनिर्देश्यम् । कापोतः शूद्राणां व्याधिकरः कृष्णवर्णश्च ॥ ५.५६॥

kapotarunakapilashyavabhe kshudbhayam vinirdeshyam | kapotah shudranam vyadhikarah krishnavarnashcha || 56 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When dove-grey, reddish, tawny, or dusky in hue, fear of hunger is to be declared; the dove-grey colour brings disease to shudras, as does the black colour.

హిందీ అర్థం

कापोत, अरुण, कपिल या श्याव वर्ण में भूख का भय बताना चाहिए; कापोत वर्ण शूद्रों को रोगकारक है, कृष्ण वर्ण भी वैसा ही है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विमलकमणिपीताभो वैश्यध्वंसी भवेत् सुभिक्षाय । सार्चिष्मत्यग्निभयं गैरिकरूपे तु युद्धानि ॥ ५.५७॥

vimalakamanipitabho vaishyadhvamsi bhavet subhikshaya | sarchishmatyagnibhayam gairikarupe tu yuddhani || 57 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When of a bright, gem-like yellow hue, it destroys vaishyas yet still brings abundant grain; when flame-like, fear of fire; when of an ochre hue, there are wars.

హిందీ అర్థం

निर्मल रत्न जैसा पीत वर्ण वैश्यों का नाश करता है किन्तु सुभिक्ष लाता है; ज्वालामय हो तो अग्नि-भय, गेरू वर्ण हो तो युद्ध होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दूर्वाकाण्डश्यामे हारिद्रे वापि निर्दिशेत्मरकम् । अशनिभयसम्प्रदायी पाटल पाटलि कुसुमोपमो राहुः ॥ ५.५८॥

durvakandashyame haridre vapi nirdishenmarakam | ashanibhayasampradayi patalikusumopamo rahuh || 58 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When dark-green like durva-grass stalks, or turmeric-yellow, one should declare pestilence; Rahu, resembling the colour of the patali flower, brings fear of thunderbolts.

హిందీ అర్థం

दूर्वा के डण्ठल जैसा श्याम वर्ण या हल्दी जैसा पीला वर्ण हो तो महामारी सूचित करनी चाहिए; पाटलि पुष्प के समान वर्ण वाला राहु वज्रपात का भय देने वाला है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पांशुविलोहितरूपः क्षत्रध्वंसाय भवति वृष्टेश्च । बालरविकमलसुरचापरूपभृत्शस्त्रकोपाय ॥ ५.५९॥

pamshuvilohitarupah kshatradhvamsaya bhavati vrishteshcha | balaravikamalasurachaparupabhrit shastrakopaya || 59 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A dusty reddish form destroys the kshatriya class, and also brings rain. Bearing the form of the rising sun, the lotus, or the rainbow, it brings the wrath of weapons.

హిందీ అర్థం

धूल-मिश्रित लाल रूप क्षत्रिय-वर्ग का नाश तथा वर्षा करता है; उदीयमान सूर्य, कमल या इन्द्रधनुष के रूप वाला शस्त्र-कोप देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पश्यन् ग्रस्तं सौम्यो घृतमधुतैलक्षयाय राज्णां च । भौमः समरविमर्दं शिखिकोपं तस्करभयं च ॥ ५.६०॥

pashyan grastam saumyo ghritamadhutailakshayaya rajnam cha | bhaumah samaravimardam shikhikopam taskarabhayam cha || 60 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mercury, seeing the luminary seized, brings destruction of ghee, honey and oil, and affliction to kings; Mars brings a clash of battle, the wrath of fire, and fear of thieves.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्रस्त सूर्य-चन्द्रमा को देखता हुआ बुध घी-मधु-तेल का नाश तथा राजाओं को पीड़ा देता है; मंगल युद्ध का संघर्ष, अग्नि-कोप तथा चोरों का भय देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शुक्रः सस्यविमर्दं नानाक्लेशांश्च जनयति धरित्र्याम् । रविजः करोत्यवृष्टिं दुर्भिक्षं तस्करभयं च ॥ ५.६१॥

shukrah sasyavimardam nanakleshamshcha janayati dharitryam | ravijah karotyavrishtim durbhiksham taskarabhayam cha || 61 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus produces destruction of crops and various afflictions upon the earth; Saturn causes drought, famine, and fear of thieves.

హిందీ అర్థం

शुक्र पृथ्वी पर फसलों का नाश तथा नाना क्लेश उत्पन्न करता है; शनि अनावृष्टि, दुर्भिक्ष तथा चोरों का भय करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यदशुभमवलोकनाभिरुक्तं ग्रहजनितं ग्रहणे प्रमोक्षणे वा । सुरपतिगुरुणावलोकिते तत्शममुपयाति जलैः इवाग्निः इद्धः ॥ ५.६२॥

yadashubhamavalokanabhiruktam grahajanitam grahane pramokshane va | surapatigurunavalokite tatshamamupayati jalairivagnariddhah || 62 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Whatever inauspicious result is stated, arising from a planet’s aspect at the eclipse or at its release, comes to peace when it is aspected by Jupiter -- just as a kindled fire is quenched by waters.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्रहण या मोक्ष के समय ग्रहों की दृष्टि से जो अशुभ फल कहा गया हो, वह बृहस्पति की दृष्टि पड़ने पर शान्त हो जाता है, जैसे जल से प्रज्वलित अग्नि शान्त हो जाती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ग्रस्ते क्रमान् निमित्तैः पुनः ग्रहो मासषट्कपरिवृद्ध्या । पवनौल्कापातरजः क्षितिकंपतमोऽशनिनिपातैः ॥ ५.६३॥

graste kraman nimittaih punah graho masashatkaparivriddhya | pavanaulkapatarajah kshitikampatamo’shaninipataih || 63 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When a luminary is eclipsed, in due order by further omens -- another seizing, with an increase every six months -- these omens are: wind, meteor-falls, dust, earthquakes, darkness, and thunderbolt-falls.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्रस्त होने पर क्रमशः निमित्तों सहित, छह-छह मास की वृद्धि से पुनः ग्रहण होता है, वायु, उल्कापात, धूल, भूकम्प, अन्धकार तथा वज्रपात के साथ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आवन्तिका जनपदाः कावेरीनर्मदातटाश्रयिणः । दृप्ताश्च मनुजपतयः पीड्यन्ते क्षितिसुते ग्रस्ते ॥ ५.६४॥

avantika janapadah kaverinarmadatatashrayinah | driptashcha manujapatayah pidyante kshitisute graste || 64 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The people of Avanti, those dwelling on the banks of the Kaveri and Narmada, and proud kings, are afflicted when the luminary is seized by Mars.

హిందీ అర్థం

अवन्ती के जनपद, कावेरी-नर्मदा तट के निवासी, तथा घमण्डी राजा, मंगल द्वारा ग्रस्त होने पर पीड़ित होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अन्तर्वेदीं सरयूं नेपालं पूर्वसागरं शोणम् । स्त्रीनृपयोधकुमारान् सह विद्वद्भिः बुधो हन्ति ॥ ५.६५॥

antarvedim sarayum nepalam purvasagaram shonam | strinripayodhakumaran saha vidvadbhih budho hanti || 65 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mercury destroys the Antarvedi region, the Sarayu river, Nepal, the eastern ocean, the Shona river, women, kings, warriors, and princes, together with the learned.

హిందీ అర్థం

बुध अन्तर्वेदी, सरयू, नेपाल, पूर्वी सागर, शोण नदी, स्त्रियों, राजाओं, योद्धाओं तथा राजकुमारों को विद्वानों सहित नष्ट करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ग्रहणौपगते जीवे विद्वन्नृपमन्त्रिगजहयध्वंसः । सिन्धुतटवासिनामपि उदग्दिशं संश्रितानां च ॥ ५.६६॥

grahanaupagate jive vidvannripamantrigajahayadhvamsah | sindhutatavasinamapi udagdisham samshritanam cha || 66 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Jupiter comes upon the eclipse, there is destruction of the learned, kings, ministers, elephants, and horses; and also of those dwelling on the banks of the Sindhu and those residing in the northern direction.

హిందీ అర్థం

बृहस्पति के ग्रहण में आने पर विद्वानों, राजाओं, मन्त्रियों, हाथियों तथा घोड़ों का नाश होता है; तथा सिन्धु-तट-निवासियों और उत्तर दिशा में रहने वालों का भी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भृगुतनये राहुगते दाशेरक दसेरकाः कैकयाः सयौधेयाः । आर्यावर्ताः शिबयः स्त्रीसचिवगणाश्च पीड्यन्ते ॥ ५.६७॥

bhrigutanaye rahugate dasheraka daserakah kaikayah sayaudheyah | aryavartah shibayah strisachivaganashcha pidyante || 67 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Rahu comes upon Venus, the Dasheraka and Daseraka peoples, the Kaikayas together with the Yaudheyas, the Aryavarta people, the Shibis, women, and the assembly of ministers are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

शुक्र पर राहु आने पर दाशेरक-दसेरक, कैकय, यौधेय, आर्यावर्त, शिबि, स्त्रियाँ तथा मन्त्रि-समूह पीड़ित होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सौरे मरुभवपुष्करसौराष्ट्रिक राष्त्रा धातवोऽर्बुदान्त्यजनाः । गोमन्तपारियात्राश्रिताः गोमन्तः पारियात्रा च नाशं व्रजन्त्याशु ॥ ५.६८॥

saure marubhavapushkarasaurashtrikarashtra dhatavo’rbudantyajanah | gomantapariyatrashritah cha nasham vrajantyashu || 68 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Rahu comes upon Saturn, the peoples of the desert-country, Pushkara, Saurashtra, their kingdoms, minerals, Arbuda, the outcaste peoples, and those dwelling on Gomanta and Pariyatra mountains, swiftly go to destruction.

హిందీ అర్థం

शनि पर राहु आने पर मरुस्थल, पुष्कर, सौराष्ट्र के जनपद, धातुएँ, अर्बुद, अन्त्यज लोग तथा गोमन्त-पारियात्र पर्वत के निवासी शीघ्र नाश को प्राप्त होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कार्त्तिक्यामनलोपजीविमगधान् प्राच्याधिपान् कोशलान् । कल्माषान् अथ शूरसेनसहितान् काशीश्च सन्तापयेत् । हन्याद् हन्याद् च आशु कलिंगदेशनृपतिं सामात्यभृत्यं तमो । दृष्टं क्षत्रियतापदं जनयति क्षेमं सुभिक्षान्वितम् ॥ ५.६९॥

karttikyamanalopajivimagadhan prachyadhipan koshalan | kalmashan atha shurasenasahitan kashishcha santapayet | hanyachchashu kalingadeshanripatim samatyabhrityam tamo drishtam kshatriyatapadam janayati kshemam subhikshanvitam || 69 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

An eclipse in the month of Karttika afflicts the fire-worshippers, Magadha, the eastern rulers, Koshala, the Kalmasha people, and, together with Shurasena, also Kashi; and it swiftly destroys the king of Kalinga together with his ministers and servants. But darkness merely seen brings distress to the kshatriya class, while otherwise producing well-being accompanied by abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

कार्तिकी में ग्रहण अग्नि-उपासकों, मगध, पूर्वी राजाओं, कोशल, कल्माष जन, तथा शूरसेन सहित काशी को संतप्त करता है; और कलिंग देश के राजा को मन्त्री-सेवकों सहित शीघ्र नष्ट करता है। किन्तु मात्र देखा गया अन्धकार क्षत्रिय-वर्ग को कष्ट देते हुए भी सुभिक्ष सहित क्षेम उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

काश्मीरकान् कौशलकान् सपुण्ड्रान् मृगांश्च हन्यादपरान्तकांश्च । ये सोमपाः तांश्च निहन्ति सौम्ये सुवृष्टिकृत् क्षेमसुभिक्षकृत्च ॥ ५.७०॥

kashmirakan kaushalakan sapundran mrigamshcha hanyadaparantakamshcha | ye somapah tamshcha nihanti saumye suvrishtikrit kshemasubhikshakritcha || 70 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A lunar eclipse destroys the people of Kashmira, Koshala, together with Pundra, and beasts, and also the western-region people; it destroys also those who drink soma; yet it brings good rain, well-being, and abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

सोम-ग्रहण में राहु काश्मीर, कोशल, पुण्ड्र सहित, पशुओं तथा पश्चिमी प्रदेशों का नाश करता है; सोमपान करने वालों का भी नाश करता है; किन्तु अच्छी वर्षा, क्षेम और सुभिक्ष लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पौषे द्विजक्षत्रजनोपरोधः ससेन्धवाख्याः कुकुरा विदेहाः । ध्वंसं व्रजन्त्यत्र च मन्दवृष्टिं भयं च विन्द्यादसुभिक्षयुतम् ॥ ५.७१॥

pauṣe dvijakshatrajanoparodhah sasendhavakhyah kukura videhah | dhvamsam vrajantyatra cha mandavrishtim bhayam cha vindyadasubhikshayutam || 71 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

An eclipse in Pausha brings obstruction to brahmanas and kshatriyas; the Saindhava people, the Kukuras, and the Videhas go to ruin here; and one should know moderate rain, fear, and scarcity of grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

पौष में ब्राह्मण-क्षत्रियों को अवरोध होता है; सैन्धव, कुकुर तथा विदेह जन नष्ट होते हैं; तथा मन्द वर्षा और भय के साथ अन्न की कमी जाननी चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

माघे तु मातृपितृभक्तवसिष्ठगोत्रान् स्वाध्यायधर्मनिरतान् करिणः तुरंगान् । वंगांगकाशिमनुजांश्च दुनोति राहुः वृष्टिं च कर्षकजनाभिमतां अनुमतां करोति ॥ ५.७२॥

maghe tu matripitribhaktavasishthagotran svadhyayadharmaniratan karinah turamgan | vangangakashimanujamshcha dunoti rahuh vrishtim cha karshakajanabhimatam anumatam karoti || 72 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Magha, Rahu afflicts those devoted to mother and father, those of the Vasishtha gotra, those devoted to Vedic study and righteousness, elephants, horses, and the people of Vanga, Anga and Kashi; and it brings rain that is welcomed and approved by the farming folk.

హిందీ అర్థం

माघ में राहु माता-पिता के भक्तों, वसिष्ठ गोत्र वालों, स्वाध्याय-धर्मरत लोगों, हाथियों, घोड़ों तथा वंग-अंग-काशी के मनुष्यों को पीड़ा देता है; और किसानों को प्रिय, स्वीकार्य वर्षा कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पीडाकरं फाल्गुनमासि पर्व वंगाश्मकावन्तिक वन्तक मेकलानाम् । नृत्य नृत्त ज्ञसस्यप्रवरांगनानां धनुष्करक्षत्रतपस्विनां च ॥ ५.७३॥

pidakaram phalgunamasi parva vangashmakavantikamekalanam | nrittajnasasyapravarangananam dhanushkarakshatratapasvinam cha || 73 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

An eclipse-conjunction in the month of Phalguna is afflicting to Vanga, Ashmaka, Avantika and the Mekala people; to those skilled in dance, to crops, to excellent women, to bowmen, to kshatriyas, and to ascetics.

హిందీ అర్థం

फाल्गुन मास का पर्व वंग, अश्मक, अवन्तिका तथा मेकल जनों के लिए पीड़ाकारक है; नृत्य-निपुणों, फसलों, श्रेष्ठ स्त्रियों, धनुर्धरों, क्षत्रियों तथा तपस्वियों के लिए भी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चैत्र्यां चैत्रे तु चित्रकरलेखगेयसक्तान् । रूपोपजीविनिगमज्ञहिरण्यपण्यान् । पौण्ड्रौड्रकैकयजनान् अथ चाश्मकांश्च तापः स्पृशत्यमरपोऽत्र विचित्रवर्षी ॥ ५.७४॥

chaitryam chaitre tu chitrakaralekhageyasaktan | rupopajivinigamajnahiranyapanyan | paundraudrakaikayajanan atha chashmakamshcha tapah sprishatyamarapo’tra vichitravarshi || 74 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Chaitra, an eclipse afflicts those devoted to painting, writing and music; those who live by their beauty, those learned in the Vedic canon, and dealers in gold; the people of Paundra, Audra, Kaikaya, and also Ashmaka -- this affliction touches even the highly fortunate, and that year brings variable rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

चैत्र में चित्रकला-लेखन-संगीत में लगे लोगों, रूप पर आजीविका चलाने वालों, वेद-ज्ञाताओं, स्वर्ण-व्यापारियों, पौण्ड्र-औड्र-कैकय जनों तथा अश्मक को भी यह ताप स्पर्श करता है, यहाँ तक कि सौभाग्यशाली लोगों को भी; और यह वर्ष विचित्र वर्षा वाला होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वैशाखमासे मासि ग्रहणे विनाशमायान्ति कर्पासतिलाः समुद्गाः । इक्ष्वाकुयाउधेयशकाः कलिंगाः सोपप्लवाः सोपद्रवाः किन्तु सुभिक्षमस्मिन् ॥ ५.७५॥

vaishakhamase masi grahane vinashamayanti karpasatilah samudgah | ikshvakuyaudheyashakah kalingah sopaplavah kintu subhikshamasmin || 75 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In an eclipse in the month of Vaishakha, cotton, sesame, and pulses go to ruin; the Ikshvaku, Yaudheya and Shaka peoples, and Kalinga, suffer disturbances; yet in that year there is abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

वैशाख मास के ग्रहण में कपास, तिल तथा दालें नष्ट होती हैं; इक्ष्वाकु, यौधेय, शक जन तथा कलिंग को उपद्रव होता है; किन्तु इस वर्ष में सुभिक्ष होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ज्येष्ठे नरेन्द्रद्विजराजपत्न्यः सस्यानि वृष्टिश्च महागणाश्च । प्रध्वंसमायान्ति नराश्च सौम्याः साल्वैः समेताश्च निषादसंघाः ॥ ५.७६॥

jyeshthe narendradvijarajapatnyah sasyani vrishtishcha mahaganashcha | pradhvamsamayanti narashcha saumyah salvaih sametashcha nishadasamghah || 76 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Jyeshtha, kings, brahmanas, queens, crops, rain, and great multitudes come to ruin; gentle men also come to ruin, together with the Salva people and bands of Nishadas.

హిందీ అర్థం

ज्येष्ठ में राजा, ब्राह्मण, रानियाँ, फसलें, वर्षा तथा बड़े समूह नष्ट होते हैं; सौम्य पुरुष भी, साल्व जनों तथा निषाद-समूहों सहित नष्ट होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आषाढपर्वणि उदपानवप्रनदीप्रवाहान् फलमूलवार्त्तान् । गान्धारकाश्मीरपुलिन्दचीनान् हतान् वदेद् मण्डलवर्षमस्मिन् ॥ ५.७७॥

ashadhaparvani udapanavapranadipravahan phalamulavartan | gandharakashmirapulindachinan hatan vaded mandalavarshamasmin || 77 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

For an eclipse-conjunction in Ashadha, one should declare harm to wells, embankments, and river-currents, and to those who live by fruits and roots; and to Gandhara, Kashmira, Pulinda, and China; and predict a circling rainfall in that year.

హిందీ అర్థం

आषाढ़ के पर्व में कुओं, तटबन्धों, नदी-प्रवाहों तथा फल-मूल पर आजीविका करने वालों की हानि कहनी चाहिए; गान्धार, काश्मीर, पुलिन्द तथा चीन को हानि होती है; इस वर्ष चक्रीय (परिवर्तनशील) वर्षा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

काश्मीरान् सपुलिन्दचीनयवनान् हन्यात् कुरुक्षेत्रजान् गान्धारान् अपि मध्यदेशसहितान् वृष्टो ग्रहः श्रावणे । कांबोजैकशफांश्च शारदमपि त्यक्त्वा यथोक्तान् इमान् अन्यत्र प्रचुरान्नहृष्टमनुजैः धात्रीं करोत्यावृताम् ॥ ५.७८॥

kashmiran sapulindachinayavanan hanyat kurukshetrajan gandharan api madhyadeshasahitan vrishto grahah shravane | kambojaikashaphamshcha sharadamapi tyaktva yathoktan iman anyatra prachurannahrishtamanujaih dhatrim karotyavritam || 78 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The planet, eclipsed in Shravana, destroys Kashmira, together with Pulinda, China and the Yavanas, those born in Kurukshetra, and Gandhara, together with the Madhyadesha; and the Kamboja horse-people; and, apart from these just stated, and apart also from the autumn crop, it leaves the rest of the earth covered with people rejoicing in abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्रावण में ग्रस्त ग्रह काश्मीर, पुलिन्द-चीन-यवन सहित, कुरुक्षेत्र में जन्मे लोगों, गान्धार तथा मध्यदेश को नष्ट करता है; तथा कम्बोज के अश्वारोहियों को भी; किन्तु शरद्-फसल को छोड़कर, इनके अतिरिक्त शेष पृथ्वी को प्रचुर अन्न से प्रसन्न मनुष्यों से आवृत करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कलिंगवंगान् मगधान् सुराष्ट्रान् म्लेच्छान् सुवीरान् दरदाश्मकांश दरदाज्छकांश च । स्त्रीणां च गर्भान् असुरो निहन्ति सुभिक्षकृद् भाद्रपदेऽभ्युपेतः ॥ ५.७९॥

kalingavangan magadhan surashtran mlecchan suviran daradashmakansha darada shakansha cha | strinam cha garbhan asuro nihanti subhikshakrid bhadrapade’bhyupetah || 79 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The demon, having come upon an eclipse in Bhadrapada, destroys Kalinga, Vanga, Magadha, Surashtra, mlecchas, the Suvira people, Darada, Ashmaka, and the Shakas, and the wombs of women; yet, overall, it brings abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

भाद्रपद में आया हुआ असुर (राहु) कलिंग, वंग, मगध, सुराष्ट्र, म्लेच्छों, सुवीर, दरद, अश्मक तथा शकों को, और स्त्रियों के गर्भ को नष्ट करता है; किन्तु सुभिक्षकारी है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कांबोजचीनयवनान् सह शल्यहृद्भिः बाह्लीक वाल्हीक सिन्धुतटवासिजनांश्च हन्यात् । आनर्त्त आनर्त पौण्ड्रभिषजश्च तथा किरातान् दृष्टोऽसुरोऽश्वयुजि भूरिसुभिक्षकृग ॥ ५.८०॥

kambojachinayavanan saha shalyahridbhih bahlikasindhutatavasijanamshcha hanyat | anartapaundrabhishajashcha tatha kiratan drishto’suro’shvayuji bhurisubhikshakrig || 80 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The demon, sighted in Ashvina, destroys the Kamboja, China, and Yavana peoples, together with surgeons, the Bahlika people and those dwelling on the banks of the Sindhu, and the physicians of Anarta and Paundra, and likewise the Kiratas; yet, overall, it brings abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

आश्विन में दिखने वाला असुर कम्बोज-चीन-यवन जनों को, शल्य-चिकित्सकों सहित, बाह्लीक तथा सिन्धु-तट-निवासियों को, तथा आनर्त-पौण्ड्र के वैद्यों और किरातों को भी नष्ट करता है; किन्तु प्रचुर सुभिक्षकारी है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हनुकुक्षिपायुभेदा द्विः द्विः संछर्दनं च जरणं च । मध्यान्तयोश्च विदरणमिति दश शशिसूर्ययोः मोक्षाः ॥ ५.८१॥

hanukukshipayubheda dvih dvih samchhardanam cha jaranam cha | madhyantayoshcha vidaranamiti dasha shashisuryayoh mokshah || 81 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The splitting of the jaw, the flank, and the rectum -- each twice (left/right) -- vomiting, and ‘digestion’ (jarana); and splitting at the middle and at the edge -- these are the ten modes of release (moksha) of the Moon and Sun from eclipse.

హిందీ అర్థం

ठुड्डी, पार्श्व (कोख) तथा गुदा का भेदन, प्रत्येक दो-दो प्रकार का (बाएँ-दाएँ), वमन तथा जरण; और मध्य तथा किनारे का विदारण, ये चन्द्र-सूर्य के मोक्ष (ग्रहण-मुक्ति) के दस प्रकार हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आग्नेय्यामपगमनं दक्षिणहनुभेदसंज्ञितं शशिनः । सस्यविमर्दो मुखरुग् नृपपीडा स्यात् सुवृष्टिश्च ॥ ५.८२॥

agneyyamapagamanam dakshinahanubhedasamjnitam shashinah | sasyavimardo mukharug nripapida syat suvrishtishcha || 82 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon’s departure in the south-east direction is called the ‘right-jaw split’; it brings destruction of crops, mouth-disease, affliction to the king, and yet good rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

आग्नेय दिशा में चन्द्रमा का हटना दक्षिण-हनु-भेद कहलाता है; इसमें फसलों का नाश, मुख-रोग, राजा को पीड़ा, किन्तु अच्छी वर्षा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पूर्वोत्तरेण वामो हनुभेदो नृपकुमारभयदायी । मुखरोगं शस्त्रभयं तस्मिन् विन्द्यात् सुभिक्षं च ॥ ५.८३॥

purvottarena vamo hanubhedo nripakumarabhayadayi | mukharogam shastrabhayam tasmin vindyat subhiksham cha || 83 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Toward the north-east is the ‘left-jaw split’, bringing fear to the king’s son; in this, one should know mouth-disease, fear of weapons, and abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वोत्तर (ईशान) में वाम-हनु-भेद राजकुमार को भय देने वाला है; इसमें मुख-रोग, शस्त्र-भय तथा सुभिक्ष जानना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दक्षिणकुक्षिविभेदो दक्षिणपार्श्वेन यदि भवेन् मोक्षः । पीडा नृपपुत्राणामभियोज्या दक्षिणा रिपवः ॥ ५.८४॥

dakshinakukshivibhedo dakshinaparshvena yadi bhaven mokshah | pida nripaputranamabhiyojya dakshina ripavah || 84 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the release occurs on the southern side, that is the ‘right-flank split’; there is affliction to princes; and southern enemies are to be engaged.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि मोक्ष दक्षिण दिशा में हो तो दक्षिण-कुक्षि-भेद होता है; इसमें राजकुमारों को पीड़ा होती है और दक्षिणी शत्रुओं से युद्ध करना पड़ता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वामः तु कुक्षिभेदो यद्युत्तरमार्गसंस्थितो राहुः । स्त्रीणां गर्भविपत्तिः सस्यानि च तत्र मध्यानि ॥ ५.८५॥

vamah tu kukshibhedo yadyuttaramargasamsthito rahuh | strinam garbhavipattih sasyani cha tatra madhyani || 85 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

But if Rahu is stationed on the northern path at release, that is the ‘left-flank split’; there is miscarriage for women, and crops there are middling.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि राहु उत्तर मार्ग में स्थित हो तो वाम-कुक्षि-भेद होता है; इसमें स्त्रियों का गर्भपात होता है और फसलें मध्यम रहती हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नैरृतवायव्यस्थौ दक्षिणवामौ तु पायुभेदौ द्वौ । गुह्यरुग् अल्पा वृष्तिः द्वयोः तु राज्ञीक्षयो वामे ॥ ५.८६॥

nairritavayavyasthau dakshinavamau tu payubhedau dvau | guhyarug alpa vrishtih dvayoh tu rajnikshayo vame || 86 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Positioned in the south-west or north-west gives the two ‘rectum-splits’, right and left; there is disease of the private parts, and scanty rain in both; and in the left one, destruction for the queen.

హిందీ అర్థం

नैऋत्य या वायव्य दिशा में स्थित होने पर दक्षिण और वाम पायु-भेद होते हैं; दोनों में गुह्य-रोग तथा अल्प वर्षा होती है; वाम (वायव्य) में रानी का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पूर्वेण प्रग्रहणं कृत्वा प्राग् एव चापसर्पेत । संछर्दनमिति तत्क्षेमसस्यहार्दिप्रदं जगतः ॥ ५.८७॥

purvena pragrahanam kritva prag eva chapasarpeta | samchhardanamiti tatkshemasasyahardipradam jagatah || 87 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Having made its first contact from the east, if the shadow then withdraws back toward the east itself, that is called ‘vomiting’; it brings well-being, good crops, and heartfelt joy to the world.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि पूर्व दिशा से प्रग्रहण (आरम्भ) करके पुनः पूर्व की ओर ही लौट जाए, तो उसे संछर्दन (वमन) कहते हैं; यह जगत् के लिए क्षेम, फसल तथा हार्दिक प्रसन्नता देने वाला है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राक् प्रग्रहणं यस्मिन् पश्चादपसर्पणं तु तज्जरणम् । क्षुत्शस्त्रभयौद्विग्ना न उद्विग्नाः क्व शरणमुपयान्ति तत्र जनाः ॥ ५.८८॥

prak pragrahanam yasmin pashchadapasarpanam tu tajjaranam | kshutshastrabhayaudvigna na udvignah kva sharanamupayanti tatra janah || 88 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That in which the first contact is from the east but the withdrawal is toward the west, is called ‘jarana’ (digestion); people there, distressed by fear of hunger and weapons, cannot tell where, undistressed, they might find refuge.

హిందీ అర్థం

जिसमें पूर्व से आरम्भ होकर पश्चिम की ओर लौटे, वह जरण है; इसमें भूख और शस्त्र के भय से उद्विग्न लोग यह नहीं जान पाते कि कहाँ शरण लें।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मध्ये यदि प्रकाशः प्रथमं तन्मध्यविदरणं नाम । अन्तःकोपकरं स्यात् सुभिक्षदं नातिवृष्टिकरम् ॥ ५.८९॥

madhye yadi prakashah prathamam tanmadhyavidaranam nama | antahkopakaram syat subhikshadam nativrishtikaram || 89 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If light reappears first in the middle, that is called ‘middle-splitting’; it causes internal conflict, brings abundant grain, but does not bring excessive rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि पहले मध्य में प्रकाश दिखे, तो उसे मध्य-विदारण कहते हैं; यह आन्तरिक संघर्ष उत्पन्न करता है, सुभिक्ष देता है किन्तु अत्यधिक वर्षा नहीं कराता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पर्यन्तेषु विमलता बहुलं मध्ये तमोऽन्ति अन्त अदरणाख्यः । मध्याख्यदेशनाशः शारदसस्यक्षयश्चास्मिन् ॥ ५.९०॥

paryanteshu vimalata bahulam madhye tamo’nti adaranakhyah | madhyakhyadeshanashah sharadasasyakshayashchasmin || 90 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When there is much clarity at the edges and darkness in the middle, persisting toward the end, that is called ‘edge-splitting’; there is destruction of the central regions and loss of the autumn crop in this.

హిందీ అర్థం

किनारों पर अधिक स्पष्टता और मध्य में अन्धकार अन्त तक बना रहे, तो उसे अन्त्य-अदरण कहते हैं; इसमें मध्य प्रदेशों का नाश तथा शरद्-फसल की हानि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

एते सर्वे मोक्षा वक्तव्या भास्करेऽपि किन्त्वत्र । पूर्वा दिक् शशिनि यथा तथा रवौ पश्चिमा कल्प्या ॥ ५.९१॥

ete sarve mokshah vaktavyah bhaskare’pi kintvatra | purva dik shashini yatha tatha ravau pashchima kalpya || 91 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

All these modes of release are to be stated for the Sun’s eclipse as well; but here, whichever direction is ‘eastward’ for the Moon should, for the Sun, be taken as ‘westward’.

హిందీ అర్థం

ये सभी मोक्ष सूर्य-ग्रहण के लिए भी कहने चाहिए; किन्तु यहाँ, चन्द्रमा के लिए जो पूर्व दिशा है, वही सूर्य के लिए पश्चिम मानी जानी चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मुक्ते सप्ताहन्तः पांशुनिपातोऽन्नसंक्षयं कुरुते । नीहारो रोगभयं भूकंपः प्रवरनृपमृत्युम् ॥ ५.९२॥

mukte saptahantah pamshunipato’nnasamkshayam kurute | nihoro rogabhayam bhukampah pravaranripamrityum || 92 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

After release, within a week, a fall of dust brings destruction of grain; fog brings fear of disease; an earthquake, the death of an eminent king.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्रहण-मुक्ति के बाद एक सप्ताह के भीतर धूल गिरना अन्न का नाश करता है; कुहरा रोग-भय, भूकम्प श्रेष्ठ राजा की मृत्यु देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उल्का मन्त्रिविनाशं नानावर्णा घनाश्च भयमतुलम् । स्तनितं गर्भविनाशं विद्युन्नृपदंष्ट्रिपरिपीडाम् ॥ ५.९३॥

ulka mantrivinasham nanavarna ghanashcha bhayamatulam | stanitam garbhavinasham vidyunnripadamshtriparipidam || 93 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A meteor brings the destruction of a minister; multi-coloured clouds, an incomparable fear; thunder, destruction of the unborn; lightning, affliction to the king and to tusked animals.

హిందీ అర్థం

उल्का मन्त्री का नाश, विविध वर्ण के घने बादल अतुलनीय भय, गर्जन गर्भ-नाश, बिजली राजा तथा दन्तधारी पशुओं को पीड़ा देती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

परिवेषो रुक्पीडां दिग्दाहो नृपभयं च साग्निभयं । रूक्षो वायुः प्रबलश्चौरसमुत्थं भयं धत्ते ॥ ५.९४॥

parivesho rukpidam digdaho nripabhayam cha sagnibhayam | rukshah vayuh prabalashchaurasamuttham bhayam dhatte || 94 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A halo brings affliction of disease; a conflagration of the quarters, fear for the king and fear of fire; a harsh, strong wind brings fear arising from thieves.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रभामण्डल (परिवेष) रोग-पीड़ा, दिशाओं में अग्निकाण्ड राजा को भय तथा अग्नि-भय, रूखी प्रबल वायु चोरों से उत्पन्न भय देती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

निर्घातः सुरचापं दण्डश्च क्षुद्भयं सपरचक्रम् । ग्रहयुद्धे ग्रहयुद्धं नृपयुद्धं केतुश्च तदेव सन्दृष्टः ॥ ५.९५॥

nirghatah surachapam dandashcha kshudbhayam saparachakram | grahayuddhe grahayuddham nripayuddham ketushcha tadeva sandrishtah || 95 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A thunderbolt-crash brings the same as the rainbow omen; a staff-shaped portent brings fear of hunger together with fear of a foreign army; in a planetary war, there is both a war of planets and a war of kings; and a Ketu, seen at this time, brings the very same result.

హిందీ అర్థం

वज्रपात इन्द्रधनुष के समान फल देता है; दण्डाकार उत्पात भूख तथा विदेशी सेना का भय देता है; ग्रह-युद्ध में ग्रहों का युद्ध राजाओं का युद्ध कराता है; और उस समय दिखने वाला केतु भी वही फल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अविकृतसलिलनिपातैः निपाते सप्ताहान्तः सुभिक्षमादेश्यम् । यगाशुभं ग्रहणजं तत् सर्वं नाशन् उपयाति ॥ ५.९६॥

avikritasalilanipataih nipate saptahantah subhikshamadeshyam | yagashubham grahanajam tat sarvam nashan upayati || 96 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, within a week after the eclipse, there are unaltered/normal rainfalls, abundant grain is to be predicted; whatever inauspicious result arose from the eclipse then goes entirely to naught.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि ग्रहण के एक सप्ताह के भीतर सामान्य वर्षा हो, तो सुभिक्ष कहना चाहिए; ग्रहण से उत्पन्न जो भी अशुभ हो, वह सब नष्ट हो जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सोमग्रहे निवृत्ते पक्षान्ते यदि भवेद् ग्रहोऽर्कस्य । तत्रानयः प्रजानां दंपत्योः वैरमन्योन्यम् ॥ ५.९७॥

somagrahe nivritte pakshante yadi bhaved graho’rkasya | tatranayah prajanam dampatyoh vairamanyonyam || 97 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, after a lunar eclipse has occurred, an eclipse of the Sun occurs at the end of the same fortnight, then there is misrule among the people, and mutual enmity between husbands and wives.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि चन्द्र-ग्रहण के बाद उसी पक्ष के अन्त में सूर्य-ग्रहण हो, तो प्रजा में अराजकता तथा पति-पत्नी में परस्पर वैर होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अर्कग्रहात् तु शशिनो ग्रहणं यदि दृश्यते ततो विप्राः । नैकक्रतुफलभाजो भवन्ति मुदिताः प्रजाश्चैव ॥ ५.९८॥

arkagrahat tu shashino grahanam yadi drishyate tato viprah | naikakratuphalabhajo bhavanti muditah prajashchaiva || 98 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

But if, after a solar eclipse, a lunar eclipse is seen, then brahmanas do not partake of the fruit of a single sacrifice alone, and the people too become joyful.

హిందీ అర్థం

किन्तु यदि सूर्य-ग्रहण के बाद चन्द्र-ग्रहण दिखे, तो ब्राह्मण एक ही यज्ञ के फल के भागी नहीं रहते, अर्थात् अनेक यज्ञों का फल पाते हैं, और प्रजा भी प्रसन्न होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यद्युदयर्क्षाद् वक्रं करोति नवमाष्टसप्तमर्क्षेषु । तद्वक्त्रां तद्वक्रं उष्णमुदये पीडाकरमग्निवार्त्तानाम् ॥ ६.१॥

yadyudayarkshad vakram karoti navamashtasaptamarksheshu | tadvaktram tadvakram ushnamudaye pidakaramagnivartanam || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If Mars turns retrograde in the 7th, 8th, or 9th sign from its rising sign, that retrograde motion, being hot, at rising is afflicting to those who deal in fire.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि मंगल अपने उदय-नक्षत्र से नवें, आठवें या सातवें नक्षत्र में वक्री हो, तो वह उष्ण वक्र-गति उदय के समय अग्नि-व्यवसायियों के लिए पीड़ाकारक होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

द्वादशदशमैकादशनक्षत्राद् वक्रिते कुजेऽश्रुमुखम् । दूषयति रसान् उदये करोति रोगान् अवृष्टिं च ॥ ६.२॥

dvadashadashamaikadashanakshatrad vakrite kuje’shrumukham | dushayati rasan udaye karoti rogan avrishtim cha || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Mars turns retrograde from the twelfth, tenth, or eleventh asterism, this is called ‘tearful-faced’; at rising, it spoils flavours, and causes diseases and drought.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि मंगल अपने से बारहवें, दसवें या ग्यारहवें नक्षत्र से वक्री हो, तो वह अश्रुमुख कहलाता है; उदय होने पर यह रसों को दूषित करता है और रोग तथा अनावृष्टि उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

व्यालं त्रयोदशर्क्षागतुर्दशाद् वा विपच्यतेऽस्तमये । दंष्ट्रिव्यालमृगेभ्यः करोति पीडां सुभिक्षं च ॥ ६.३॥

vyalam trayodasharkshaturdashad va vipachyate’stamaye | damshtrivyalamrigebhyah karoti pidam subhiksham cha || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The retrograde called ‘vyala’ (serpent) matures from the thirteenth or fourteenth asterism, at setting; it brings affliction from tusked beasts, serpents, and wild animals, yet abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

व्याल (सर्प) नामक वक्र-गति तेरहवें या चौदहवें नक्षत्र से अस्त होने पर परिपक्व होती है; यह दाढ़ी वाले जन्तुओं, सर्पों तथा वन्य पशुओं से पीड़ा देती है, किन्तु सुभिक्ष भी देती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रुधिराननमिति वक्त्रं पंचदशात् षोडशाग विनिवृत्ते । तत्कालं मुखरोगं सभयं च सुभिक्षमावहति ॥ ६.४॥

rudhirananamiti vaktram pamchadashat shodashad vinivritte | tatkalam mukharogam sabhayam cha subhikshamavahati || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Mars turns back from the fifteenth or sixteenth asterism, the retrograde face is called ‘blood-faced’; at that time it brings mouth-disease along with fear, yet abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

पन्द्रहवें या सोलहवें नक्षत्र से लौटने पर वक्र-मुख रुधिरानन (रक्त-मुख) कहलाता है; उस समय यह मुख-रोग भय सहित तथा सुभिक्ष लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

असिमुशलं सप्तदशादष्टादशतोऽपि वा तदनुवक्रे । दस्युगुणेभ्यः पीदां करोत्यवृष्टिं सशस्त्रभयाम् ॥ ६.५॥

asimushalam saptadashadashtadashato’pi va tadanuvakre | dasyugunebhyah pidam karotyavrishtim sashastrabhayam || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The retrograde called ‘sword-and-club’ occurs from the seventeenth or eighteenth asterism, in that subsequent retrogression; it brings affliction from bands of robbers, drought, together with fear of weapons.

హిందీ అర్థం

असिमुशल (तलवार-गदा) नामक वक्र-गति सत्रहवें या अठारहवें नक्षत्र से आगे होती है; यह डाकुओं के समूहों से पीड़ा, अनावृष्टि तथा शस्त्र-भय देती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भाग्यार्यमा उदिते यदि निवर्तते वैश्वदैवते भौमः । प्राजापत्येऽस्तमितः त्रीन् अपि लोकान् निपीडयति ॥ ६.६॥

bhagyaryama udite yadi nivartate vaishvadaivate bhaumah | prajapatye’stamitah trin api lokan nipidayati || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If Mars, having risen in the asterism of Bhaga or Aryaman, turns back in the asterism of the Vishvedevas; or if set in the asterism of Prajapati, it afflicts all three worlds.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि मंगल भाग्य (पूर्वाफाल्गुनी) या अर्यमा (उत्तराफाल्गुनी) में उदित होकर वैश्वदेव (उत्तराभाद्रपद) में लौटे, या प्रजापति (रोहिणी) में अस्त हो, तो वह तीनों लोकों को पीड़ा देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्रवणौदितस्य वक्रं पुष्ये मूर्धाभिषिक्तपीडाकृत् । यस्मिन् ऋक्षेऽभ्युदितः तद्दिग्व्यूहान् जनान् हन्ति ॥ ६.७॥

shravanoditasya vakram pushye murdhabhishiktapidakrit | yasmin rikshe’bhyuditah taddigvyuhan janan hanti || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The retrograde of Mars risen in Shravana, occurring in Pushya, brings affliction to anointed kings; in whichever asterism Mars has risen, it destroys the people arrayed in that direction.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्रवण में उदित होकर पुष्य में वक्री होने वाला मंगल अभिषिक्त राजाओं को पीड़ा देता है; जिस नक्षत्र में उदित हो, उस दिशा में स्थित लोगों को नष्ट करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मध्ये न यदि मघानां गतागतं लोहितः करोति ततः । पाण्ड्यो नृपो विनश्यति शस्त्रौद्योगाद् भयमवृष्टिं ॥ ६.८॥

madhye na yadi maghanam gatagatam lohitah karoti tatah | pandyo nripo vinashyati shastraudyogad bhayamavrishtim || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the red planet makes its coming-and-going not in the middle of Magha but elsewhere, then the Pandya king perishes, and there is fear from the mustering of weapons, and drought.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि लाल ग्रह (मंगल) मघा के मध्य में न होकर आना-जाना करे, तो पाण्ड्य राजा नष्ट होता है, शस्त्रों की तैयारी से भय तथा अनावृष्टि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भित्त्वा मघा मघां विशाखां भिन्दन् भौमः करोति दुर्भिक्षम् । मरकं करोति घोरं यदि भित्त्वा रोहिणीं याति ॥ ६.९॥

bhittva magha magham vishakham bhindan bhaumah karoti durbhiksham | marakam karoti ghoram yadi bhittva rohinim yati || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mars, having pierced through Magha, or piercing Vishakha, causes famine; it causes a terrible pestilence if, having pierced through, it goes on to Rohini.

హిందీ అర్థం

मघा को भेदकर, विशाखा को भेदते हुए मंगल दुर्भिक्ष उत्पन्न करता है; यदि भेदकर रोहिणी की ओर जाए, तो भयंकर महामारी उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दक्षिणतो रोहिण्याः चरन् महीजोर्घवृष्टिनिग्रहकृत् । धूमायन् सशिखो वा विनिहन्यात् पारियात्रस्थान् ॥ ६.१०॥

dakshinato rohinyah charan mahijorghavrishtinigrahakrit | dhumayan sashikho va vinihanyat pariyatrasthan || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mars, moving to the south of Rohini, restrains abundant rain; smoky, or bearing a crest of flame, it destroys those dwelling on Mount Pariyatra.

హిందీ అర్థం

रोहिणी के दक्षिण में विचरण करता हुआ मंगल (महीज) प्रचुर वर्षा को रोकता है; धूम्रवर्ण या शिखायुक्त हो तो पारियात्र-पर्वत-निवासियों का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राजापत्ये श्रवणे मूले त्रिषु चौत्तरेषु तिसृषूत्तरासु शाक्रे च । विचरन् घननिवहानामुपघातकरः क्षमातनयः ॥ ६.११॥

prajapatye shravane mule trishu chauttareshu tisrishuttarasu shakre cha | vicharan ghananivahanamupaghatakarah kshamatanayah || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mars, moving through the asterism of Prajapati, Shravana, Mula, the three ‘Uttara’ asterisms, and Shakra’s, brings harm to masses of rain-clouds.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रजापति (रोहिणी), श्रवण, मूल, तीनों उत्तरा नक्षत्रों तथा शक्र (ज्येष्ठा) में विचरण करता हुआ मंगल (क्षमातनय) मेघ-समूहों को हानि पहुँचाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चारोदयाः प्रशस्ताः श्रवणमघादित्यहस्तमूलेषु मूलहस्तेषु । एकपदाश्विशाखाप्राजापत्येषु च कुजस्य ॥ ६.१२॥

charodayah prashastah shravanamaghadityahastamuleshu mulahasteshu | ekapadashvishakhaprajapatyeshu cha kujasya || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The course and rising of Mars are auspicious in Shravana, Magha, the asterism of Aditya, Mula, Hasta, and in Ekapada, Ashvini, Vishakha, and the asterism of Prajapati.

హిందీ అర్థం

मंगल का चार और उदय श्रवण, मघा, आदित्य (हस्त), मूल, हस्त, एकपदा (उत्तराभाद्रपद), अश्विनी, विशाखा तथा प्रजापति (रोहिणी) में शुभ है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विपुलविमलमूर्तिः किंशुकाशोकवर्णः स्फुटरुचिरमयूखः तप्तताम्रप्रभाभः । विचरति यदि मार्गं चौत्तरं मेदिनीजः शुभकृदवनिपानां हार्दिदश्च प्रजानाम् ॥ ६.१३॥

vipulavimalamurtih kimshukashokavarnah sphutaruchiramayukhah taptatamraprabhabhah | vicharati yadi margam chauttaram medinijah shubhakridavanipanam hardidashcha prajanam || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the son of the earth (Mars), of broad and pure form, the colour of the kimshuka or ashoka flower, its rays clear and lovely, gleaming like heated copper, moves along its northern path, it is auspicious for kings and brings heartfelt joy to the people.

హిందీ అర్థం

विशाल और निर्मल आकृति वाला, पलाश या अशोक के फूल के वर्ण वाला, स्पष्ट सुन्दर किरणों वाला, तपे हुए ताँबे की आभा वाला मंगल यदि उत्तर मार्ग से विचरण करे, तो राजाओं के लिए शुभ तथा प्रजा के लिए हार्दिक आनन्द देने वाला होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नौत्पातपरित्यक्तः कदाचिदपि चन्द्रजो व्रजत्युदयम् । जलदहनपवनभयकृद् धान्यार्घक्षयविवृद्धौ वा ॥ ७.१॥

nautpataparityaktah kadachidapi chandrajo vrajatyudayam | jaladahanapavanabhayakrid dhanyarghakshayavivriddhau va || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mercury (son of the Moon) never rises without bringing a portent; it brings fear from water, fire, or wind, or causes the fall or rise of the price of grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

चन्द्रपुत्र (बुध) कभी भी बिना उत्पात (अशुभ संकेत) के उदय नहीं होता; यह जल, अग्नि या वायु का भय देता है, अथवा अन्न के मूल्य में हानि या वृद्धि कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विचरन् श्रवणधनिष्ठाप्रजापत्येन्दुवैश्वदेवानि विश्वदैवानि । मृद्नन् हिमकरतनयः करोत्यवृष्टिं सरोगभयाम् ॥ ७.२॥

vicharan shravanadhanishthaprajapatyenduvaishvadevani mridnan himakaratanayah karotyavrishtim sarogabhayam || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mercury (son of the Moon), moving through and afflicting Shravana, Dhanishtha, the asterism of Prajapati, and the Vishvedevas, causes drought accompanied by the fear of disease.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्रवण, धनिष्ठा, प्रजापति (रोहिणी) तथा विश्वदेव नक्षत्रों में विचरण करते हुए उन्हें पीड़ित करने वाला हिमकर-तनय (बुध) रोग-भय सहित अनावृष्टि उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रौद्रादीनि मघान्तानि उपाश्रिते चन्द्रजे प्रजापीडा । शस्त्रनिपातक्षुद्भयरोगानावृष्टिसन्तापैः ॥ ७.३॥

raudradini maghantani upashrite chandraje prajapida | shastranipatakshudbhayaroganavrishtisantapaih || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Mercury resorts to the asterisms from Raudra (Ardra) up to Magha, there is affliction to the people, through the fall of weapons, fear of hunger, disease, drought, and distress.

హిందీ అర్థం

रौद्र (आर्द्रा) से लेकर मघा तक के नक्षत्रों का आश्रय लेने पर चन्द्रपुत्र (बुध) प्रजा को शस्त्रपात, भूख-भय, रोग, अनावृष्टि तथा संताप से पीड़ित करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हस्तादीनि चरन् विचरन् षडृक्षाणि उपपीडयन् गवामशुभः । स्नेहरसार्घविवृद्धिं करोति चौर्वीं प्रभूतान्नाम् ॥ ७.४॥

hastadini vicharan shadrikshani upapidayan gavamashubhah | snehsarasarghavivriddhim karoti chaurvim prabhutannam || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Moving through and afflicting the six asterisms beginning with Hasta, Mercury is inauspicious for cattle; yet it causes an increase in the price of oil and other liquids, and makes the earth abundant in grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

हस्त आदि छह नक्षत्रों में विचरण करते हुए उन्हें पीड़ित करने वाला बुध गायों के लिए अशुभ है; किन्तु तेल-रस के मूल्य में वृद्धि कराता है और पृथ्वी को प्रचुर अन्न से सम्पन्न बनाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आर्यम्णं हौतभुजं भद्रपदामुत्त्ररां यमेशं च । चन्द्रस्य सुतो निघ्नन् प्राणभृतां धातुसंक्षयकृत् ॥ ७.५॥

aryamnam hautabhujam bhadrapadamuttaram yamesham cha | chandrasya suto nighnan pranabhritam dhatusamkshayakrit || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon’s son, afflicting the asterism of Aryaman, the asterism of Agni, Uttara Bhadrapada, and the asterism of Yama, brings about a wasting of the bodily constituents of living beings.

హిందీ అర్థం

अर्यमा (उत्तराफाल्गुनी), अग्नि (कृत्तिका), उत्तराभाद्रपद तथा यम (भरणी) नक्षत्रों को पीड़ित करता हुआ चन्द्रपुत्र प्राणियों के धातुओं का क्षय करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आश्विनवारुणमूलानि उपमृद्नन् रेवतीं च चन्द्रसुतः । पण्यभिषग्नौजीविकसलिलजतुरगौपघातकरः ॥ ७.६॥

ashvinavarunamulani upamridnan revatim cha chandrasutah | panyabhishagnaujivikasalilajaturagaupaghatakarah || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mercury (son of the Moon), afflicting Ashvini, the asterism of Varuna, Mula, and Revati, brings harm to merchants, physicians, sailors, and aquatic and equine creatures.

హిందీ అర్థం

अश्विनी, वरुण (शतभिषा), मूल तथा रेवती को पीड़ित करता हुआ चन्द्रसुत (बुध) व्यापारियों, वैद्यों, नाविकों तथा जलचर-अश्वों को हानि पहुँचाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पूर्वाद्य्वृक्षत्रितयादेकमपीन्दोः सुतोऽभिमृद्नीयात् । क्षुत्शस्त्रतस्करामयभयप्रदायी चरन् जगतः ॥ ७.७॥

purvadyrikshatritayadekamapindoh suto’bhimridniyat | kshutshastrataskaramayabhayapradayi charan jagatah || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the Moon’s son afflicts even one of the three ‘Purva’ asterisms, moving there, it brings to the world the fear of hunger, weapons, thieves, and disease.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि चन्द्रपुत्र तीनों पूर्वा नक्षत्रों (पूर्वाफाल्गुनी, पूर्वाषाढ़ा, पूर्वाभाद्रपद) में से एक को भी पीड़ित करते हुए विचरण करे, तो जगत् को भूख, शस्त्र, चोर तथा रोग का भय देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राकृतविमिश्रसंक्षिप्ततीक्ष्णयोगान्तघोरपापाख्याः । सप्त पराशरतन्त्रे नक्षत्रैः कीर्तिता गतयः ॥ ७.८॥

prakritavimishrasamkshiptatikshnayogantaghorapapakhyah | sapta parasharatantre nakshatraih kirtita gatayah || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Natural, mixed, contracted, sharp, terminal, terrible, and evil -- these seven kinds of motion, associated with the asterisms, are proclaimed in the treatise of Parashara.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्राकृत, विमिश्र, संक्षिप्त, तीक्ष्ण, योगान्त, घोर तथा पाप, ये सात प्रकार की गतियाँ पराशर के तन्त्र-ग्रन्थ में नक्षत्रों के साथ कही गई हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राकृतसंज्ञा वायव्ययाम्यपैतामहानि बहुलाश्च । मिश्रा गतिः प्रदिष्टा शशिशिवपितृभुजगदेवानि दैवानि । संक्षिप्तायां पुष्यः पुनर्वसुः फल्गुनीद्वयं चेति । तीक्ष्णायां भद्रपदाद्वयं सशाक्राश्वयुक् पौष्णम् ॥ ७.१०॥

prakritasamjna vayavyayamyapaitamahani bahulashcha | mishra gatih pradishta shashishivapitribhujagadevani daivani | samkshiptayam pushyah punarvasuh phalgunidvayam cheti | tikshnayam bhadrapadadvayam sashakrashvayuk paushnam || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The ‘natural’ motion occurs at the asterisms of Vayu, Yama, Brahma, and ‘Bahula’; the ‘mixed’ motion is taught for the asterisms of the Moon, Shiva, the Pitris, the Serpents, and the gods. In the ‘contracted’ motion, the asterisms are Pushya, Punarvasu, and the two Phalgunis; in the ‘sharp’ motion, the two Bhadrapadas together with the asterism of Shakra, Ashvini, and the asterism of Pushan.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्राकृत नामक गति वायु (स्वाति), यम (भरणी), ब्रह्मा (कृत्तिका) तथा बहुला (कृत्तिका) में होती है; मिश्र गति चन्द्र (मृगशिरा), शिव (आर्द्रा), पितृ (मघा), भुजग (आश्लेषा) तथा देव (पुनर्वसु) नक्षत्रों में बताई गई है। संक्षिप्त गति पुष्य, पुनर्वसु तथा दोनों फाल्गुनी में होती है; तीक्ष्ण गति दोनों भाद्रपद, शक्र (ज्येष्ठा), अश्विनी तथा पूष्ण (रेवती) में होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

योगान्तिकेति मूलं द्वे चाषाढे गतिः सुतस्येन्दोः । घोरा श्रवणः त्वाष्टृं वसुदैवं देवं वारुणं चैव ॥ ७.११॥

yogantiketi mulam dve chashadhe gatih sutasyendoh | ghora shravanah tvashtrim vasudaivam devam varunam chaiva || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The ‘terminal’ motion of the Moon’s son occurs at Mula and the two Ashadhas; the ‘terrible’ motion occurs at Shravana, the asterism of Tvashtri, the asterism of the Vasus, the gods, and the asterism of Varuna.

హిందీ అర్థం

योगान्तिका गति मूल तथा दोनों आषाढ़ में होती है; घोर गति श्रवण, त्वष्टृ (चित्रा), वसु-दैवत (धनिष्ठा), देव (शतभिषा से भिन्न) तथा वरुण (शतभिषा) में होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पापाख्या सावित्रं मैत्रं शक्राग्निदैवतं चेति । उदयप्रवासदिवसैः स एव गतिलक्षणं प्राह ॥ ७.१२॥

papakhya savitram maitram shakragnidaivatam cheti | udayapravasadivasaih sa eva gatilakshanam praha || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The ‘evil’-named motion occurs at the asterism of Savitri, Maitra, and the asterism presided over by Shakra and Agni; by the days of rising and of absence, he himself has declared the characteristic of each motion.

హిందీ అర్థం

पाप नामक गति सावित्र (हस्त), मैत्र (अनुराधा) तथा शक्र-अग्नि (विशाखा) में होती है; उदय और अस्त के दिनों के आधार पर उन्होंने (पराशर ने) स्वयं गति का लक्षण कहा है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चत्वारिंशत् ४० त्रिंशद् ३० द्विसमेता विंशति २२ ः द्विनवकं च । नव मासार्धं दश चैकसंयुताः प्राकृताद्यानाम् ॥ ७.१३॥

chatvarimshat trimshad dvisameta vimshatih dvinavakam cha | nava masardham dasha chaikasamyutah prakritadyanam || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Forty, thirty, twenty plus two, eighteen, nine, half of a month, and ten plus one -- these are the durations, in days, of the ‘natural’ and the other motions, in order.

హిందీ అర్థం

चालीस, तीस, बाईस, अठारह, नौ, आधा मास (पन्द्रह) तथा ग्यारह, ये (दिनों में) प्राकृत आदि गतियों की अवधियाँ हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राकृतगत्यामारोग्यवृष्टिसस्यप्रवृद्धयः क्षेमम् । संक्षिप्तमिश्रयोः मिश्रमेतदन्यासु विपरीतम् ॥ ७.१४॥

prakritagatyamarogyavrishtisasyapravriddhayah kshemam | samkshiptamishrayoh mishrametadanyasu viparitam || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the ‘natural’ motion, there is health, rain, growth of crops, and well-being; in the ‘contracted’ and ‘mixed’ motions, the result is mixed; in the others, it is the reverse.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्राकृत गति में आरोग्य, वर्षा, फसलों की वृद्धि तथा क्षेम होता है; संक्षिप्त और मिश्र गतियों में मिश्रित फल होता है; अन्य गतियों में इसका विपरीत होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ऋज्वीअतिवक्रावक्रा विकला च मतेन देवलस्यैताः । पंचचतुर्द्व्येकाहा ऋज्व्यादीनां षडभ्यस्ताः ॥ ७.१५॥

rijviativakravakra vikala cha matena devalasyaitah | pamchachaturdvyekaha rijvyadinam shadabhyastah || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Straight, very-crooked, non-crooked, and irregular -- these, according to the opinion of Devala, each last five, four, two, and one day, this cycle repeating six times over.

హిందీ అర్థం

देवल के मत के अनुसार ऋज्वी (सीधी), अतिवक्रा, अवक्रा तथा विकला, ये गतियाँ क्रमशः पाँच, चार, दो तथा एक दिन की होती हैं, और यह क्रम छह बार दोहराया जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ऋज्वी हिता प्रजानामतिवक्राऽर्घं गतिः विनाशयति । शस्त्रभयदा च वक्रा विकला भयरोगसंजननी ॥ ७.१६॥

rijvi hita prajanamativakrargham gatih vinashayati | shastrabhayada cha vakra vikala bhayarogasamjanani || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The ‘straight’ motion is beneficial to the people; the ‘very-crooked’ motion destroys prosperity; the ‘crooked’ motion brings fear of weapons; the ‘irregular’ one gives rise to fear and disease.

హిందీ అర్థం

ऋज्वी गति प्रजा के लिए हितकारी है; अतिवक्रा गति मूल्य (सम्पत्ति) का नाश करती है; वक्रा शस्त्र-भय देती है; विकला भय और रोग उत्पन्न करती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पौषाषाढश्रावणवैशाखेष्विन्दुजः समाघेषु । वृष्तो भयाय जगतः शुभफलकृत् प्रोषितः तेषु ॥ ७.१७॥

paushashadhashravanavaishakheshvindujah samagheshu | vrishto bhayaya jagatah shubhaphalakrit proshitah teshu || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mercury, obscured by rain-clouds in Pausha, Ashadha, Shravana, Vaishakha, and the month with Magha, brings fear to the world; but absent (not visible) in these, it brings auspicious results.

హిందీ అర్థం

पौष, आषाढ़, श्रावण, वैशाख तथा माघ मास में वर्षा से आवृत (छिपा) बुध जगत् को भय देता है; इन मासों में अदृश्य रहे तो शुभ फल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कार्तिके कार्त्तिके ऽश्वयुजि वा यदि मासे दृश्यते तनुभवः शिशिरांशोः । शस्त्रचौरहुतभुग्गदतोयक्षुद्भयानि च तदा विदधाति रुद्धानि सौम्येऽस्त्रगते अस्तमिते पुराणि यानि उद्गते तानि उपयान्ति मोक्षम् । अन्ये तु पश्चादुदिते वदन्ति लाभः पुराणां भवति तज्ञाः ॥ ७.१९॥

kartike ashvayuji va yadi mase drishyate tanubhavah shishiramshoh | shastrachaurahutabhuggadatoyakshudbhayani cha tada vidadhati ruddhani saumye’stragate astamite purani yani udgate tani upayanti moksham | anye tu pashchadudite vadanti labhah puranam bhavati tajnah || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If the offspring of the cool-rayed one (Mercury) is seen in the month of Karttika or Ashvina, it brings about fear of weapons, thieves, fire, disease, water, and hunger; besieged cities, when Mercury sets while marked with a weapon-omen, obtain release when it rises again. But others, learned in this, say that when it rises afterward, the cities gain benefit.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि कार्तिक या आश्विन मास में शीतकिरण-पुत्र (बुध) दिखाई दे, तो वह शस्त्र, चोर, अग्नि, रोग, जल तथा भूख का भय उत्पन्न करता है; घिरे हुए नगर, बुध के अस्त्र-चिह्न सहित अस्त होने पर घिरे रहते हैं और पुनः उदय होने पर मुक्ति पाते हैं। किन्तु अन्य ज्ञाता कहते हैं कि बाद में उदय होने पर नगरों को लाभ होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हेमकान्तिः अथवा शुकवर्णः सस्यकेन मणिना सदृशो वा । स्निग्धमूर्तिः अलघुश्च हिताय व्यत्यये न शुभकृत्शशिपुत्रः ॥ ७.२०॥

hemakantih athava shukavarnah sasyakena manina sadrisho va | snigdhamurtih alaghushcha hitaya vyatyaye na shubhakritshashiputrah || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Moon’s son (Mercury), of golden lustre, or parrot-green in colour, or resembling the emerald gem, of an unctuous form, and not small, is for the benefit of the world; in the reverse case, it does not bring auspicious results.

హిందీ అర్థం

सुवर्ण के समान कान्ति वाला, या तोते के रंग जैसा, या पन्ना मणि के समान वर्ण वाला, स्निग्ध आकृति वाला तथा छोटा न होने वाला चन्द्रपुत्र (बुध) हितकारी है; इसके विपरीत होने पर शुभ फल नहीं देता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नक्षत्रेण सहौदयमुपगच्छति येन देवपतिमन्त्री । तत्संज्ञं वक्तव्यं वर्षं मासक्रमेणैव ॥ ८.१॥

nakshatrena sahaudayamupagachchhati yena devapatimantri | tatsamjnam vaktavyam varsham masakramenaiva || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The year should be named according to the asterism with which Jupiter (counselor of the lord of the gods) rises together, in the sequence of the months.

హిందీ అర్థం

जिस नक्षत्र के साथ बृहस्पति (देवपति के मन्त्री) उदय को प्राप्त होते हैं, उसी के नाम से वर्ष को मासक्रम में ही कहना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वर्षाणि कार्त्तिकादीनि आग्नेयाद् भद्वयानुयोगीनि । क्रमशः त्रिभं तु पंचममुपान्त्यमन्त्यं च यद् वर्षम् ॥ ८.२॥

varshani karttikadini agneyad bhadvayanuyogini | kramashah tribham tu pamchamamupantyamantyam cha yad varsham || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The years are named beginning with Karttika, associated in due order from the asterism of Agni up to the pair of Bhadrapadas; the third gives the year named after the triad, and the fifth, the second-to-last, and the last, are named after whichever asterism that year aligns with.

హిందీ అర్థం

कार्तिक आदि वर्ष अग्नि (कृत्तिका) से लेकर दोनों भाद्रपदों तक क्रमशः जुड़े हुए हैं; तीसरा वर्ष त्रिक-नाम वाला, पाँचवाँ, उपान्त्य तथा अन्तिम वर्ष जिस नक्षत्र से मेल खाए, उसी नाम का होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शकटानलोपजीवकगोपीडा व्याधिशस्त्रकोपश्च । वृद्धिः तु रक्तपीतककुसुमानां कार्त्तिके वर्षे ॥ ८.३॥

shakatanalopajivakagopida vyadhishastrakopashcha | vriddhih tu raktapitakakusumanam karttike varshe || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the Karttika year, there is affliction to cart-drivers, fire-workers, and cowherds, and the wrath of disease and weapons; yet there is an increase of red and yellow flowers.

హిందీ అర్థం

कार्तिक वर्ष में शकट-अग्नि-व्यवसायियों तथा गोपालकों को पीड़ा, रोग तथा शस्त्र-कोप होता है; किन्तु लाल-पीले फूलों की वृद्धि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सौम्येऽब्देऽनावृष्टिः मृगाखुशलभाण्डजैश्च सस्यवधः । व्ह्याधिभयं मित्रैः अपि भूपानां जायते वैरम् ॥ ८.४॥

saumye’bde’navrishtih mrigakhushalabhabhandajaishcha sasyavadhah | vyadhibhayam mitraih api bhupanam jayate vairam || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the year named Saumya, there is drought, and destruction of crops by deer, rats, locusts, and birds; there is fear of disease, and enmity arises among kings even with their friends.

హిందీ అర్థం

सौम्य (मृगशिरा) वर्ष में अनावृष्टि, हिरण-चूहे-टिड्डी-पक्षियों द्वारा फसलों का नाश होता है; रोग-भय होता है और राजाओं में मित्रों के साथ भी वैर उत्पन्न होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शुभकृज्जगतः पौषो निवृत्तवैराः परस्परं क्षितिपाः । द्वित्रिगुणो धान्यार्घः पौष्टिककर्मप्रसिद्धिश्च ॥ ८.५॥

shubhakrijjagatah paushho nivrittavaira parasparam kshitipah | dvitrigunodhanyargah paushtikakarmaprasiddhishcha || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The year named Pausha is auspicious for the world; kings cease their mutual enmity; the price of grain rises two- or three-fold, and rites of nourishment succeed.

హిందీ అర్థం

पौष (पुष्य) वर्ष जगत् के लिए शुभ है; राजा परस्पर वैर त्याग देते हैं; अन्न का मूल्य दो-तीन गुना होता है तथा पौष्टिक कर्मों की सिद्धि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पितृपूजापरिवृद्धिः माघे हार्दिश्च सर्वभूतानाम् । आरोग्यवृष्टिधान्यार्घसम्पदो मित्रलाभश्च ॥ ८.६॥

pitripujaparivriddhih maghe hardishcha sarvabhutanam | arogyavrishtidhanyarghasampado mitralabhashcha || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Magha, there is increase in the worship of the ancestors, and heartfelt joy for all beings; there is health, rain, prosperity in the price of grain, and the gaining of friends.

హిందీ అర్థం

माघ वर्ष में पितृ-पूजा की वृद्धि होती है और सभी प्राणियों में हार्दिकता होती है; आरोग्य, वर्षा, अन्न-मूल्य की सम्पन्नता तथा मित्र-लाभ होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

फाल्गुनवर्षे विन्द्यात् क्वचित् क्वचित् क्षेमवृष्टिसस्यानि । दौर्भाग्यं प्रमदानां प्रबलाश्चौरा नृपाश्चौग्राः ॥ ८.७॥

phalgunavarshe vindyat kvachit kvachit kshemavrishtisasyani | daurbhagyam pramadanam prabalashchaura nripashchograah || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the year Phalguna, one should know well-being, rain, and crops only here and there; there is misfortune for women, powerful thieves, and fierce kings.

హిందీ అర్థం

फाल्गुन वर्ष में कहीं-कहीं क्षेम, वर्षा तथा फसलें जाननी चाहिए; स्त्रियों का दुर्भाग्य, बलवान् चोर तथा उग्र राजा होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चैत्रे मन्दा वृष्टिः प्रियमन्नं क्षेममवनिपा मृदवः । वृद्धिश्च कोशधान्यस्य भवति पीडा च रूपवताम् ॥ ८.८॥

chaitre manda vrishtih priyamannam kshemamavanipa mridavah | vriddhishcha koshadhanyasya bhavati pida cha rupavatam || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Chaitra, rain is scant, grain is dear, there is well-being, kings are gentle; there is an increase in the treasury and grain-stores, yet affliction to the beautiful.

హిందీ అర్థం

चैत्र वर्ष में मन्द वर्षा, प्रिय अन्न, क्षेम, कोमल राजा होते हैं; कोष तथा अन्न की वृद्धि होती है, किन्तु रूपवानों को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वैशाखे धर्मरता धर्मपरा विगतभयाः प्रमुदिताः प्रजाः सनृपाः । यज्ञक्रियाप्रावृत्तिः निष्पत्तिः सर्वसस्यानाम् ॥ ८.९॥

vaishakhe dharmarata dharmapara vigatabhayah pramudita prajah sanripah | yajnakriyapravrittih nishpattih sarvasasyanam || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Vaishakha, the people together with the king are devoted to righteousness, intent on dharma, free of fear, and joyful; there is an increase in sacrificial rites, and the ripening of all crops.

హిందీ అర్థం

वैशाख वर्ष में प्रजा राजा सहित धर्मरत, धर्मपरायण, निर्भय तथा प्रसन्न होती है; यज्ञ-क्रिया की प्रवृत्ति तथा सभी फसलों की सिद्धि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ज्यैष्ठे जातिकुलधनश्रेणीश्रेष्ठा नृपाः सधर्मज्ञाः । पीड्यन्ते धान्यानि च हित्वा कंगुं शमीजातिम् ॥ ८.१०॥

jyaishthe jatikuladhanashrenishreshtha nripah sadharmajnah | pidyante dhanyani cha hitva kamgum shamijatim || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Jyeshtha, kings who are foremost in lineage, family, wealth, and guild-standing, and who know the dharma, are afflicted; and grains suffer, excepting millet and the shami species.

హిందీ అర్థం

ज्येष्ठ वर्ष में जाति-कुल-धन-श्रेणी में श्रेष्ठ, धर्मज्ञ राजा पीड़ित होते हैं; काँगुनी (कंगु) तथा शमी-जाति को छोड़कर अन्न पीड़ित होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आषाढे जायन्ते सस्यानि क्वचिदवृष्टिः अन्यत्र । योगक्षेमं मध्यं व्यग्राश्च भवन्ति भूपालाः ॥ ८.११॥

ashadhe jayante sasyani kvachidavrishtih anyatra | yogakshemam madhyam vyagrashcha bhavanti bhupalah || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Ashadha, crops grow well in some places, while there is drought elsewhere; welfare and security are middling, and kings become agitated.

హిందీ అర్థం

आषाढ़ वर्ष में कहीं फसलें होती हैं, कहीं अनावृष्टि होती है; योगक्षेम मध्यम रहता है और राजा व्यग्र हो जाते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्रावणवर्षे क्षेमं सम्यक् सस्यानि पाकमुपयान्ति । क्षुद्रा ये पाखण्डाः पाषण्डाः पीड्यन्ते ये च तद्भक्ताः ॥ ८.१२॥

shravanavarshe kshemam samyak sasyani pakamupayanti | kshudra ye pakhandah pidyante ye cha tadbhaktah || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the year Shravana, there is proper well-being; crops come to ripeness well; petty heretics, and those devoted to them, are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्रावण वर्ष में भली-भाँति क्षेम होता है, फसलें पकती हैं; क्षुद्र पाखण्डी तथा उनके भक्त पीड़ित होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भाद्रपदे वल्लीजं निष्पत्तिं याति पूर्वसस्यं च । न भवत्यपरं सस्यं क्वचित् सुभिक्षं क्वचिग भयम् ॥ ८.१३॥

bhadrapade vallijam nishpattim yati purvasasyam cha | na bhavatyaparam sasyam kvachit subhiksham kvachigabhayam || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Bhadrapada, creeper-grown produce and the earlier crop come to fruition; the later crop does not fare as well; there is abundant grain in some places, and fear in others.

హిందీ అర్థం

भाद्रपद वर्ष में लता-जन्य फसल तथा पूर्व-फसल पकती है; उत्तर-फसल नहीं होती; कहीं सुभिक्ष, कहीं भय होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आश्वयुजेऽब्देऽजस्रं पतति जलं प्रमुदिताः प्रजाः क्षेमम् । प्राणचयः प्राणभृताम् सर्वेषामन्नबाहुल्यम् ॥ ८.१४॥

ashvayuje’bde’jasram patati jalam pramudita prajah kshemam | pranachayah pranabhritam sarvesham annabahulyam || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the year Ashvayuja, rain falls continuously; the people are joyful, and there is well-being; there is a flourishing of vitality for all living beings, and abundance of food.

హిందీ అర్థం

आश्विन वर्ष में निरन्तर वर्षा होती है, प्रजा प्रसन्न रहती है, क्षेम होता है; सभी प्राणियों में जीवनी-शक्ति की वृद्धि तथा अन्न की प्रचुरता होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उदगारोग्यसुभिक्षक्षेमकरो वाक्पतिश्चरन् भानाम् । याम्ये तद्विपरीतो मध्येन तु मध्यफलदायी ॥ ८.१५॥

udagarogyasubhikshakshemakaro vakpatishcharan bhanam | yamye tadviparito madhyena tu madhyaphaladayi || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Jupiter, moving to the north of the signs, brings health, abundant grain, and well-being; to the south, the reverse; through the middle, it gives a middling result.

హిందీ అర్థం

राशियों के उत्तर मार्ग से विचरण करने वाला बृहस्पति (वाक्पति) आरोग्य, सुभिक्ष तथा क्षेम करता है; दक्षिण मार्ग से इसके विपरीत, मध्य मार्ग से मध्यम फल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विचरन् भद्वयमिष्टः तत्सार्धं वत्सरेण मध्यफलः । सस्यानां विध्वंसी विचरेदधिकं यदि कदाचित् ॥ ८.१६॥

vicharan bhadvayamishtah tatsardham vatsarena madhyaphalah | sasyanam vidhvamsi vicharedadhikam yadi kadachit || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Moving through the pair of Bhadrapadas, it is favourable; through that plus a full year, it gives a middling result; if it ever lingers longer, it is a destroyer of crops.

హిందీ అర్థం

दोनों भाद्रपदों में विचरण करना इष्ट है; उतने ही समय सहित एक वर्ष तक विचरण मध्यम फल देता है; यदि कभी अधिक विचरण करे, तो फसलों का नाशक होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अनलभयमनलवर्णे व्याधिः पीते रणागमः श्यामे । हरिते च तस्करेभ्यः पीडा रक्ते तु शस्त्रभयम् ॥ ८.१७॥

analabhayamanalavarne vyadhih pite ranagamah shyame | harite cha taskarebhyah pida rakte tu shastrabhayam || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When fire-coloured, there is fear of fire; when yellow, disease; when dark, the approach of war; and when green, affliction from thieves; but when red, fear of weapons.

హిందీ అర్థం

अग्नि-वर्ण होने पर अग्नि-भय, पीत वर्ण में रोग, श्याम वर्ण में युद्ध का आगमन होता है; हरित वर्ण में चोरों से पीड़ा, रक्त वर्ण में शस्त्र-भय होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

धूमाभेऽनावृष्टिः त्रिदशगुरौ नृपवधो दिवा दृष्टे । विपुलेऽमले सुतारे रात्रौ दृष्टे प्रजाः स्वस्थाः ॥ ८.१८॥

dhumabhe’navrishtih tridashagurau nripavadho diva drishte | vipule’male sutare ratrau drishte prajah svasthah || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When smoke-coloured, drought; when Jupiter is seen by day, the death of the king; when seen broad, pure, and brightly-starred at night, the people are at ease.

హిందీ అర్థం

धूम्र वर्ण में अनावृष्टि; बृहस्पति (त्रिदशगुरु) दिन में दिखे तो राजा का वध; रात्रि में विशाल, निर्मल तथा तारायुक्त दिखे तो प्रजा स्वस्थ रहती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रोहिण्योऽनलभं च वत्सरतनुः नाभिः त्वषाढद्वयं सार्पं हृत्पितृदैवतं च कुसुमं शुद्धैः शुभं तैः फलम् । देहे क्रूरनिपीडितेऽग्न्यनिलजं नाभ्यां भयं क्षुत्कृतं पुष्ये मूलफलक्षयोऽथ हृदये सस्यस्य नाशो ध्रुवम् ॥ ८.१९॥

rohinyo’nalabham cha vatsaratanuh nabhih tvashadhadvayam sarpam hritpitridaivatam cha kusumam shuddhaih shubham taih phalam | dehe kruranipidite’gnyanilajam nabhyam bhayam kshutkritam pushye mulaphalakshayo’tha hridaye sasyasya nasho dhruvam || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Rohini and the asterism of Agni correspond to the body of the year; the navel is the pair of Ashadhas; the asterism of the serpent and the heart are the Pitris and the gods, and the blossom-stage -- when these are unblemished, the result is auspicious. When the body is afflicted by malefics, there is fear connected with fire and wind at the navel; hunger is caused at Pushya; there is loss of the root-crop; and at the heart, the destruction of crops is certain.

హిందీ అర్థం

रोहिणी और कृत्तिका (अग्निभ) वर्ष के शरीर के समान हैं; दोनों आषाढ़ नाभि हैं; आश्लेषा (सार्प) तथा हृदय पितृ-देवता (मघा) से सम्बद्ध हैं, और पुष्प (पुष्य), इनके निर्मल रहने पर शुभ फल होता है। शरीर के क्रूर ग्रहों से पीड़ित होने पर अग्नि-वायु से नाभि पर भय, पुष्य में भूख उत्पन्न होती है, मूल में फसल की हानि होती है, तथा हृदय में फसल का नाश निश्चित है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

गतानि वर्षाणि शकेन्द्रकालाद् धतानि रुद्रैः गुणयेगतुर्भिः । नवाष्टपंचाष्ट ८५८९ युतानि कृत्वा विभाजयेत् शून्यशरागरामैः ३७५० ॥ ८.२०॥

gatani varshani shakendrakalad dhatani rudraih gunayechaturbhih | navashtapamchashta (8589) yutani kritva vibhajayet shunyasharagaramaih (3750) || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The years elapsed from the Shaka era, multiplied by the Rudras (eleven) and by four, having added 8589, should be divided by 3750.

హిందీ అర్థం

शक-राजा के काल से बीते वर्षों को रुद्रों (ग्यारह) से गुणा करके, चार से पुनः गुणा करके, आठ-पाँच-आठ-नौ (8589) जोड़कर, शून्य-पाँच-सात-तीन (3750) से भाग देना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

लब्धेन फलेन युक्तं शकभूपालं भूपकालं संशोध्य षष्ट्या विषयैः विभज्य । युगानि नारायणपूर्वकाणि लब्धानि शेषाः क्रमशः समाः स्युः ॥ ८.२१॥

labdhena phalena yuktam shakabhupalam bhupakalam samshodhya shashtya vishayaih vibhajya | yugani narayanapurvakani labdhani seshah kramashah samah syuh || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

With the quotient obtained, added to the Shaka king’s elapsed years, having subtracted the king’s era-start time, and dividing by sixty, the quotients obtained are the number of cycles beginning with Narayana; the remainders, in order, are the years within the current cycle.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्राप्त फल को शक-राजा के वर्षों में जोड़कर, राजा के कालारम्भ को घटाकर, साठ के भाग से विभाजित करके, प्राप्त भागफल नारायण-आदि युगों की संख्या होती है; शेष क्रमशः वर्तमान चक्र के वर्ष होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

एकैकमब्देषु नवाहतेषु दत्त्वा पृथग् द्वादशकं क्रमेण । हृत्वा चतुर्भिः वसुदेवताद्यानि उडूनि शेषांशकपूर्वमब्दम् ॥ ८.२२॥

ekaikamabdeshu nava ahateshu dattva prithag dvadashakam kramena | hritva chaturbhih vasudevatadyani udunishesamshakapurvamabdam || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Having given, separately, one each to the years multiplied by nine, twelve in order; having divided by four, one obtains the asterisms beginning with the Vasus and the gods; the remainder-portion gives the specific year within that.

హిందీ అర్థం

नौ से गुणित वर्षों में क्रमशः एक-एक करके बारह नक्षत्र-समूह देकर, चार से भाग देकर वसु-देवता आदि नक्षत्र प्राप्त होते हैं; शेषांश से पूर्व का वर्ष जाना जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विष्णुः सुरेज्यो बलभिद् धुताशः त्वष्टौत्तरप्रोष्ठपदाधिपश्च । क्रमाद् युगेशाः पितृविश्वसोम सोमाः शक्रानलाख्याश्विभागाः प्रदिष्टाः ॥ ८.२३॥

vishnuh surejyo balabhid dhutashah tvashtauttaraproshthapadadhipashcha | kramad yugeshah pitrivishvasoma shakranalakhyashvibhagah pradishtah || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Vishnu, Surejya (Jupiter), Balabhit (Indra), Dhutasha (Agni), Tvashtri, and the lord of Uttara Proshthapada -- these are declared, in order, as the lords of the yugas, named after the Pitris, Vishvedevas, Soma, Shakra, and Agni, and the portions of the Ashvins.

హిందీ అర్థం

विष्णु, सुरेज्य (बृहस्पति), बलभित् (इन्द्र), धुताश (अग्नि), त्वष्टा तथा उत्तराभाद्रपद के अधिपति, ये क्रमशः युगों के स्वामी कहे गए हैं, जो पितृ, विश्वेदेव, सोम, शक्र, अग्नि तथा अश्विनी के भागों के नाम से प्रदर्शित हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

संवत्सरोऽग्निः परिवत्सरोऽर्क इदादिकः शीतमयूखमाली । प्रजापतिश्चाप्यनुवत्सरः स्यादिद्वत्सरः शैलसुतापतिश्च ॥ ८.२४॥

samvatsaro’gnih parivatsaro’rka idadikah shitamayukhamali | prajapatishchapyanuvatsarah syadidvatsarah shailasutapatishcha || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Samvatsara is presided over by Agni; Parivatsara, by the Sun; Idavatsara, by the cool-rayed one (Moon); Anuvatsara shall be presided over by Prajapati; and Idvatsara by the lord of the Mountain’s daughter (Shiva).

హిందీ అర్థం

संवत्सर का स्वामी अग्नि है, परिवत्सर का सूर्य; इदावत्सर का शीतकिरणधारी (चन्द्रमा); अनुवत्सर प्रजापति का, और इद्वत्सर पर्वत-पुत्री के पति (शिव) का होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वृष्टिः समाद्ये प्रमुखे द्वितीये प्रभूततोया कथिता तृतीये । पश्चाज्जलं मुंचति यगतुर्थं स्वल्पोदकं पंचममब्दमुक्तम् ॥ ८.२५॥

vrishtih samadye pramukhe dvitiye prabhutatoya kathita tritiye | pashchajjalam mumchati yagaturtham svalpodakam pamchamamabdamuktam || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Rain is even in the first year; in the second, foremost; in the third, it is said to be abundant in water; the fourth releases water afterward; the fifth year is said to have scant water.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रथम वर्ष में वर्षा सामान्य होती है; दूसरे में सर्वश्रेष्ठ; तीसरे में प्रचुर जल कही गई है; चौथे में जल बाद में छोड़ती है; पाँचवें वर्ष में अल्प जल कहा गया है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चत्वारि मुख्यानि युगानि अथैषां विष्णु इन्द्रजीवानलदैवतानि । चत्वारि मध्यानि च मध्यमानि चत्वारि चान्त्यानि अधमानि विन्द्यात् ॥ ८.२६॥

chatvari mukhyani yugani athaisham vishnu indrajivanaladaivatani | chatvari madhyani cha madhyamani chatvari chantyani adhamani vindyat || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

There are four principal yugas, presided over by Vishnu, Indra, Jiva (Jupiter) and Agni; four are to be known as middling, of middle quality; and four as the last, inferior ones.

హిందీ అర్థం

इनमें चार मुख्य युग विष्णु-इन्द्र-जीव-अग्नि देवता वाले हैं; चार मध्यम गुण वाले जानने चाहिए; और चार अन्तिम, निकृष्ट जानने चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आध्यं धनिष्टांशमभिप्रपन्नो माघे यदा यात्युदयं सुरेज्यः । षष्ट्यब्दपूर्वः प्रभवः स नाम्ना प्रपद्यते प्रवर्तते भूतहितः तदाब्दः ॥ ८.२७॥

adhyam dhanishtamshamabhiprapannah maghe yada yatyudayam surejyah | shashtyabdapurvah prabhavah sa namna prapadyate pravartate bhutahitah tadabdah || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Jupiter, having arrived at the first portion of Dhanishtha, rises in the month of Magha, then the sixty-year cycle’s foremost year, named Prabhava, commences; and the year, beneficial to beings, begins.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब बृहस्पति (सुरेज्य) धनिष्ठा के प्रथम अंश में पहुँचकर माघ में उदय होते हैं, तब साठ वर्षों में प्रथम, प्रभव नामक वर्ष आरम्भ होता है, और प्राणियों के हितकारी वर्ष का प्रवर्तन होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

क्वचित् त्ववृष्टिः पवनाग्निकोपः सन्तीतयः श्लेष्मकृताश्च रोगाः । संवत्सरेऽस्मिन् प्रभवे प्रवृत्ते न दुःखमाप्नोति जनः तथापि ॥ ८.२८॥

kvachit tvavrishtih pavanagnikopah santitayah shleshmakritashcha rogah | samvatsare’smin prabhave pravritte na duhkhamapnoti janah tathapi || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Though in this year Prabhava, once begun, there is somewhere drought, the wrath of wind and fire, calamities, and phlegm-caused diseases, still, the people do not come to great suffering.

హిందీ అర్థం

कहीं-कहीं अनावृष्टि, वायु-अग्नि का कोप, ईतियाँ तथा कफ-जनित रोग होते हैं, फिर भी इस प्रभव नामक संवत्सर के प्रवृत्त होने पर प्रजा को अधिक दुःख नहीं होता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तस्माद् द्वितीयो विभवः प्रदिष्टः शुक्लः तृतीयः परतः प्रमोदः । प्रजापतिश्चेति यथोत्तराणि शस्तानि वर्षाणि फलानि अथैषां चैषां ॥ ८.२९॥

tasmad dvitiyo vibhavah pradishtah shuklah tritiyah paratah pramodah | prajapatishcheti yathottarani shastani varshani phalani athaisham || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

After that, the second year is declared Vibhava; the third, Shukla; after that, Pramoda; and Prajapati -- thus, in due succession, these years are auspicious; now their results follow.

హిందీ అర్థం

उसके बाद दूसरा वर्ष विभव कहा गया है; तीसरा शुक्ल; उसके बाद प्रमोद; और प्रजापति, इस प्रकार क्रमशः ये वर्ष शुभ हैं; अब इनके फल कहे जाते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

निष्पन्नशालीक्षुयवादिसस्यां भयैः विमुक्तामुपशान्तवैराम् । संहृष्टलोकां कलिदोषमुक्तां क्षत्रं तदा शास्ति च भूतधात्रीम् ॥ ८.३०॥

nishpannashalikshuyavadisasyam bhayaih vimuktamupashantavairam | samhrishtalokam kalidoshamuktam kshatram tada shasti cha bhutadhatrim || 30 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The kshatriya rulers then govern the earth -- with rice, sugarcane, barley and other crops ripened, free of fears, its enmities pacified, its people rejoicing, and free from the taint of the Kali age.

హిందీ అర్థం

पके हुए धान, गन्ने, जौ आदि फसलों वाली, भय से मुक्त, वैर-रहित, हर्षित प्रजा वाली तथा कलि-दोष से मुक्त पृथ्वी का उस समय क्षत्रिय शासन करते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आद्यो अंगिराः श्रीमुखभावसाह्वौ युवा सुधातेति युवाथ धातेति युगे द्वितीये । वर्षाणि पंचैव यथाक्रमेण त्रीणि अत्र शस्तानि समे परे द्वे ॥ ८.३१॥

adyo angirah shrimukhabhavasahvau yuva sudhateti yuge dvitiye | varshani pamchaiva yathakramena trini atra shastani same pare dve || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The first is Angiras; then Shrimukha and Bhava together; then Yuvan; and Sudhata -- in the second yuga-group. There are five years in due order; three of these are declared auspicious, the other two are middling.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रथम अंगिरा, श्रीमुख-भाव दोनों, युवा, सुधाता, इस दूसरे युग (पाँच वर्षों के समूह) में पाँच ही वर्ष क्रमशः होते हैं; इनमें तीन शुभ कहे गए हैं, शेष दो मध्यम हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

त्रिष्वाद्यवर्षेषु अंगिराद्येषु आद्यवर्षेषु निकामवर्षी देवी निरातंकभयः भयाः च लोकः । अब्दद्वयेऽन्त्येऽपि समा सुवृष्टिः किन्त्वत्र रोगाः समरागमश् च ॥ ८.३२॥

trishvadyavarsheshu angiradyeshu nikamavarshi devi niratamkabhayah cha lokah | abdadvaye’ntye’pi sama suvrishtih kintvatra rogah samaragamashcha || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the first three years, beginning with Angiras, the goddess of rain rains as desired, and the world is free from disease and fear; in the last two years, likewise, there is good rain, but here there are diseases and the approach of war.

హిందీ అర్థం

अंगिरा आदि प्रथम तीन वर्षों में देवी (वर्षा) इच्छानुसार बरसती है और लोग रोग-भय से रहित रहते हैं; अन्तिम दोनों वर्षों में भी वर्षा अच्छी होती है, किन्तु इनमें रोग तथा युद्ध का आगमन होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शाक्रे युगे पूर्वमथईश्वराख्यं वर्षं द्वितीयं बहुधान्यम् आहुः । प्रमाथिनं विक्रममपि अथान्यद् अतोऽन्यद् वर्षं च विन्द्याद् गुरुचारयोगात् ॥ ८.३३॥

shakre yuge purvamathaishvarakhyam varsham dvitiyam bahudhanyamahuh | pramathinam vikramamapi athanyad ato’nyad varsham cha vindyad gucharayogat || 33 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the yuga-group of Shakra, the first is Ishvara-named; the second, they say, is abundant in grain; then Pramathin; then Vikrama; and the fifth year, distinct from these, is to be known from the conjunction of Jupiter’s course.

హిందీ అర్థం

शक्र के युग में पहला वर्ष ईश्वर नामक है; दूसरे को प्रचुर धान्य वाला कहते हैं; तीसरा प्रमाथी; चौथा विक्रम; और पाँचवाँ वर्ष, इनसे भिन्न, बृहस्पति के चार-योग से जानना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आद्यं द्वितीयं च शुभे तु वर्षे कृतानुकारं कुरुतः प्रजानाम् । पापः प्रमाथी वृषविक्रमौ तु सुभिक्षदौ रोगभयप्रदौ च ॥ ८.३४॥

adyam dvitiyam cha shubhe tu varshe kritanukaram kurutah prajanam | papah pramathi vrishavikramau tu subhikshadau rogabhayapradau cha || 34 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The first and second years, being auspicious, bring about for the people a repetition of the Krita age; but Pramathin is evil; Vrisha and Vikrama, however, give abundant grain, while also bringing fear of disease.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रथम और द्वितीय शुभ वर्ष प्रजा के लिए कृतयुग की पुनरावृत्ति कराते हैं; किन्तु प्रमाथी पापी है; वृष और विक्रम सुभिक्ष देते हैं परन्तु रोग-भय भी देते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्रेष्ठं च चतुर्थस्य युगस्य पूर्वं यगित्रभानुं कथयन्ति वर्षम् । मध्यं द्वितीयं तु सुभानुसंज्ञं रोगप्रदं मृत्युकरं नतं च न तग ॥ ८.३५॥

shreshtham cha chaturthasya yugasya purvam yat chitrabhanum kathayanti varsham | madhyam dvitiyam tu subhanusamjnam rogapradam mrityukaram na tat || 35 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The best of the fourth yuga-group’s years is the first, called Chitrabhanu; the second, middling one, is called Subhanu; it brings disease, but does not cause death.

హిందీ అర్థం

चौथे युग का श्रेष्ठ प्रथम वर्ष चित्रभानु कहलाता है; मध्यम दूसरा सुभानु नामक रोग देता है किन्तु मृत्यु नहीं कराता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तारणं तदनु भूरिवारिदं सस्यवृद्धिमुदिताति मुदितं च पार्थिवम् । पंचमं व्ययमुशन्ति शोभनं मन्मथप्रबलमुत्सवाकुलम् ॥ ८.३६॥

taranam tadanu bhurivaridam sasyavriddhimuditam muditam cha parthivam | pamchamam vyayamushanti shobhanam manmathaprabalamutsavakulam || 36 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

After that comes Tarana, abundant in water-giving, bringing increase of crops, prosperous, and joyful for the king; the fifth, they call ‘Vyaya’, yet excellent, strong in love, and full of festivals.

హిందీ అర్థం

उसके बाद तारण प्रचुर जलदाता, फसल-वृद्धि करने वाला, राजा के लिए हर्षकारी है; पाँचवें को व्यय कहते हैं, फिर भी यह शोभन, प्रेम-प्रबल तथा उत्सवों से भरा होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

त्वाष्ट्रे युगे सर्वजिदाद्य उक्तः संवत्सरोऽन्यः खलु सर्वधारी । तस्माद् विरोधी विकृतः खरश्च शस्तो द्वितीयोऽत्र भयाय शेषाः ॥ ८.३७॥

tvashtre yuge sarvajidadya uktah samvatsaro’nyah khalu sarvadhari | tasmad virodhi vikritah kharashcha shasto dvitiyo’tra bhayaya seshah || 37 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the yuga-group of Tvashtri, the first year is called Sarvajit; the other, indeed, Sarvadhari. After that comes Virodhi; then Vikrita; and Khara. The second is declared auspicious here; the rest bring fear.

హిందీ అర్థం

त्वष्टा के युग में प्रथम संवत्सर सर्वजित् कहा गया है; दूसरा सर्वधारी; उसके बाद विरोधी; फिर विकृत; और खर। दूसरा (सर्वधारी) यहाँ शुभ कहा गया है; शेष भय देने वाले हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नन्दनोऽथ विजयो जयः तथा मन्मथोऽस्य परतश्च दुर्मुखः । कान्तमत्र युग आदितः त्रयं मन्मथः समफलोऽधमोऽपरः ॥ ८.३८॥

nandano’tha vijayo jayah tatha manmatho’sya paratashcha durmukhah | kantamatra yuga aditah trayam manmathah samaphalo’dhamo’parah || 38 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Nandana, then Vijaya, then Jaya, likewise Manmatha, and after this, Durmukha. Here, in this yuga-group, the first three are pleasant; Manmatha gives an even result; the other is inferior.

హిందీ అర్థం

नन्दन, फिर विजय, जय, तथा मन्मथ, और इसके बाद दुर्मुख। यहाँ इस युग में आदि के तीन सुखद हैं; मन्मथ सम फल देता है; दूसरा (दुर्मुख) निकृष्ट है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हेमलंब इति सप्तमे युगे स्याद् विलंबि परतो विकारि च । शर्वरीति तदनु प्लवः स्मृतो वत्सरो गुरुवशेन पंचमः ॥ ८.३९॥

hemalamba iti saptame yuge syad vilambi parato vikari cha | sharvari iti tadanu plavah smrito vatsaro guruvashena pamchamah || 39 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the seventh yuga-group, the first is called Hemalamba; after that, Vilambin; and Vikarin. Then follows Sharvari; and the fifth year, by the position of Jupiter, is remembered as Plava.

హిందీ అర్థం

सातवें युग में हेमलंब होता है; उसके बाद विलंबी; और विकारी। फिर शर्वरी स्मरण किया गया है; और बृहस्पति की स्थिति के अनुसार पाँचवाँ वर्ष प्लव है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ईतिप्राया इतिप्रायः प्रचुरपवना वृष्टिः अब्दे तु पूर्वे मन्दं सस्यं न बहुसलिलं वत्सरेऽतो द्वितीये । अत्युद्वेगः प्रचुरसलिलः स्यात् तृतीयश्चतुर्थो दुर्भिक्षाय प्लव इति ततः शोभनो भूरितोयः ॥ ८.४०॥

itipraya prachurapavana vrishtih abde tu purve mandam sasyam na bahusalilam vatsare’to dvitiye | atyudvegah prachurasalilah syat tritiyashchaturtho durbhikshaya plava iti tatah shobhano bhuritoyah || 40 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the first year, calamities prevail, with abundant winds and rain; in the second year, crops are meagre, and not much water; the third brings great anxiety, yet abundant water; the fourth brings famine; and then Plava is excellent, abundant in water.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रथम वर्ष में ईतियाँ अधिक होती हैं, प्रचुर वायु सहित वर्षा होती है; दूसरे वर्ष में फसल मन्द होती है और अधिक जल नहीं होता; तीसरा अत्यधिक उद्वेग तथा प्रचुर जल देता है; चौथा दुर्भिक्ष लाता है; और उसके बाद प्लव शोभन, प्रचुर जल वाला होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वैश्वे युगे शोकहृद् शोभकृद् इत्यथाद्यः संवत्सरोऽतः शुभकृद् द्वितीयः । क्रोधी तृतीयः परतः क्रमेण विश्वावसुश्चेति पराभवश्च ॥ ८.४१॥

vaishve yuge shokahrid shobhakrid ityathadyah samvatsaro’tah shubhakrid dvitiyah | krodhi tritiyah paratah kramena vishvavasushcheti parabhavashcha || 41 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the yuga-group of the Vishvedevas, the first year is called Shokahrit, being auspicious; the second thereafter is Shobhakrit, also auspicious; the third is Krodhin; then, in due order, Vishvavasu; and Parabhava.

హిందీ అర్థం

विश्वेदेवों के युग में प्रथम संवत्सर शोकहृत् शुभकर है; दूसरा शोभकृत् भी शुभ है; तीसरा क्रोधी; फिर क्रमशः विश्वावसु; और पराभव।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पूर्वापरौ प्रीतिकरौ प्रजानामेषां तृतीयो बहुदोषदोऽब्दः । अन्त्यौ समौ किन्तु पराभवेऽग्निः शस्त्रामयार्तिः द्विजगोभयं च ॥ ८.४२॥

purvaparau pritikarau prajanamesham tritiyo bahudoshado’bdah | antyau samau kintu parabhave agnih shastramayartih dvijagobhayam cha || 42 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The first two of these bring joy to the people; the third year brings many faults; the last two are middling; but in Parabhava specifically, there is fear of fire, weapon-caused affliction, disease, and fear for brahmanas and cattle.

హిందీ అర్థం

इनमें प्रथम-द्वितीय प्रजा के लिए प्रीतिकर हैं; तीसरा वर्ष अनेक दोष देता है; अन्तिम दोनों मध्यम हैं, किन्तु पराभव में अग्नि-भय, शस्त्र-रोग-पीड़ा, तथा ब्राह्मण-गौओं का भय होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आद्यः प्लवंगो नवमे युगेऽब्दः स्यात् कीलकोऽन्यः परतश्च सौम्यः । साधारणो रोधकृर्दित्यथैवं शुभपदौ अथाब्दः शुभप्रदौ कीलकसौम्यसंज्ञौ ॥ ८.४३॥

adyah plavamgah navame yuge’bdah syat kilako’nyah paratashcha saumyah | sadharano rodhakridityathaivam shubhapradau abdau kilakasaumyasamjnau || 43 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the ninth yuga-group, the first year is Plavanga; the next is Kilaka; and after that, Saumya; then Sadharana; and Rodhakrit -- of these, the years named Kilaka and Saumya are auspicious.

హిందీ అర్థం

नौवें युग में प्रथम वर्ष प्लवंग है; अगला कीलक; उसके बाद सौम्य; फिर साधारण; और रोधकृत्। इनमें कीलक और सौम्य नामक वर्ष शुभदायी हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कष्टः प्लवंगो बहुशः प्रजानां साधारणेऽल्पं जलमीतयश्च । यः पंचमो रोधकृदित्यथाबश्चित्रम् जलम् तत्र च सस्यसम्पत् ॥ ८.४४॥

kashtah plavamgo bahushah prajanam sadharane’lpam jalamitayashcha | yah pamchamo rodhakriditythabda chitram jalam tatra cha sasyasampat || 44 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Plavanga is difficult, bringing hardship to the people in many ways; in Sadharana, there is little water, and calamities; the fifth year, called Rodhakrit, has varied water, and yet a prosperity of crops there.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्लवंग प्रजा के लिए अनेक प्रकार से कष्टकारी है; साधारण में जल कम होता है और ईतियाँ होती हैं; पाँचवाँ रोधकृत् नामक वर्ष विषम जल वाला होता है फिर भी वहाँ फसल-सम्पत्ति होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

इन्द्राग्निदैवं दशमं युगं यत्तत्राद्यवर्षं यत् तराद्यमब्दं परिधाविसंज्ञम् । प्रमादिनं विक्रममपि अतोऽन्यत् प्रमाद्यथानन्दमतः परं यत् । स्याद् राक्षसं चानलसंज्ञितम् च ॥ ८.४५॥

indragnidaivam dashamam yugam yattatradyavarsham yat taradyamabdam paridhavisamjnam | pramadinam vikramamapi ato’nyat pramadyathanandamatah param yat | syad rakshasam chanalasamjnitam cha || 45 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the tenth yuga-group, presided over by Indra and Agni, the first year there is called Paridhavin; then Pramadin; then Vikrama also; after that, Ananda; and after that, Rakshasa, also called Anala.

హిందీ అర్థం

इन्द्र-अग्नि देवता वाले दसवें युग में प्रथम वर्ष परिधावी कहलाता है; फिर प्रमादी; फिर विक्रम; उसके बाद आनन्द; और उसके बाद राक्षस, जिसे अनल भी कहते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

परिधाविनि मध्यदेशनाशो नृपहानिः जलमल्पमग्निकोपः । अलसः तु जनः प्रमादिसंज्ञे डमरं रक्तकपुष्पबीजनाशः ॥ ८.४६॥

paridhavini madhyadeshanashah nripahanih jalamalpamagnikopah | alasah tu janah pramadisamjne damaram raktakapushpabijanashah || 46 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Paridhavin, there is destruction of the central regions, loss for the king, little water, and the wrath of fire; in Pramadin, people become sluggish, there is civil disturbance, and destruction of red-hued flowers and seeds.

హిందీ అర్థం

परिधावी में मध्य-प्रदेशों का नाश, राजा की हानि, अल्प जल तथा अग्नि-कोप होता है; प्रमादी नामक वर्ष में लोग आलसी हो जाते हैं, उपद्रव होता है तथा लाल फूलों-बीजों का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विक्रमः तत्परः सकललोकनन्दनो राक्षसः क्षयकरोऽनलः तथा । ग्रीष्मधान्यजननोऽत्र राक्षसो वह्निकोपमरकप्रदोऽनलः ॥ ८.४७॥

vikramah tatparah sakalalokanandano rakshasah kshayakaro’nalah tatha | grishmadhanyajanano’tra rakshaso vahnikopamarakapradonalah || 47 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Vikrama, following that, delights all people; Rakshasa is destructive, and likewise Anala; here, Rakshasa brings forth summer-grain; Anala brings the wrath of fire and pestilence.

హిందీ అర్థం

उसके बाद विक्रम सभी लोगों को आनन्दित करता है; राक्षस विनाशकारी है, तथा अनल भी; यहाँ राक्षस ग्रीष्म-अन्न उत्पन्न करता है, अनल अग्नि-कोप तथा महामारी देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

एकादशे पिंगलकालयुक्तसिद्धार्थरौद्राः खलु दुर्मतिश्च । आद्ये तु व्षृटिः महती सचौरा श्वासो हनूकंपयुतश्च कासः ॥ ८.४८॥

ekadashe pimgalakalayuktasiddharthraudrah khalu durmatishcha | adye tu vrishtih mahati sachaura shvaso hanukampayutashcha kasah || 48 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the eleventh, the years are: Pingala, Kalayukta, Siddhartha, Raudra; and indeed Durmati. In the first, there is heavy rain, accompanied by fear of thieves; and shortness of breath, cough accompanied by jaw-trembling.

హిందీ అర్థం

ग्यारहवें युग में पिंगल, कालयुक्त, सिद्धार्थ, रौद्र तथा दुर्मति होते हैं। प्रथम (पिंगल) में भारी वर्षा चोरों के भय सहित होती है, तथा श्वास, ठुड्डी-कम्पन सहित खाँसी होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यत् कालयुक्तं तदनेकदोषं सिद्धार्थसंज्ञे बहवो गुणाश्च । रौद्रोऽतिरौद्रः क्षयकृत् प्रदिष्टो यो दुर्मतिः मध्यमवृष्टिकृत् सः ॥ ८.४९॥

yat kalayuktam tadanekadosham siddharthasamjne bahavo gunashcha | raudro’tiraudrah kshayakrit pradishto yo durmatih madhyamavrishtikrit sah || 49 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That called Kalayukta has many faults; in Siddhartha, there are many virtues; Raudra is very fierce, and declared destructive; Durmati brings middling rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

कालयुक्त में अनेक दोष होते हैं; सिद्धार्थ नामक वर्ष में अनेक गुण होते हैं; रौद्र अत्यन्त भयंकर तथा विनाशकारी कहा गया है; दुर्मति मध्यम वर्षा देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भाग्ये युगे दुन्दुभिसंज्ञमाद्यं सस्यस्य वृद्धिं महतीं करोति । अंगारसंज्ञं उद्गारिसंज्ञं तदनु क्षयाय नरेश्वराणां विषमा च वृष्टिः ॥ ८.५०॥

bhagye yuge dundubhisamjnamadyam sasyasya vriddhim mahatim karoti | amgarasamjnam udgarisamjnam tadanu kshayaya nareshvaranam vishama cha vrishtih || 50 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the yuga-group of Bhagya, the first year called Dundubhi brings a great increase of crops; after that, the years called Angara and Udgari bring about ruin for kings, and irregular rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

भाग्य के युग में प्रथम दुन्दुभि नामक वर्ष फसलों की बड़ी वृद्धि करता है; उसके बाद अंगार तथा उद्गारी नामक वर्ष राजाओं के विनाश तथा असमान वर्षा के लिए होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रक्ताक्षमब्दं कथितं तृतीयं तस्मिन् भयं दंष्ट्रिकृतं गदाश्च । क्रोधं बहुक्रोधकरं चतुर्थं राष्ट्राणि शून्यीकुरुते विरोधैः ॥ ८.५१॥

raktakshamabdam kathitam tritiyam tasmin bhayam damshtrikritam gadashcha | krodham bahukrodhakaram chaturtham rashtrani shunyikurute virodhaih || 51 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The third year is called Raktaksha; in that, there is fear caused by tusked animals, and diseases; the fourth, called Krodha, bringing much wrath, empties out kingdoms through internal conflicts.

హిందీ అర్థం

तीसरा वर्ष रक्ताक्ष कहलाता है; उसमें दाढ़ी वाले पशुओं से भय तथा रोग होते हैं; चौथा क्रोध नामक, अत्यधिक क्रोधकारी, आन्तरिक विरोधों से राज्यों को शून्य कर देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

क्षयमिति युगस्यान्त्यस्यान्त्यं बहुक्षयकारकं जनयति भयं तद्विप्राणां कृषीबलवृद्धिदम् । उपचयकरं विट्शूद्राणां परस्वहृतां तथा कथितमखिलं षष्ट्यब्दे यत् तदत्र समासतः ॥ ८.५२॥

kshayamiti yugasyantyasyantyam bahukshayakarakam janayati bhayam tadvipranam krishibalavriddhidam | upachayakaram vitshudranam parasvahritam tatha kathitamakhilam shashtyabde yat tadatra samasatah || 52 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The last year of the last yuga-group is called Kshaya; causing much destruction, it brings fear to brahmanas, yet brings increase to farmers; it likewise brings prosperity to vaishyas and shudras, and to those who seize others’ wealth. Thus has everything pertaining to the sixty years been stated here, in summary.

హిందీ అర్థం

अन्तिम युग के अन्तिम वर्ष को क्षय कहते हैं; यह अत्यधिक विनाश करते हुए ब्राह्मणों को भय देता है, किन्तु किसानों की वृद्धि करता है; यह वैश्य-शूद्रों की तथा पराया धन हड़पने वालों की भी समृद्धि करता है। इस प्रकार साठ वर्षों का सम्पूर्ण विवरण यहाँ संक्षेप में कहा गया।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अकलुषांशुजटिलः पृथुमूर्तिः कुमुदकुन्दकुसुमस्फटिकाभः । ग्रहहतो न यदि सत्पथवर्ती हितकरो हतकिरो ऽमरगुरुः मनुजानाम् ॥ ८.५३॥

akalushamshujatilah prithumurtih kumudakundakusumasphatikabhah | grahahato na yadi satpathavarti hitakaro’maraguruh manujanam || 53 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Thick with unclouded rays, broad in form, resembling the water-lily, jasmine flower, or crystal in hue, and not afflicted by other planets, but keeping to the true path -- the teacher of the gods (Jupiter) is beneficial to mankind.

హిందీ అర్థం

निर्मल किरणों से सघन, विशाल आकृति वाला, कुमुद-कुन्द के फूल या स्फटिक के समान वर्ण वाला, अन्य ग्रहों से अनाहत, सत्पथ पर चलने वाला बृहस्पति (अमरगुरु) मनुष्यों के लिए हितकारी होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नागगजैरावतवृषभगोजरद्गवमृगाजदहनाख्याः । अश्विन्याद्याः कैश्चित् त्रिभाः क्रमाद् वीथयः कथिताः ॥ ९.१॥

nagagajairavatavrishabhagojaradgavamrigajadahanakhyah | ashvinyadyah kaishchit tribhah kramad vithayah kathitah || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Naga, Gaja, Airavata, Vrishabha, Go, Jaradgava, Mriga, Aja, and Dahana -- these, by some authorities, are said to be the vithis (star-paths), each of three asterisms, in order, beginning from Ashvini.

హిందీ అర్థం

नाग, गज, ऐरावत, वृषभ, गो, जरद्गव, मृग, अज तथा दहन, कुछ आचार्यों के अनुसार अश्विनी से आरम्भ होकर क्रमशः तीन-तीन नक्षत्रों की ये वीथियाँ (मार्ग) कही गई हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नागा तु पवनयाम्यानलानि पैतामहात् त्रिभाः तिस्रः । गोवीथ्यामश्विन्यः पौष्णं द्वे चापि भद्रपदे ॥ ९.२॥

naga tu pavanayamyanalani paitamahat tribhah tisrah | govithyamashvinyah paushnam dve chapi bhadrapade || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Naga vithi consists of Pavana, Yamya and Anala; three from Paitamaha form the next; in the Go-vithi are the Ashvini group; and two, namely the pair of Bhadrapadas, belong to Paushna.

హిందీ అర్థం

नाग वीथी में पवन, याम्य तथा अनल नक्षत्र हैं; पैतामह से तीन अगली वीथी में; गो-वीथी में अश्विनी समूह; और दो, अर्थात् दोनों भाद्रपद, पौष्ण की वीथी में हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

जारद्गव्यां श्रवणात् त्रिभं मृगाख्या त्रिभं तु मैत्राद्यम् । हस्तविशाखात्वाष्ट्राणि अजैत्यषाढाद्वयं दहना ॥ ९.३॥

jaradgavyam shravanat tribham mrigakhya tribham tu maitradyam | hastavishakhatvashtrani ajaih tyashadhadvayam dahana || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the Jaradgava vithi, the three asterisms beginning from Shravana; the vithi named Mriga has three beginning with Maitra; Hasta, Vishakha, and the asterism of Tvashtri form the Aja vithi; the pair of Ashadhas form Dahana.

హిందీ అర్థం

जारद्गव वीथी में श्रवण से आरम्भ तीन नक्षत्र; मृग नामक वीथी में मैत्र (अनुराधा) से आरम्भ तीन; हस्त, विशाखा तथा त्वष्टा (चित्रा) अज वीथी में; दोनों आषाढ़ दहन वीथी में हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तिस्रः तिस्रः तासां क्रमादुदन्मध्ययाम्यमार्गस्थाः । तासामपि उत्तरमध्यदक्षिणेन स्थितैकैका दक्षिनावस्तितैकैका ॥ ९.४॥

tisrah tisrah tasam kramadudanmadhyayamyamargasthah | tasamapi uttaramadhyadakshinena sthitaikaika || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of these asterism-triads, three each are, in order, situated on the northern, middle, and southern paths; and among these, one each is further situated to the north, middle, or south.

హిందీ అర్థం

इन नक्षत्र-त्रयों में से तीन-तीन क्रमशः उत्तर, मध्य तथा दक्षिण मार्ग पर स्थित हैं; और इनमें भी एक-एक उत्तर, मध्य या दक्षिण में स्थित है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वीथीमार्गान् अपरे कथयन्ति यथास्थितान् भमार्गस्य । नक्षत्राणां तारा याम्योत्तरमध्यमाः तद्वत् ॥ ९.५॥

vithimargan apare kathayanti yathasthitan bhamargasya | nakshatranam tara yamyottaramadhyamah tadvat || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Others describe the paths of the vithis according to how they are situated relative to the ecliptic path; the stars of the asterisms are likewise southern, northern, or middle in their own latitude.

హిందీ అర్థం

अन्य आचार्य वीथियों के मार्गों को भ-मार्ग (क्रान्तिवृत्त) के सापेक्ष स्थिति के अनुसार बताते हैं; नक्षत्रों के तारे भी उसी प्रकार दक्षिण, उत्तर या मध्य में होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उत्तरमार्गो याम्यादि निगदितो मध्यमः तु भाग्याद्यः । दक्षिणमार्गो आषाढादि कैश्चिदेवं कृवा मार्गाः ॥ ९.६॥

uttaramargo yamyadi nigadito madhyamah tu bhagyadyah | dakshinamargo ashadhadi kaishchidevam kritva margah || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The northern path is said to begin with Yamya; the middle, however, begins with Bhagya; the southern path begins with Ashadha -- thus have some authorities established the paths.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तर मार्ग याम्य (भरणी) से आरम्भ कहा गया है; मध्य मार्ग भाग्य (पूर्वाफाल्गुनी) से; दक्षिण मार्ग आषाढ़ से, इस प्रकार कुछ आचार्यों ने मार्ग निर्धारित किए हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ज्यौतिषं ज्योतिसं आगमशास्त्रं विप्रतिपत्तौ न योग्यमस्माकम् । स्वयमेवा विकल्पयितुं किन्तु बहूनां मतं वक्ष्ये ॥ ९.७॥

jyautisham agamashastram vipratipattau na yogyamasmakam svayameva vikalpayitum kintu bahunam matam vakshye || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Where the tradition of astronomical scripture is in disagreement, it is not proper for us to decide by ourselves alone; rather, I shall state the view held by the majority.

హిందీ అర్థం

जहाँ ज्योतिष-शास्त्र में मतभेद हो, वहाँ हमें स्वयं ही निर्णय करना उचित नहीं; अतः मैं बहुसंख्यक आचार्यों का मत कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उत्तरवीथिषु शुक्रः सुभिक्षशिवकृद् गतोऽस्तमुदयम् च वा । मध्यासु मध्यफलदः कष्टफलो दक्षिणस्थासु ॥ ९.८॥

uttaravithishu shukrah subhikshashivakrid gato’stamudayam cha va | madhyasu madhyaphaladah kashtaphalo dakshinasthasu || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus, whether setting or rising, in the northern vithis, brings abundant grain and auspiciousness; in the middle ones, a middling result; in the southern ones, a difficult result.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तर वीथियों में शुक्र, चाहे अस्त हो या उदय, सुभिक्ष और शुभ करता है; मध्य वीथियों में मध्यम फल, दक्षिण वीथियों में कष्टकारी फल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अत्युत्तमोत्तमोनं सममध्यन्यूनमधमकष्टफलम् । कष्टतरं तमं सौम्याद्यासु वीथिषु यथाक्रमं ब्रूयात् ॥ ९.९॥

atyuttamottamonam samamadhyanyunamadhamakashtaphalam | kashtataram tamam saumyadyasu vithishu yathakramam bruyat || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

One should declare, in due order: excellent, very good, less than that, even, medium, deficient, inferior, difficult, more difficult, and worst, for the vithis beginning with Saumya.

హిందీ అర్థం

सौम्य आदि वीथियों में क्रमशः अत्युत्तम, उत्तम-न्यून, सम, मध्यम, न्यून, अधम, कष्टकर, अधिक कष्टकर तथा सबसे निकृष्ट फल कहना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भरणीपूर्वं मण्डलम् ऋक्षचतुष्कं सुभिक्षकरमाद्यम् । वंगांगमहिषबाह्लिक वाह्लिक कलिंगदेशेषु भयजननम् ॥ ९.१०॥

bharanipurvam mandalam rikshachatushkam subhikshakaramadyam | vangangamahishabahlikakalingadeshesu bhayajananam || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The first group of four asterisms, beginning before Bharani, is the first, bringing abundant grain; but it generates fear in the lands of Vanga, Anga, Mahisha, Bahlika, and Kalinga.

హిందీ అర్థం

भरणी से पूर्व आरम्भ होने वाला चार-नक्षत्रों का प्रथम मण्डल सुभिक्षकारी है, किन्तु वंग, अंग, महिष, बाह्लीक तथा कलिंग देशों में भय उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अत्रो उदितमारोहेद् ग्रहोऽपरो यदि सितं ततो हन्यात् । भद्राश्वशूरसेनकयौधेयककोटिवर्षनृपान् ॥ ९.११॥

atrodayamarohed graho’paro yadi sitam tato hanyat | bhadrashvashurasenakayaudheyakakotivarshanripan || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If, here, another planet mounts Venus after it has risen, it then destroys the kings of Bhadrashva, Shurasena, Yaudheya, and Kotivarsha.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि यहाँ उदित शुक्र पर कोई अन्य ग्रह आरोहण करे, तो वह भद्राश्व, शूरसेन, यौधेय तथा कोटिवर्ष के राजाओं का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भचतुष्टयमार्द्राद्यं द्वितीयममितांबुसस्यसम्पत्त्यै । विप्राणामशुभकरं विशेषतः क्रूरचेष्टानाम् ॥ ९.१२॥

bhachatushtayamardradyam dvitiyamamitambusasyasampattyai | vipranamashubhakaram visheshatah kruracheshtanam || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The second group of four asterisms, beginning with Ardra, brings boundless water and prosperity of crops; yet it is inauspicious for brahmanas, especially those of cruel conduct.

హిందీ అర్థం

आर्द्रा से आरम्भ होने वाला दूसरा चार-नक्षत्रों का समूह अपार जल और फसल-समृद्धि देता है, किन्तु ब्राह्मणों के लिए, विशेषतः क्रूर आचरण वालों के लिए, अशुभ है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अन्येनात्राक्रान्ते म्लेच्छाटविकश्व काश्व जीविगोमन्तान् । गोनर्दनीचशूद्रान् वैदेहांश्चानयः स्पृशति ॥ ९.१३॥

anyenatrakrante mlecchatavikashvakajivigomantan | gonardanichashudran vaidehanshchanayah sprishati || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Venus here is overtaken by another planet, misrule touches the mlecchas, forest-dwellers, horse-tenders, cattle-herders, and the people of Gomanta, along with the Gonarda, low-caste people, shudras, and the Videhas.

హిందీ అర్థం

यहाँ किसी अन्य ग्रह से आक्रान्त होने पर म्लेच्छों, वनवासियों, अश्व-पालकों, गोपालकों तथा गोमन्त-प्रदेश के लोगों को, तथा गोनर्द, नीच जाति, शूद्रों और विदेहों को अराजकता स्पर्श करती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विचरन् मघादिपंचकमुदितः सस्यप्रणाशकृत्शुक्रः । क्षुत्तस्करभयजननो नीचोन्नतिसंकरकरश्च ॥ ९.१४॥

vicharan maghadipamchakamuditah sasyapranashakritshukrah | kshuttaskarabhayajanano nichonnatisamkarakarashcha || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus, having risen, moving through the group of five asterisms beginning with Magha, is a destroyer of crops; it generates fear of hunger and thieves, and brings about a mixing of the low and the high.

హిందీ అర్థం

मघा आदि पाँच नक्षत्रों में विचरण करता हुआ उदित शुक्र फसलों का नाशक है; भूख-चोरों का भय उत्पन्न करता है तथा नीच-उच्च का सांकर्य (उलट-फेर) कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पित्र्याद्येऽवष्टंभो हन्त्यन्येनाविकान् शबरशूद्रान् । पुण्ड्रापरान्त्यशूलिकवनवासिद्रविडसामुद्रान् ॥ ९.१५॥

pitryadye’vashtambho hantyanyenavikan shabarashudran | pundraparantyashulikavanavasidravidasamudran || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A planetary check in the group beginning with Pitri, by another planet, destroys goats, the Shabaras, shudras, and the Paundra, Aparanta, Shulika, forest-dwelling, Dravida, and coastal peoples.

హిందీ అర్థం

पितृ (मघा) आदि में किसी अन्य ग्रह द्वारा अवरोध होने पर बकरियों, शबरों, शूद्रों, तथा पौण्ड्र, अपरान्त, शूलिक, वनवासी, द्रविड़ एवं समुद्र-तटीय लोगों का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

स्वात्याद्यं भत्रितयं मण्डलमेतगतुर्थमभयकरम् । ब्रह्मक्षत्रसुभिक्षाभिवृद्धये मित्रभेदाय ॥ ९.१६॥

svatyadyam bhatritayam mandalametachchaturthamabhayakaram | brahmakshatrasubhikshabhivriddhaye mitrabhedaya || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

This fourth group, the triad of asterisms beginning with Svati, brings freedom from fear; it is for the increase of brahmanas, kshatriyas, and abundant grain, yet also for the breaking of friendships.

హిందీ అర్థం

स्वाति आदि तीन नक्षत्रों का यह चौथा मण्डल निर्भयकारी है; यह ब्राह्मण-क्षत्रिय तथा सुभिक्ष की वृद्धि के लिए है, किन्तु मित्रता को तोड़ने वाला भी है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अत्राक्रान्ते मृत्युः किरातभर्तुःपिनष्टि चैक्षुवाकून् । प्रत्यन्तावन्तिपुलिन्दतंगणान् शूरसेनांश्च ॥ ९.१७॥

atrakrante mrityuh kiratabhartuh pinashti chaikshvakun | pratyantavantipulindatamganan shurasenanshcha || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When overtaken here, there is the death of the Kirata chief, and it crushes the Aikshvakus, the border regions, Avanti, the Pulinda and Tangana tribes, and the Shurasenas.

హిందీ అర్థం

यहाँ आक्रान्त होने पर किरात-प्रमुख की मृत्यु होती है, और यह ऐक्ष्वाकुओं, सीमावर्ती प्रदेशों, अवन्ती, पुलिन्द-तंगण जनों तथा शूरसेनों को कुचल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ज्येष्ठाद्यं पंचर्क्षं क्षुत्तस्कररोगदम् प्रबाधयते । काश्मीराश्मकमत्स्यान् सचारुदेवीन् अवन्तींश्च ॥ ९.१८॥

jyeshthadyam pamcharksham kshuttaskararogadam prabadhayate | kashmirashmakamatsyan sacharudevin avantimshcha || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The group of five asterisms beginning with Jyeshtha brings hunger, thieves, and disease; it afflicts Kashmira, Ashmaka, Matsya, together with Charudevi, and Avanti.

హిందీ అర్థం

ज्येष्ठा आदि पाँच नक्षत्रों का समूह भूख, चोर तथा रोग देता है; यह काश्मीर, अश्मक, मत्स्य, चारुदेवी प्रदेश तथा अवन्ती को पीड़ित करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अत्रारोहेद् द्रविडाभीरांबष्ठ आरोहेऽत्राभीरान् द्रविडांबष्ठ त्रिगर्तसौराष्ट्रान् । नाशयन्ति सिन्धुसौवीरकांश्च काशीश्वरस्य वधः ॥ ९.१९॥

atrarohed dravidabhiramabashtha trigartasaurashtran nashayanti sindhusauvirakanshcha kashishvarasya vadhah || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If another planet mounts Venus here, it destroys the Dravida, Abhira, Ambashtha, Trigarta, and Saurashtra peoples, together with Sindhu and Sauviraka; and there is the death of the lord of Kashi.

హిందీ అర్థం

यहाँ आरोहण होने पर द्रविड़, आभीर, अम्बष्ठ, त्रिगर्त तथा सौराष्ट्र जनों का, सिन्धु-सौवीरक सहित, नाश होता है; और काशी के राजा का वध होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

षष्ठं षण्नक्षत्रं शुभमेतन् मण्डलं धनिष्ठाद्यम् । भूरिधनगोकुलाकुलमनल्पधान्यं क्वचित् सभयम् ॥ ९.२०॥

shashtham shannakshatram shubhametan mandalam dhanishthadyam | bhuridhanagokulakulamanalpadhanyam kvachit sabhayam || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

This sixth group, of six asterisms beginning with Dhanishtha, is auspicious; it brings abundant wealth, cattle, prosperity, and no small amount of grain; yet here and there, fear.

హిందీ అర్థం

धनिष्ठा आदि छह नक्षत्रों का यह छठा मण्डल शुभ है; यह प्रचुर धन, गोधन, समृद्धि तथा अच्छा अन्न देता है, किन्तु कहीं-कहीं भय भी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अत्रारोहेच् आरोहे शूलिकगान्धारावन्तयः प्रपीड्यन्ते । वैदेहवधः प्रत्यन्तयवनशकदासपरिवृद्धिः ॥ ९.२१॥

atrarohe shulikagandharavantayah prapidyante | vaidehavadhah pratyantayavanashakadasaparivriddhih || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When another planet mounts Venus here, the Shulika, Gandhara, and Avanti peoples are afflicted; there is the death of the ruler of Videha, and an increase of the border-region Yavanas, Shakas, and Dasas.

హిందీ అర్థం

यहाँ आरोहण होने पर शूलिक, गान्धार तथा अवन्ती पीड़ित होते हैं; विदेह के राजा की मृत्यु तथा सीमावर्ती यवन-शक-दासों की वृद्धि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अपरस्यां स्वात्याद्यं ज्येष्ठाद्यं चापि मण्डलं शुभदम् । पित्र्याद्यं पूर्वस्यां शेषाणि यथोक्तफलदानि ॥ ९.२२॥

aparasyam svatyadyam jyeshthadyam chapi mandalam shubhadam | pitryadyam purvasyam sheshani yathoktaphaladani || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

On the western side, the group beginning with Svati, and also the one beginning with Jyeshtha, are auspicious; the group beginning with Pitri, on the eastern side, and the rest, give the results already stated.

హిందీ అర్థం

पश्चिम दिशा में स्वाति आदि तथा ज्येष्ठा आदि मण्डल शुभदायी हैं; पूर्व दिशा में पितृ (मघा) आदि मण्डल तथा शेष, पूर्वोक्त फल ही देते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दृष्तोऽनस्तमिते ऽनस्तगतेऽर्के भयकृत् क्षुद्रोगकृत् समस्तमहः । अर्धदिवसे दिवसं च सेन्दुः नृपबलपुरभेदकृत्शुक्रः ॥ ९.२३॥

drishto’nastamite’rke bhayakrit kshudrogakrit samastamahah | ardhadivase divasam cha sendu nripabalapurabhedakritshukrah || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus, seen when the Sun has not yet set, brings fear and the affliction of hunger and disease for the entire day; when seen at midday, and together with the Moon by day, Venus brings about the destruction of the king’s forces and city.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्य के अस्त होने से पहले दिखने वाला शुक्र पूरे दिन भय तथा भूख-रोग की पीड़ा देता है; मध्याह्न में तथा दिन में चन्द्रमा सहित दिखने वाला शुक्र राजा की सेना तथा नगर के विनाश का कारण बनता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भिन्दन् गतोऽनलर्क्षं कूलातिक्रान्तवारिवाहाभिः । अव्यक्ततुंगनिम्ना समा सरिद्भिः भवति धात्री ॥ ९.२४॥

bhindan gato’nalarksham kulatikrantavarivahabhih | avyaktatunganimna sama saridbhih bhavati dhatri || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus, having pierced the asterism of Agni, moving there, with rain-clouds overflowing their banks, the earth becomes level, its high and low places no longer distinct, by the flooding rivers.

హిందీ అర్థం

कृत्तिका (अग्निनक्षत्र) को भेदते हुए शुक्र के गमन पर, तटों को लाँघते बादलों से, पृथ्वी के ऊँचे-नीचे स्थान अस्पष्ट होकर नदियों से समतल हो जाती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राजापत्ये शकटे भिन्ने कृत्वेव पातकं वसुधा । केशास्थिशकलशबला कापालमिव व्रतं धत्ते ॥ ९.२५॥

prajapatye shakate bhinne kritveva patakam vasudha | keshasthishakalashabala kapalamiva vratam dhatte || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Venus pierces the asterism of Prajapati, being cart-shaped, the earth, as if having committed a sin, becomes speckled with hair, bones and fragments, and takes on a vow like that of a skull-bearing ascetic.

హిందీ అర్థం

रोहिणी (प्राजापत्य) को भेदने पर, शकट आकार धारण करते हुए, पृथ्वी मानो पाप करके, बाल-हड्डी के टुकड़ों से चितकबरी होकर, कापालिक व्रत जैसी दशा धारण करती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सौम्योपगतो रससस्यसंक्षयायोशनाः समुद्दिष्टः । आर्द्रागतः तु कोशलकलिंगहा सलिलनिकरकरः ॥ ९.२६॥

saumyopagato rasasasyasamkshayayoshanah samuddishtah | ardragatah tu koshalakalingaha salilanikarakarah || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus, having come to Saumya, is declared to bring destruction of liquids and crops; but gone to Ardra, it is a destroyer of Koshala and Kalinga, and brings an abundance of water.

హిందీ అర్థం

मृगशिरा (सौम्य) में आया हुआ शुक्र (उशना) रस और फसलों के नाश के लिए बताया गया है; आर्द्रा में गया हुआ कोशल-कलिंग का नाशक तथा जल की प्रचुरता देने वाला है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अश्मकवैदर्भाणां पुनः वसुस्थे सिते महाननयः । पुष्ये पुष्टा वृष्टिः विद्याधरगणविमर्दश्च ॥ ९.२७॥

ashmakavaidarbhanam punah vasusthe site mahananayah | pushye pushta vrishtih vidyadharaganavimardashcha || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Venus is in the asterism of the Vasus, there is great misrule for the Ashmaka and Vaidarbha peoples; in Pushya, rain is abundant, and there is a clash among the hosts of the Vidyadharas.

హిందీ అర్థం

पुनर्वसु (वसु-स्थान) में शुक्र होने पर अश्मक-विदर्भ जनों की बड़ी अराजकता होती है; पुष्य में वर्षा प्रचुर होती है तथा विद्याधर-समूहों में संघर्ष होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आश्लेषासु भुजंगमदारुणपीडावहश्चरन् शुक्रः । भिन्दन् मघां महामात्रदोषकृद् भूरिवृष्टिकरः ॥ ९.२८॥

ashleshasu bhujangamadarunapidavahashcharan shukrah | bhindan magham mahamatradoshakrid bhurivrishtikarah || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus, moving in Ashlesha, brings a serpent-caused, terrible affliction; piercing Magha, it brings fault upon great ministers, yet brings abundant rain.

హిందీ అర్థం

आश्लेषा में विचरण करता शुक्र सर्प-जनित भयंकर पीड़ा लाता है; मघा को भेदते हुए महामात्रों को दोष देता है, फिर भी प्रचुर वर्षा कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भाग्ये शबरपुलिन्दप्रध्वंसकरोऽंबुनिवहमोक्षाय । आर्यम्णे कुरुजांगलपांचालघ्नः सलिलदायी ॥ ९.२९॥

bhagye shabarapulindapradhvamsakaro’mbunivahamokshaya | aryamne kurujangalapanchalaghnah saliladayi || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Bhaga, it brings about the destruction of the Shabara and Pulinda peoples, and the release of an abundance of water; in the asterism of Aryaman, it is a destroyer of Kurujangala and Panchala, yet a giver of water.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाफाल्गुनी (भाग्य) में शबर-पुलिन्द जनों का विनाश तथा जल-प्रचुरता की मुक्ति होती है; उत्तराफाल्गुनी (अर्यमा) में कुरुजांगल-पांचाल का नाशक किन्तु जल देने वाला है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कौरवचित्रकराणां हस्ते पीडा जलस्य च निरोधः । कूपकृदण्डजपीडा चित्रास्थे शोभना वृष्टिः ॥ ९.३०॥

kauravachitrakaranam haste pida jalasya cha nirodhah | kupakridandajapida chitrasthe shobhana vrishtih || 30 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Hasta, there is affliction to the Kauravas and to painters, and a withholding of water; there is affliction to well-diggers and to birds; but when Venus is in Chitra, the rain is excellent.

హిందీ అర్థం

हस्त में कौरवों तथा चित्रकारों को पीड़ा और जल का अवरोध होता है; कुआँ खोदने वालों तथा अण्डज (पक्षियों) को पीड़ा होती है; चित्रा में शुक्र के रहने पर वर्षा उत्तम होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

स्वातौ प्रभूतवृष्टिः दूतवणिग्नाविकान् स्पृशत्यनयः । एन्द्राग्नेऽपि सुवृष्टिः वणिजां च भयं विजानीयात् ॥ ९.३१॥

svatau prabhutavrishtih dutavanignavikan sprishatyanayah | endragne’pi suvrishtih vanijam cha bhayam vijaniyat || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Svati, there is abundant rain; misrule touches envoys, merchants, and sailors. In the asterism of Indra and Agni also, there is good rain; one should know there is also fear for merchants.

హిందీ అర్థం

स्वाति में प्रचुर वर्षा होती है; दूत, वणिक् तथा नाविकों को अराजकता स्पर्श करती है। विशाखा (इन्द्राग्नि) में भी अच्छी वर्षा होती है, किन्तु वणिकों को भय जानना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मैत्रे क्षत्रविरोधो ज्येष्ठायां क्षत्रमुख्यसन्तापः । मौलिकभिषजाम् मूले त्रिष्वपि चैतेष्वनावृष्टिः ॥ ९.३२॥

maitre kshatravirodho jyeshthayam kshatramukhyasantapah | maulikabhishajam mule trishvapi chaiteshvanavrishtih || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Maitra, there is hostility toward the kshatriya class; in Jyeshtha, distress for the chief of the kshatriyas; in Mula, affliction to hereditary physicians; and in all three of these, there is drought.

హిందీ అర్థం

अनुराधा (मैत्र) में क्षत्रिय-वर्ग से विरोध होता है; ज्येष्ठा में क्षत्रिय-प्रमुख को संताप होता है; मूल में वंशानुगत वैद्यों को पीड़ा होती है; और इन तीनों में ही अनावृष्टि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आप्ये सलिलजपीडा विश्वेशे व्याधयः प्रकुप्यन्ति । श्रवणे श्रवणव्याधिः पाखण्डि पाषण्डि भयं धनिष्ठासु ॥ ९.३३॥

apye salilajapida vishveshe vyadhayah prakupyanti | shravane shravanavyadhih pakhandibhayam dhanishthasu || 33 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Apa, there is affliction to water-born creatures; in the asterism of the Vishvedevas, diseases become aggravated; in Shravana, ear-disease; in Dhanishtha, fear for heretics.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाषाढ़ा (आप्य) में जलचरों को पीड़ा होती है; उत्तराषाढ़ा (विश्वेदेव) में रोग बढ़ जाते हैं; श्रवण में कान का रोग; धनिष्ठा में पाखण्डियों को भय होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शतभिषजि शौण्डिकानामजैकभे अजैकपे द्यूतजीविनां पीडां पीडा । कुरुपांचालानामपि करोति चास्मिन् सितः सलिलम् ॥ ९.३४॥

shatabhishaji shaundikanam pida ajaikabhe dyutajivinam pida | kurupanchalanamapi karoti chasmin sitah salilam || 34 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Shatabhisha, there is affliction to liquor-sellers; in the asterism of Ajaikapat, affliction to gamblers; and here, Venus also brings water for the Kurus and Panchalas.

హిందీ అర్థం

शतभिषा में शराब बेचने वालों को पीड़ा होती है; पूर्वाभाद्रपद (अजैकपाद) में जुआरियों को पीड़ा होती है; और यहाँ शुक्र कुरु-पांचालों के लिए जल भी लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आहिर्बुधिने फलमूलतापकृद् यायिनाम् च रेवत्याम् । अश्विन्यां हयपानां याम्ये तु किरातयवनानाम् ॥ ९.३५॥

ahirbudhnine phalamulatapakrid yayinam cha revatyam | ashvinyam hayapanam yamye tu kiratayavananam || 35 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Ahirbudhnya, there is distress for fruit and root-gatherers; in Revati, for travellers; in Ashvini, for horse-keepers; but in the southern asterisms generally, for the Kiratas and Yavanas.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तराभाद्रपद (आहिर्बुध्न्य) में फल-मूल एकत्र करने वालों को कष्ट होता है; रेवती में यात्रियों को; अश्विनी में घोड़ों के रखवालों को; किन्तु दक्षिण दिशा में किरात-यवनों को कष्ट होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चतुर्दशीं पंचदशीं चतुर्दशे पंचदशे तथाष्टमे तमिस्रपक्षस्य तिथिं तिथौ भृगोः सुतः । यदा व्रजेद् दर्शनमस्तमेति वा तदा मही वारिमयीव लक्ष्यते ॥ ९.३६॥

chaturdashim pamchadashim tatha ashtamim tamisrapakshasya tithim bhrigoh sutah yada vrajet darshanamastameti va tada mahi varimayiva lakshyate || 36 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Venus, on the fourteenth, fifteenth, or eighth tithi of the dark fortnight, either becomes visible or sets, then the earth appears as if made entirely of water.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब भृगु-पुत्र (शुक्र) कृष्ण पक्ष की चतुर्दशी, पंचदशी अथवा अष्टमी तिथि को दर्शन देता है या अस्त होता है, तब पृथ्वी मानो सम्पूर्ण जलमय दिखाई देती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

गुरुः भृगुश्चापरपूर्वकाष्ठयोः परस्परं सप्तमराशिगौ यदा । तदा प्रजा रुग्भयशोकपीडिता न वारि पश्यन्ति पुरन्दरोज्झितम् ॥ ९.३७॥

guruh bhrigushchaparapurvakashthayoh parasparam saptamarashigau yada | tada praja rugbhayashokapidita na vari pashyanti purandarojjhitam || 37 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Jupiter and Venus are mutually in the seventh sign from each other, at the western and eastern horizon-points, then the people, afflicted by fear of disease and grief, do not see rain sent by Indra.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब बृहस्पति और शुक्र (भृगु-पुत्र) परस्पर सातवीं राशि में, पश्चिम-पूर्व क्षितिज-बिन्दुओं पर हों, तब प्रजा रोग-भय-शोक से पीड़ित होकर इन्द्र (पुरन्दर) द्वारा भेजी गई वर्षा नहीं देख पाती।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यदा स्थिता जीवबुधारसूर्यजाः सितस्य सर्वेऽग्रपथानुवर्तिनः । नृनागविद्याधरसंगराः तदा भवन्ति वाताश्च समुच्छ्रितान्तकाः ॥ ९.३८॥

yada sthita jivabudharasuryajah sitasya sarve agrapathanuvartinah | nrinagavidyadharasamgarah tada bhavanti vatashcha samuchchhritantakah || 38 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Jupiter, Mercury, Mars, and Saturn are all situated following in Venus’s path ahead of it, then there occur battles among men, serpents, and Vidyadharas, and winds arise that bring death to the exalted.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब बृहस्पति, बुध, मंगल तथा शनि (सूर्यपुत्र) सभी शुक्र के आगे के मार्ग में स्थित हों, तब मनुष्यों, नागों तथा विद्याधरों में युद्ध होते हैं, और ऐसी वायु चलती है जो उच्च-पदस्थ लोगों की मृत्यु का कारण बनती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

न मित्रभावे सुहृदो व्यवस्थिताः क्रियासु सम्यग् न रता द्विजातयः । न चाल्पमपि अंबु ददाति वासवो भिनत्ति वज्रेण शिरांसि भूभृताम् ॥ ९.३९॥

na mitrabhave suhrido vyavasthitah kriyasu samyag na rata dvijatayah | na chalpamapi ambu dadati vasavo bhinatti vajrena shiramsi bhubhritam || 39 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Friends do not remain steadfast in friendship; brahmanas are not properly devoted to their rites; Indra does not give even a little water; he splits the heads of kings with his thunderbolt.

హిందీ అర్థం

मित्रता में सुहृद स्थिर नहीं रहते; ब्राह्मण अपने कर्मों में भली-भाँति रत नहीं रहते; इन्द्र (वासव) थोड़ा भी जल नहीं देता; वह वज्र से राजाओं के सिर विदीर्ण करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शनैश्चरे म्लेच्छविडालकुञ्जराः खरा महिष्योऽसितधान्यशूकराः । पुलिन्दशूद्राश्च सदक्षिणापथाः क्षयं व्रजन्त्यक्षिमरुद्गदौद्भवैः ॥ ९.४०॥

shanaishchare mlecchavidalakunjarah kharah mahishyo’sitadhanyashukarah | pulindashudrashcha sadakshinapathah kshayam vrajantyakshimarudgadaudbhavaih || 40 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When afflicted by Saturn, mlecchas, cats, elephants, donkeys, buffaloes, black grains, and pigs, and the Pulindas and shudras, together with the whole southern region, go to destruction, through eye-disease, wind-disease, and other afflictions.

హిందీ అర్థం

शनि से पीड़ित होने पर म्लेच्छ, बिल्लियाँ, हाथी, गधे, भैंसें, काले अन्न, सूअर, पुलिन्द-शूद्र तथा सम्पूर्ण दक्षिणापथ आँख-रोग, वात-रोग तथा उनसे उत्पन्न व्याधियों से नाश को प्राप्त होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

निहन्ति शुक्रः क्षितिजेऽग्रतः प्रजां प्रजा हुताशशस्त्रक्षुदवृष्टितस्करैः । चराचरं व्यक्तमथौत्तरापथं दिशोऽग्निविद्युद्रजसा च पीड्येत् ॥ ९.४१॥

nihanti shukrah kshitije agratah prajam praja hutashashastrakshudavrishtitaskaraih | characharam vyaktamatha auttarapatham dishah agnividyudrajasa cha pidyeta || 41 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus, when afflicted at the horizon in front, destroys the people through fire, weapons, hunger, excess rain, and thieves; the moving and unmoving creation is clearly affected, and the northern region and other quarters are afflicted by fire, lightning, and dust.

హిందీ అర్థం

क्षितिज पर आगे शनि से आहत शुक्र प्रजा को अग्नि, शस्त्र, भूख, अतिवृष्टि तथा चोरों द्वारा नष्ट करता है; चराचर जगत् स्पष्ट प्रभावित होता है, तथा उत्तर दिशा एवं अन्य दिशाएँ अग्नि, बिजली तथा धूल से पीड़ित होती हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

बृहस्पतौ हन्ति पुरःस्थिते सितः सितं समस्तं द्विजगोसुरालयान् । दिशं च पूर्वां करकासृजोऽंबुदा गले गदा भूरि भवेग शारदम् ॥ ९.४२॥

brihaspatau hanti purahsthite sitah sitam samastam dvijagosuralayan | disham cha purvam karakasrijo’mbuda gale gada bhuri bhavega sharadam || 42 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Jupiter stands in front, Venus destroys the entirety of white things, brahmanas, cattle, and temples; and the eastern direction; clouds bring hailstones and blood; there are diseases of the throat; and the autumn crop flourishes greatly.

హిందీ అర్థం

बृहस्पति के आगे स्थित होने पर शुक्र श्वेत वस्तुओं, ब्राह्मणों, गायों तथा देवालयों का सम्पूर्ण नाश करता है; तथा पूर्व दिशा का; बादल ओले और रक्त बरसाते हैं; गले के रोग होते हैं; शरद्-फसल प्रचुर होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सौम्योऽस्तोदयोः पुरो भृगुसुतस्यावस्थितः तोयकृद् रोगान् पित्तजकामलांश कामलां कामलांशोः कामलाः च कुरुते पुष्णाति च ग्रैष्मिकान् ग्रैष्मिकं । हन्यात् प्रव्रजिताग्निहोत्रिकभिषग्रंगोपजीव्यान् हयान् वैश्यान् गाः सह वाहनैः नरपतीन् पीतानि पश्चाद् दिशम् ॥ ९.४३॥

saumyo’stodayoh puro bhrigusutasyavasthitah toyakrid rogan pittajakamalanasha kurute pushnati cha graishmikan | hanyat pravrajitagnihotrikabhishagrangopajivyan hayan vaishyan gah saha vahanaih narapatin pitani pashchad disham || 43 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mercury, situated in front of Venus at its setting or rising, brings rain, and diseases such as bilious jaundice; and it nourishes summer-crops; it destroys wandering ascetics, fire-sacrificers, physicians, actors, those who live by cattle, horses, vaishyas, cows together with their vehicles, and kings; and afflicts the western direction.

హిందీ అర్థం

बुध (सौम्य), शुक्र (भृगुसुत) के अस्त या उदय के समय आगे स्थित होकर वर्षा तथा पित्त-जनित कामला जैसे रोग उत्पन्न करता है, और ग्रीष्म-फसलों को पुष्ट करता है; यह भ्रमणशील तपस्वियों, अग्निहोत्रियों, वैद्यों, अभिनेताओं, गोपालकों, घोड़ों, वैश्यों, वाहनों सहित गायों तथा राजाओं का नाश करता है; पश्चिम दिशा को प्रभावित करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शिखिभयमनलाभे शस्त्रकोपश्च रक्ते कनकनिकषगौरे व्याधयो दैत्यपूज्ये । हरितकपिलरूपे श्वासकासप्रकोपः पतति न सलिलं खाद् भस्मरूक्षासिताभे ॥ ९.४४॥

shikhibhayamanalabhe shastrakopashcha rakte kanakanikashagaure vyadhayo daityapujye | haritakapilarupe shvasakasaprakopah patati na salilam khad bhasmarukshasitabhe || 44 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Venus, worshipped by demons, is fire-coloured, there is fear of fire; when red, the wrath of weapons; when of a bright touchstone-gold hue, diseases; when green or tawny, an aggravation of asthma and cough; when ash-coloured, rough, or dark, rain does not fall from the sky.

హిందీ అర్థం

शुक्र (दैत्य-पूज्य) अग्नि-वर्ण में अग्नि-भय, रक्त-वर्ण में शस्त्र-कोप, कसौटी-सोने के समान गौर वर्ण में रोग देता है; हरित-कपिल वर्ण में श्वास-कास का प्रकोप होता है; भस्म-वर्ण, रूखे या काले वर्ण में आकाश से वर्षा नहीं होती।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दधिकुमुदशशांकान्तिभृत् स्फुटविकसत्किरणो बृहत्तनुः । सुगतिः अविकृतो जयान्वितः कृतयुगरूपकरः सिताह्वयः ॥ ९.४५॥

dadhikumudashashankantibhrit sphutavikasatkirano brihattanuh | sugatih avikritah jayanvitah kritayugarupakarah sitahvayah || 45 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venus (called Sita, the white one), bearing the lustre of curds, the water-lily, or the moon, its rays clear and spreading, its body large, its motion good, unaltered, and accompanied by victory, brings about a condition like that of the Krita age.

హిందీ అర్థం

दही, कुमुद अथवा चन्द्रमा की कान्ति धारण करने वाला, स्पष्ट-विकसित किरणों वाला, विशाल शरीर वाला, सुगति वाला, अविकृत तथा विजययुक्त शुक्र (सित) कृतयुग जैसी स्थिति उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्रवणानिलहस्तार्द्राभरणीभाग्योपगः सुतोऽर्कस्य । प्रचुरसलिलोपगूढां करोति धात्रीं यदि स्निग्धः ॥ १०.१॥

shravananilahastardrabharanibhagyopagah suto’rkasya | prachurasalilopagudham karoti dhatrim yadi snigdhah || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Saturn, having come to Shravana, the asterism of Vayu, Hasta, Ardra, Bharani, or Bhagya, if unctuous in appearance, makes the earth overspread with abundant water.

హిందీ అర్థం

शनि (सूर्यपुत्र), श्रवण, स्वाति, हस्त, आर्द्रा, भरणी अथवा पूर्वाफाल्गुनी (भाग्य) में आकर, यदि स्निग्ध हो, तो पृथ्वी (धात्री) को प्रचुर जल से आवृत करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अहिवरुणपुरन्दरदैवतेषु सुक्षेमकृन् न चाति जलम् । क्षुत्शस्त्रावृष्टिकरो मूले प्रत्येकमपि वक्ष्ये ॥ १०.२॥

ahivarunapurandaradaivateshu sukshemakrin na chati jalam | kshutshastravrishtikaro mule pratyekamapi vakshye || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterisms whose deities are the Serpent, Varuna, and Indra, it brings good well-being, without excessive water; in Mula, it brings hunger, weapons, and drought -- I shall now state these, each one in detail.

హిందీ అర్థం

आश्लेषा, शतभिषा तथा ज्येष्ठा (सर्प-वरुण-इन्द्र देवता) में यह अच्छा क्षेम करता है, अधिक जल नहीं होता; मूल में भूख, शस्त्र तथा अनावृष्टि लाता है, अब मैं प्रत्येक को विस्तार से कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तुरगतुरगोपचारककविवैद्यामात्यहार्कजोऽश्विगतः । याम्ये नर्तकवादकगेयज्ञक्षुद्रनैकृतिकान् ॥ १०.३॥

turagaturagopacharakakavivaidyamatyaharkajo’shvigatah | yamye nartakavadakageyajnakshudranaikritikan || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Saturn, gone to Ashvini, afflicts horses, horse-grooms, poets, physicians, and ministers; in the southern asterism, dancers, musicians, singers, and petty deceivers.

హిందీ అర్థం

अश्विनी में गया हुआ शनि (सूर्यपुत्र) घोड़ों, घुड़सवारों, कवियों, वैद्यों तथा मन्त्रियों को पीड़ित करता है; दक्षिण (भरणी) में नर्तकों, वादकों, गायकों तथा क्षुद्र धोखेबाजों को।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

बहुलास्थे पीड्यन्ते सौरेऽग्न्युपजीविनश्चमूपाश्च । रोहिण्यां कोशलमद्रकाशिपंचालशाकटिकाः ॥ १०.४॥

bahulasthe pidyante saure’gnyupajivinashchamupashcha | rohinyam koshalamadrakashipanchalashakatikah || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Saturn is in Bahula, those who live by fire and army-commanders are afflicted; in Rohini, Koshala, Madra, Kashi, Panchala, and cart-drivers are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

कृत्तिका (बहुला) में शनि होने पर अग्नि-उपासकों तथा सेनापतियों को पीड़ा होती है; रोहिणी में कोशल, मद्र, काशी, पांचाल तथा गाड़ीवानों को।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मृगशिरसि वत्सयाजकयजमानार्यजनमध्यदेशाः च । रौद्रस्थे पारतरमठास्तैलिकरजक पारतरातैलिकरजक चौराश्च ॥ १०.५॥

mrigashirasi vatsayajakayajamanaryajanamadhyadeshashcha | raudrasthe paratamathastailikarajanachaurashcha || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Mrigashiras, calves, sacrificial priests, patrons of sacrifice, noble people, and the central regions are afflicted; when Saturn is in the asterism of Rudra, monasteries beyond the borders, oil-pressers, washermen, and thieves are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

मृगशिरा में बछड़ों, यज्ञ-कर्ताओं, यजमानों, आर्य जनों तथा मध्य प्रदेशों को; आर्द्रा (रौद्र) में सीमा-पार के मठों, तेलियों, धोबियों तथा चोरों को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आदित्ये पांचनदप्रत्यन्तसुराष्ट्रसिन्धुसौवीराः । पुष्ये घाण्ठिकघौषिकयवनवणिक्कितवकुसुमानि ॥ १०.६॥

aditye pamchanadapratyantasurashtrasindhusauvirah | pushye ghanthikaghaushikayavanavanikkitavakusumani || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Aditya, the Panchanada region, border-lands, Surashtra, Sindhu, and Sauvira are afflicted; in Pushya, the Ghanthika and Ghaushika peoples, Yavanas, merchants, gamblers, and flowers are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

पुनर्वसु (आदित्य) में पंचनद प्रदेश, सीमावर्ती क्षेत्र, सुराष्ट्र, सिन्धु तथा सौवीर को; पुष्य में घाण्टिक-घौषिक जनों, यवनों, वणिकों, जुआरियों तथा फूलों को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सार्पे जलरुहसर्पाः पित्र्ये बाह्लीकचीनगान्धाराः । शूलिकपारतवैश्याः कोष्ठागाराणि वणिजश्च ॥ १०.७॥

sarpe jalaruhasarpah pitrye bahlikachinagandharah | shulikaparatavaishyah koshthagarani vanijashcha || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of the Serpent, water-lilies and serpents are afflicted; in the asterism of the Pitris, Bahlika, China, and Gandhara; the Shulika and Parata peoples, vaishyas, granaries, and merchants are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

आश्लेषा (सार्प) में जलकुमुद तथा सर्पों को; मघा (पित्र्य) में बाह्लीक, चीन तथा गान्धार को; शूलिक-पारत जनों, वैश्यों, भण्डारगृहों तथा वणिकों को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भाग्ये रसविक्रयिणः पण्यस्त्रीकन्यकामहाराष्ट्राः । आर्यम्णे नृपगुडलवणभिक्षुकांबूनि तक्षशिला ॥ १०.८॥

bhagye rasavikrayinah panyastrikanyakamaharashtrah | aryamne nripagudalavanabhikshukambuni takshashila || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Bhaga, sellers of liquids, courtesans, maidens, and Maharashtra are afflicted; in the asterism of Aryaman, kings, molasses, salt, mendicants, Kambu, and Takshashila are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाफाल्गुनी (भाग्य) में रस बेचने वालों, वेश्याओं, कन्याओं तथा महाराष्ट्र को; उत्तराफाल्गुनी (अर्यमा) में राजाओं, गुड़-नमक, भिखारियों, कम्बु प्रदेश तथा तक्षशिला को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हस्ते नापितचाक्रिकचौरभिषक्सूचिका द्विपग्राहाः । बन्धक्यः कौशलका मालाकाराश्च पीड्यन्ते ॥ १०.९॥

haste napitachakrikachaurabhishaksuchika dvipagrahah | bandhakyah kaushalakah malakarashcha pidyante || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Hasta, barbers, potters, thieves, physicians, needle-workers, and elephant-catchers; courtesans, the people of Koshala, and garland-makers are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

हस्त में नाइयों, कुम्हारों, चोरों, वैद्यों, सूचिकर्मियों तथा हाथी-पकड़ने वालों को; वेश्याओं, कोशल-वासियों तथा माला बनाने वालों को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चित्रास्थे प्रमदाजनलेखकचित्रज्ञचित्रभाण्डानि । स्वातौ मागधचरदूतसूतपोतप्लवनटाद्याः ॥ १०.१०॥

chitrasthe pramadajanalekhakachitrajnachitrabhandani | svatau magadhacharadutasutapotaplavanatadyah || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Saturn is in Chitra, women, scribes, painters, and painted vessels are afflicted; in Svati, the Magadha bards, spies, envoys, charioteers, sailors, boatmen, and actors, among others, are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

चित्रा में स्त्रियों, लिपिकारों, चित्रकारों तथा चित्रित पात्रों को; स्वाति में मगध-भाटों, गुप्तचरों, दूतों, सारथियों, नाविकों, नौकाचालकों तथा अभिनेताओं आदि को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

एन्द्राग्नाख्ये त्रैगर्तचीनकौलूतकुंकुमं लाक्षा । सस्यानि अथ माञ्जिष्ठं कौसुंभं च क्षयं याति ॥ १०.११॥

endragnakhye traigartachinakaulutakumkumam laksha | sasyani atha manjishtham kausumbham cha kshayam yati || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism called Indra-Agni, the Traigarta, China, and Kaluta peoples, saffron, lac, crops, madder, and safflower go to ruin.

హిందీ అర్థం

विशाखा (इन्द्राग्नि) में त्रैगर्त, चीन तथा कौलूत जनों, केसर, लाख, फसलों, मंजिष्ठा (लाल रंग) तथा कुसुम्भ का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मैत्रे कुलूततंगणखसकाश्मीराः समन्त्रिचक्रचराः । उपतापं यान्ति च घाण्टिका विभेदश्च मित्राणाम् ॥ १०.१२॥

maitre kulutatamganakhasakashmirah samantrichakracharah | upatapam yanti cha ghantika vibhedashcha mitranam || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Maitra, the Kuluta, Tangana, Khasa, and Kashmira peoples, together with ministers and spies, come to distress; the Ghantika people are afflicted, and there is a breaking of friendships.

హిందీ అర్థం

अनुराधा (मैत्र) में कुलूत, तंगण, खस तथा काश्मीर जनों को, मन्त्रियों-गुप्तचरों सहित, संताप होता है; घाण्टिक जनों को भी, तथा मित्रता में विभेद होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ज्येष्ठासु नृपपुरोहितनृपसत्कृतशूरगणकुलश्रेण्यः । मूले तु काशिकोशलपांचालफलौषधीयोधाः ॥ १०.१३॥

jyeshthasu nripapurohitanripasatkritashuraganakulashrenyah | mule tu kashikoshalapanchalaphalaushadhiyodhah || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Jyeshtha, kings, royal priests, those honoured by kings, warriors, guilds, and lineages are afflicted; in Mula, Kashi, Koshala, Panchala, fruits, medicinal herbs, and warriors are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

ज्येष्ठा में राजाओं, पुरोहितों, राजसम्मानित लोगों, शूरवीरों, समूहों तथा कुल-श्रेणियों को; मूल में काशी, कोशल, पांचाल, फल-औषधियों तथा योद्धाओं को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आप्ये अंगवंगकौशलगिरिव्रजा मगधपुण्ड्रमिथिलाश्च । उपतापं यान्ति जना वसन्ति ये ताम्रलिप्त्यां च ॥ १०.१४॥

apye angavangakaushalagirivraja magadhapundramithilashcha | upatapam yanti jana vasanti ye tamraliptyam cha || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Apa, Anga, Vanga, Koshala, Girivraja, Magadha, Pundra, and Mithila, and the people who dwell in Tamralipti, come to distress.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाषाढ़ा (आप्य) में अंग, वंग, कोशल, गिरिव्रज, मगध, पुण्ड्र तथा मिथिला को, और ताम्रलिप्ति में रहने वाले लोगों को संताप होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विश्वेश्वरेऽर्कपुत्रश्चरन् दशार्णान् निहन्ति यवनांश्च । उज्जयिनीं शबरान् पारियात्रिकान् कुन्तिभोजांश्च ॥ १०.१५॥

vishveshvare’rkaputrashcharan dasharnan nihanti yavanamshcha | ujjayinim shabaran pariyatrikan kuntibhojamshcha || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Saturn, moving in the asterism of Vishveshvara, destroys the Dasharnas, the Yavanas, Ujjayini, the Shabaras, the Pariyatra people, and the Kuntibhojas.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तराषाढ़ा (विश्वेश्वर) में विचरण करता शनि (सूर्यपुत्र) दशार्ण, यवनों, उज्जयिनी, शबरों, पारियात्रिक जनों तथा कुन्तिभोजों का नाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्रवणे राजाधिकृतान् विप्राग्र्यभिषक्पुरोहितकलिंगान् । वसुभे मगधेशजयो वृद्धिश्च धनेष्वधिकृतानाम् ॥ १०.१६॥

shravane rajadhikritan vipragryabhishakpurohitakalingan | vasubhe magadheshajayo vriddhishcha dhaneshvadhikritanam || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Shravana, royal officials, the foremost brahmanas, physicians, royal priests, and Kalinga are afflicted; in the asterism of the Vasus, there is victory for the lord of Magadha, and increase in wealth for those in charge of finances.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्रवण में राजकीय अधिकारियों, श्रेष्ठ ब्राह्मणों, वैद्यों, पुरोहितों तथा कलिंग को पीड़ा होती है; धनिष्ठा (वसुभ) में मगध के राजा की विजय तथा धन-अधिकारियों की वृद्धि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

साजे शतभिषजि भिषक्कविशौण्डिकपण्यनीतिवृत्तीनां वार्त्तानां । आहिर्बुध्न्ये नद्यो यानकराः स्त्रीहिरण्यं च ॥ १०.१७॥

saje shatabhishaji bhishakkavishaundikapanyanitivrittinam vartanam | ahirbudhnye nadyo yanakarah strihiranyam cha || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism called Aja and Shatabhisha, affliction to physicians, poets, liquor-sellers, and those whose livelihood is trade, ethics, or news; in the asterism of Ahirbudhnya, rivers, vehicle-makers, women, and gold are afflicted.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाभाद्रपद (अज) तथा शतभिषा में वैद्यों, कवियों, शराब बेचने वालों, व्यापार-नीति-समाचार पर आजीविका करने वालों को पीड़ा होती है; उत्तराभाद्रपद (आहिर्बुध्न्य) में नदियों, वाहन-निर्माताओं, स्त्रियों तथा स्वर्ण को पीड़ा होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रेवत्यां राजभृताः क्रौंचद्वीपाश्रिताः शरत्सस्यम् । शबराश्च निपीड्यन्ते यवनाश्च शनैश्चरे चरति ॥ १०.१८॥

revatyam rajabhritah kraumchadvipashritah sharatsasyam | shabarashcha nipidyante yavanashcha shanaishchare charati || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Revati, royal servants, those dwelling on Kraunchadvipa, the autumn crop, the Shabaras, and the Yavanas are afflicted, as Saturn moves there.

హిందీ అర్థం

रेवती में राजसेवकों, क्रौंचद्वीप-निवासियों, शरद्-फसल, शबरों तथा यवनों को पीड़ा होती है, जब शनि वहाँ विचरण करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यदा विशाखासु महेन्द्रमन्त्री सुतश्च भानोः दहनर्क्षयातः । तदा प्रजानामनयोऽतिघोरः पुरप्रभेदो गतयोः भमेकम् ॥ १०.१९॥

yada vishakhasu mahendramantri sutashcha bhanoh dahanarkshayatah | tada prajanamanayo’tighorah puraprabhedo gatayoh bhamekam || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When Jupiter and the son of the Sun (Saturn), both being in the asterism of fire, move together into Vishakha, then there is extremely terrible misrule among the people, and the destruction of cities -- the result of the two having gone to one and the same asterism.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब विशाखा में बृहस्पति (महेन्द्रमन्त्री) तथा शनि (सूर्यपुत्र) दोनों कृत्तिका (अग्नि-नक्षत्र) से आकर संयुक्त हों, तब प्रजा में अत्यन्त भयंकर अराजकता तथा नगरों का विनाश होता है, यह दोनों के एक ही नक्षत्र में जाने का फल है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अण्डजहा रविजो यदि चित्रः क्षुद्भयकृद् यदि पीतमयूखः । शस्त्रभयाय च रक्तसवर्णो भस्मनिभो बहुवैरकरश्च ॥ १०.२०॥

andajaha ravijo yadi chitrah kshudbhayakrid yadi pitamayukhah | shastrabhayaya cha raktasavarno bhasmanibho bahuvairakarashcha || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Saturn, if variegated in colour, is a destroyer of birds; if yellow-rayed, it brings fear of hunger; if red-hued, it brings fear of weapons; if ash-coloured, it brings about much enmity.

హిందీ అర్థం

शनि (सूर्यपुत्र) यदि चितकबरा हो, तो अण्डज (पक्षियों) का नाशक है; यदि पीत-किरण हो, तो भूख का भय देता है; यदि रक्त-वर्ण हो, तो शस्त्र-भय देता है; यदि भस्म-वर्ण हो, तो अधिक वैर उत्पन्न करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वैदूर्यकान्तिविमलः शुभकृत् प्रजानां बाणातसीकुसुमवर्णनिभश्च शस्तः । यं चापि पंचापि वर्णमुपगच्छति तत्सवर्णान् सूर्यात्मजः क्षयतीति मुनिप्रवादः ॥ १०.२१॥

vaiduryakantivimalah shubhakrit prajanam banatasikusumavarnanibhashcha shastah | yam chapi pamchapi varnamupagachchhati tatsavarnan suryatmajah kshapayatiti munipravadah || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Saturn, pure with the lustre of the cat’s-eye gem, is auspicious for the people; and resembling the colour of the flax flower, it is also declared good. And whichever of the five colours it takes on, Saturn destroys those of that same colour -- so is the tradition of the sages.

హిందీ అర్థం

वैदूर्य मणि की कान्ति जैसा निर्मल शनि प्रजा के लिए शुभ है; अलसी के फूल के वर्ण जैसा भी शुभ कहा गया है। और यह जिस भी वर्ण को धारण करे, सूर्यपुत्र (शनि) उसी वर्ण (वर्ग) के लोगों का क्षय करता है, ऐसी मुनियों की मान्यता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

गार्गीयं शिखिचारं पाराशरमसितदेवलकृतं च । अन्यांश्च बहून् दृष्ट्वा क्रियतेऽयमनाकुलश्चारः ॥ ११.१॥

gargiyam shikhicharam parasharamasitadevalakritam cha | anyamshcha bahun drishtva kriyate’yamanakulashcharah || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Having examined Garga’s treatise on the course of comets, Parashara’s, that composed by Asita and Devala, and also many others, this systematic account is now composed.

హిందీ అర్థం

गार्गीय शिखि-चार (गर्ग का धूमकेतु-ग्रन्थ), पाराशर, असित तथा देवल द्वारा रचित ग्रन्थों को, तथा अन्य अनेक को देखकर, यह व्यवस्थित विवरण रचा गया है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दर्शनमस्तमयो वा न गणितविधिनास्य शक्यते ज्ञातुम् । दिव्यान्तरिक्षभौमाः त्रिविधाः स्युः केतवो यस्मात् ॥ ११.२॥

darshanamastamayo va na ganitavidhinasya shakyate jnatum | divyantarikshabhaumah trividhah syuh ketavo yasmat || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Neither the appearance nor the setting of this phenomenon can be known by the rules of computation, since comets are of three kinds: celestial, atmospheric, and terrestrial.

హిందీ అర్థం

इसका दर्शन या अस्त होना गणित-विधि से नहीं जाना जा सकता, क्योंकि केतु तीन प्रकार के होते हैं: दिव्य, आन्तरिक्ष तथा भौम।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अहुताशेऽनलरूपं यस्मिं तत्केतुरूपमेवोक्तम् । खद्योतपिशाचालयमणिरत्नादीन् परित्यज्य ॥ ११.३॥

ahutashe’analarupam yasmim tatketurupamevoktam | khadyotapishachalayamaniratnadin parityajya || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That form which is fire-like without being made of actual fire -- that alone is called the true comet form, excluding fireflies, will-o’-the-wisps, gems, jewels, and the like.

హిందీ అర్థం

जो अग्नि-रूप बिना वास्तविक अग्नि के हो, वही वास्तविक केतु-रूप कहा गया है, जुगनू, प्रेत-ज्योति, मणि-रत्न आदि को छोड़कर।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ध्वजशस्त्रभवनतरुतुरगकुञ्जराद्येष्वथान्तरिक्षाः ते । दिव्या नक्षत्रस्था भौमाः स्युः अतोऽन्यथा शिखिनः ॥ ११.४॥

dhvajashastrabhavanataruturagakunjaradyeshvatha antarikshah te | divya nakshatrastha bhaumah syuh ato’nyatha shikhinah || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Those appearing in the forms of banners, weapons, buildings, trees, horses, elephants, and the like, are the atmospheric ones; the celestial ones are stationed among the asterisms; the terrestrial comets arise otherwise, from the earth itself.

హిందీ అర్థం

ध्वज, शस्त्र, भवन, वृक्ष, अश्व, हाथी आदि के रूप में दिखने वाले आन्तरिक्ष केतु हैं; दिव्य केतु नक्षत्रों में स्थित होते हैं; भौम केतु अन्यथा उत्पन्न होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शतमेकाधिकमेके सहस्रमपरे वदन्ति केतूनाम् । बहुरूपमेकमेव प्राह मुनिः नारदः केतुम् ॥ ११.५॥

shatamekadhikameke sahasramapare vadanti ketunam | bahurupamekameva praha munih naradah ketum || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Some say the comets number one hundred and one; others say a thousand; but the sage Narada declared that the comet is a single entity, of many forms.

హిందీ అర్థం

कुछ आचार्य केतुओं की संख्या एक सौ एक कहते हैं, अन्य एक हज़ार कहते हैं; किन्तु मुनि नारद ने कहा कि केतु एक ही है, बहु-रूप वाला।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यद्येको यदि बहवः किमनेन फलं तु सर्वथा वाच्यम् । उदयास्तमयैः स्थानैः स्पर्शैः अधूमनैः वर्णैः । यावन्त्यहानि दृश्यो मासाः तावन्त एव फलपाकः । मासैः अब्दांश्च वदेत् प्रथमात् पक्षत्रयात् परतः ॥ ११.७॥

yadyeko yadi bahavah kimanena phalam tu sarvatha vachyam | udayastamayaih sthanaih sparshaih adhumanaih varnaih | yavantyahani drishyo masah tavanta eva phalapakah | masaih abdamshcha vadet prathamat pakshatrayat paratah || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Whether it be one or many, what does it matter -- the result is, in any case, to be stated by its risings and settings, positions, contacts, smoke or absence of it, and colours. For as many days as it is visible, that many months is the ripening of its result -- and after the first month and a half of visibility, one should reckon its result in years rather than months.

హిందీ అర్థం

चाहे एक हो या अनेक, इससे क्या, फल तो सर्वथा उदय-अस्त, स्थान, स्पर्श, धूम-रहितता तथा वर्णों से ही कहना चाहिए। जितने दिन दिखे, उतने ही मास फल का परिपाक होता है; और पहले डेढ़ मास (तीन पक्ष) के बाद वर्षों में फल कहना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ह्रस्वः तनुः प्रसन्नः स्निग्धः त्वृजुः अचिरसंस्थितः शुक्लः । उदितोऽथवाभिवृष्टः वाप्यभिदृष्टः सुभिक्षसौख्यावहः केतुः ॥ ११.८॥

hrasvah tanuh prasannah snigdhah tvrijuh achirasamsthitah shuklah | udito’thavabhivrishtah vapyabhidrishtah subhikshasaukhyavahah ketuh || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A comet that is short, slender, clear, unctuous, straight, of brief duration, white, and either risen normally, or seen unobscured through rain, brings abundant grain and happiness.

హిందీ అర్థం

छोटा, पतला, स्वच्छ, स्निग्ध, सीधा, अल्पकाल स्थित, श्वेत, उदित या वर्षा में स्पष्ट दिखने वाला केतु सुभिक्ष-सुख लाने वाला है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उक्तविपरीतरूपो न शुभकरो धूमकेतुरुत्पन्नः । इन्द्रायुधानुकारी विशेषतो द्वित्रिचूलो वा ॥ ११.९॥

uktaviparitarupo na shubhakaro dhumaketurutpannah | indrayudhanukari visheshato dvitrichulo va || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A comet arisen in the opposite form to that stated is not auspicious -- such as the smoke-comet, or one resembling a rainbow, especially one with two or three crests.

హిందీ అర్థం

उक्त से विपरीत रूप वाला धूमकेतु शुभकर नहीं है, इन्द्रधनुष के समान, विशेषतः दो-तीन शिखाओं वाला।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हारमणिहेमरूपाः किरणाख्याः पंचविंशतिः सशिखाः । प्रागपरदिशोः दृश्या नृपतिविरोधावहा रविजाः ॥ ११.१०॥

haramanihemarupah kiranakhyah pamchavimshatih sashikhah | pragaparadishoh drishya nripativirodhavaha ravijah || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Those of the form of a necklace, gem, or gold, called Kirana, twenty-five with tails, seen in the eastern and western directions, are the sons of the Sun, and bring hostility to kings.

హిందీ అర్థం

हार, मणि या स्वर्ण के समान रूप वाले, किरण नामक, पच्चीस, शिखायुक्त, पूर्व-पश्चिम दिशाओं में दिखने वाले सूर्य-पुत्र राजाओं के प्रति विरोध लाते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शुकदहनबन्धुजीवकलाक्षाक्षतजोपमा हुताशसुताः । आग्नेय्यां दृश्यन्ते तावन्तः तेऽपि शिखिभयदाः ॥ ११.११॥

shukadahanabandhujivakalakshakshatajopama hutashasutah | agneyyam drishyante tavantah te’pi shikhibhayadah || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Those resembling the parrot, fire, the bandhujiva flower, or fresh blood, equally numerous, are the sons of Fire; they are seen in the south-east, and they too bring the fear of comets.

హిందీ అర్థం

तोता, अग्नि, बन्धुजीव-पुष्प या ताज़े रक्त के समान, उतने ही (पच्चीस), अग्नि-पुत्र आग्नेय दिशा में दिखते हैं, वे भी केतु-भय देने वाले हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वक्रशिखा मृत्युसुता रूक्षाः कृष्णाश्च तेऽपि तावन्तः । दृश्यन्ते याम्यायां जनमरकावेदिनः ते च ॥ ११.१२॥

vakrashikha mrityusuta rukshah krishnashcha te’pi tavantah | drishyante yamyayam janamarakavedinah te cha || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Those with a crooked tail, rough, and black, are the sons of Death, also that many in number; they are seen in the south, and they portend pestilence among people.

హిందీ అర్థం

वक्र शिखा वाले, रूखे तथा काले, उतने ही (पच्चीस), मृत्यु-पुत्र दक्षिण दिशा में दिखते हैं, वे जन-महामारी सूचित करते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दर्पणवृत्ताकारा विशिखाः किरणान्विता धरातनयाः । क्षुद्भयदा द्वाविंशतिः ऐशान्यामंबुतैलनिभाः ॥ ११.१३॥

darpanavrittakara vishikhah kirananvita dharatanayah | kshudbhayada dvavimshatih aishanyamambutailanibhah || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mirror-round in shape, tailless, but possessed of rays, are the sons of the Earth; twenty-two, resembling water or oil in colour, in the north-east, they bring the fear of hunger.

హిందీ అర్థం

दर्पण जैसे गोल आकार वाले, शिखा-रहित किन्तु किरणयुक्त, पृथ्वी-पुत्र बाईस, ऐशान्य दिशा में जल-तेल के समान वर्ण वाले, भूख का भय देते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शशिकिरणरजतहिमकुदकुमुन्दकुसुमोपमाः सुताः शशिनः । उत्तरतो दृश्यन्ते त्रयः सुभिक्षावहाः शिखिनः ॥ ११.१४॥

shashikiranarajatahimakudakumundakusumopamah sutah shashinah | uttarato drishyante trayah subhikshavahah shikhinah || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Resembling moon-rays, silver, frost, or the water-lily flower, the sons of the Moon -- three -- are seen to the north, and bring abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

चन्द्र-किरण, चाँदी, हिम, कुमुद या कुन्द-पुष्प के समान, चन्द्र-पुत्र तीन प्रकार के उत्तर दिशा में दिखते हैं, सुभिक्ष लाने वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ब्रह्मसुत एक एव त्रिशिखो वर्णैः त्रिभिः युगान्तकरः । अनियतदिक्सम्प्रभवो विज्ञेयो ब्रह्मदण्डाख्यः ॥ ११.१५॥

brahmasuta eka eva trishikho varnaih tribhih yugantakarah | aniyatadiksamprabhavo vijneyo brahmadandakhyah || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The son of Brahma is a single one, three-tailed, of three colours, and brings about the end of an age; arising in no fixed direction, it is to be known as Brahmadanda.

హిందీ అర్థం

ब्रह्मा का पुत्र एक ही है, तीन शिखाओं वाला, तीन वर्णों वाला, युग का अन्त करने वाला; अनियत दिशा से उत्पन्न, ब्रह्मदण्ड नामक जानना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शतमभिहितमेकसमेतमेतदेकेन विरहितानि अस्मात् । कथयिष्ये केतूनां शतानि नव लक्षणैः स्पष्टैः ॥ ११.१६॥

shatamabhihitamekasametametadekena virahitani asmat | kathayishye ketunam shatani nava lakshanaih spashtaih || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

This group, numbering one hundred and one, has been described; apart from this, I shall now state the nine hundred remaining comets, with clear characteristics.

హిందీ అర్థం

यह एक सौ एक की संख्या कही गई; इससे भिन्न, अब मैं शेष नौ सौ केतुओं को स्पष्ट लक्षणों सहित कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सौम्यैशान्योरुदयं शुक्रसुता यान्ति चतुरशीत्याख्याः । विपुलसिततारकाः ते स्निग्धाश्च भवन्ति तीव्रफलाः ॥ ११.१७॥

saumyaishanyorudayam shukrasuta yanti chaturashityakhyah | vipulasitatarakah te snigdhashcha bhavanti tivraphalah || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The sons of Venus, eighty-four in number, rise in the north and north-east; broad and white-starred, they are unctuous, and give an intense result.

హిందీ అర్థం

शुक्र-पुत्र चौरासी की संख्या में उत्तर-ईशान दिशा में उदित होते हैं; विशाल श्वेत-तारा वाले, स्निग्ध तथा तीव्र फल देने वाले होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

स्निग्धाः प्रभासमेता द्विशिखाः षष्टिः शनैश्चरांगरुहाः । अतिकष्टफला दृश्याः सर्वत्रैते कनकसंज्ञाः ॥ ११.१८॥

snigdhah prabhasameta dvishikhah shashtih shanaishcharangaruhah | atikashtaphala drishyah sarvatraite kanakasamjnah || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Unctuous, radiant, two-tailed, sixty, the progeny of Saturn, seen in all directions, called Kanaka, bring very difficult results.

హిందీ అర్థం

स्निग्ध, प्रभायुक्त, दो शिखाओं वाले, साठ, शनि की सन्तान, सर्वत्र दिखने वाले, कनक नामक, अत्यन्त कष्टकर फल देते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विकचा नाम गुरुसुताः सितएकताराः शिखापरित्यक्ताः । षष्टिः पंचभिः अधिका स्निग्धा याम्याश्रिताः पापाः ॥ ११.१९॥

vikacha nama gurusutah sitaekatara shikhaparityaktah | shashtih pamchabhih adhika snigdha yamyashrita papah || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Called Vikaca, the sons of Jupiter, with a single white star, devoid of a tail, sixty-five, unctuous, situated in the south, are malefic.

హిందీ అర్థం

विकच नामक बृहस्पति-पुत्र, एक श्वेत तारे वाले, शिखा-रहित, पैंसठ की संख्या में, स्निग्ध, दक्षिण दिशा में स्थित, पापी हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नातिव्यक्ताः सूक्ष्मा दीर्घाः शुक्ला यथेष्टदिक्प्रभवाः । बुधजाः तस्करसंज्ञाः पापफलाः त्वेकपंचाशत् ॥ ११.२०॥

nativyaktah sukshma dirghah shukla yatheshtadikprabhavah | budhajah taskarasamjnah papaphalah tvekapamchashat || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Not very distinct, fine, long, white, arising in any direction at will, the sons of Mercury, called Taskara, fifty-one, give malefic results.

హిందీ అర్థం

अधिक स्पष्ट न होने वाले, सूक्ष्म, लम्बे, श्वेत, किसी भी दिशा से उत्पन्न, बुध-पुत्र, तस्कर नामक, इक्यावन की संख्या में, पाप-फल देने वाले हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

क्षतजानलानुरूपाः त्रिचूलताराः कुजात्मजाः षष्टिः । नाम्ना च कौंकुमाः ते सौम्याशासंस्थिताः पापाः ॥ ११.२१॥

kshatajanalanurupah trichulatarah kujatmajah shashtih | namna cha kaumkumah te saumyashasamsthitah papah || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Resembling fresh blood or fire, three-crested and starred, the sons of Mars, sixty, named Kaunkuma, situated in the northern quarter, are malefic.

హిందీ అర్థం

ताज़े रक्त या अग्नि के समान, तीन शिखा-तारे वाले, मंगल-पुत्र साठ, कौंकुम नामक, उत्तर दिशा में स्थित, पापी हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

त्रिंशत्यधिका राहोः ते तामसकीलका इति ख्याताः । रविशशिगा दृश्यन्ते तेषां फलमर्कचारोक्तम् ॥ ११.२२॥

trimshatyadhikam anyat shatam rahoh te tamasakilakah iti khyatah | ravishashiga drishyante tesham phalamarkacharoktam || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Another group, one hundred and thirty, belongs to Rahu, known as Tamasa-kilaka; they are seen with the Sun and Moon; their result has already been stated in the chapter on the Sun’s course.

హిందీ అర్థం

एक सौ तीस की संख्या राहु के हैं, तामस-कीलक नामक; ये सूर्य-चन्द्र के साथ दिखते हैं; इनका फल सूर्य-चार अध्याय में कहा जा चुका है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विंशत्यधिकमन्यत्शतमग्नेः विश्वरूपसंज्ञानाम् । तीव्रानलभयदानां ज्वालामालाकुलतनूनाम् ॥ ११.२३॥

vimshatyadhikamanyatshatamagneh vishvarupasamjnanam | tivranalabhayadanam jvalamalakulatanunam || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Another group, one hundred and twenty, belongs to Agni, called Vishvarupa, bringing intense fear of fire, their bodies wreathed in garlands of flame.

హిందీ అర్థం

एक सौ बीस अग्नि के हैं, विश्वरूप नामक, अत्यन्त अग्नि-भय देने वाले, ज्वाला-मालाओं से आवृत शरीर वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्यामारुणा विताराश्चामररूपा विकीर्णदीधितयः । अरुणाख्या वायोः सप्तसप्ततिः पापदाः परुषाः ॥ ११.२४॥

shyamaruna vitarashchamararupa vikirnadidhitayah | arunakhya vayoh saptasaptatih papada parushah || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Dark-reddish, starless, of a divine form, with scattered rays, called Aruna, belonging to Vayu, seventy-seven, harsh, they bring evil.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्याम-अरुण, तारा-रहित, देव-रूप, बिखरी किरणों वाले, अरुण नामक, वायु के सत्तहत्तर, कठोर, अशुभ फल देने वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तारापुञ्जनिकाशा गणका नाम प्रजापतेः अष्टौ । द्वे च शते चतुरधिके चतुरस्रा चतुरश्रा ब्रह्मसन्तानाः ॥ ११.२५॥

tarapumjanikasha ganaka nama prajapateh ashtau | dve cha shate chaturadhike chaturasra brahmasantanah || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Resembling a cluster of stars, called Ganaka, belonging to Prajapati, two hundred and twelve, square-shaped, the sons of Brahma.

హిందీ అర్థం

तारा-समूह के समान, गणक नामक, प्रजापति के दो सौ बारह, चतुष्कोण, ब्रह्म-सन्तान।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कंका नाम वरुणजा द्वात्रिंशद्वंशगुल्मसंस्थानाः । शशिवत्प्रभासमेताः तीव्रफलाः केतवः प्रोक्ताः ॥ ११.२६॥

kamka nama varunaja dvatrimshadvamshagulmasamsthanah | shashivatprabhasameta tivraphalah ketavah proktah || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Called Kanka, the sons of Varuna, thirty-two, resembling bamboo-clusters in shape, possessed of a moon-like radiance, are declared comets of intense result.

హిందీ అర్థం

कंक नामक वरुण-पुत्र, बत्तीस, बाँस-झुरमुट के समान आकार वाले, चन्द्रमा जैसी प्रभा वाले, तीव्र फल देने वाले केतु कहे गए हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

षण्णवतिः कालसुताः कबन्धसंज्ञाः कबन्धसंस्थानाः । पुण्ड्रा चण्डा भयप्रदाः स्युः विरूपताराश्च ते शिखिनः ॥ ११.२७॥

shannavatih kalasutah kabandhasamjnah kabandhasamsthanah | pundra chanda bhayapradah syuh virupatarashcha te shikhinah || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Ninety-six, the sons of Kala, called Kabandha, shaped like a headless trunk, sharp, bringing fear, with misshapen stars -- these are the remaining comets.

హిందీ అర్థం

छियानवे, काल-पुत्र, कबन्ध नामक, धड़-रहित शरीर के आकार वाले, तीक्ष्ण, भय देने वाले, विरूप तारे वाले, ये शेष केतु हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शुक्रविपुलएकतारा नव विदिशां केतवः समुत्पन्नाः । एवं केतुसहस्रं विशेषमेषामतो वक्ष्ये ॥ ११.२८॥

shukravipulaekatara nava vidisham ketavah samutpannah | evam ketusahasram visheshameshamato vakshye || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Nine, bright and broad, single-starred, comets arising in the intermediate directions -- thus is accounted the thousand comets; their particular characteristics I shall now state.

హిందీ అర్థం

शुक्ल, विशाल, एक तारे वाले, नौ, विदिशाओं में उत्पन्न केतु, इस प्रकार सहस्र केतु हुए; अब इनकी विशेषताएँ कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उदगायतो महान् स्निग्धमूर्तिः अपरोदयी वसाकेतुः । सद्यः करोति मरकं सुभिक्षमपि उत्तमं कुरुते ॥ ११.२९॥

udagayato mahan snigdhamurtih aparodayi vasaketuh | sadyah karoti marakam subhikshamapi uttamam kurute || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Great, of unctuous form, elongated toward the north, rising in the west -- the Vasa-ketu -- swiftly causes pestilence, yet also brings about excellent abundance of grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तर की ओर लम्बा, विशाल, स्निग्ध आकृति वाला, पश्चिम में उदित होने वाला वसा-केतु शीघ्र महामारी करता है, फिर भी उत्तम सुभिक्ष भी लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तल्लक्षणोऽस्थिकेतुः स तु रूक्षः क्षुद्भयावहः प्रोक्तः । स्निग्धः तादृक् प्राच्यां शस्त्राख्यो डमरमरकाय ॥ ११.३०॥

tallakshano’sthiketuh sa tu rukshah kshudbhayavahah proktah | snigdhah tadrik prachyam shastrakhyo damaramarakaya || 30 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of the same characteristic but rough, is the Asthi-ketu, declared to bring the fear of hunger; similarly unctuous, in the east, is the one called Shastra, bringing civil disturbance and pestilence.

హిందీ అర్థం

उसी लक्षण वाला किन्तु रूखा अस्थि-केतु भूख का भय लाने वाला कहा गया है; उसी प्रकार स्निग्ध, पूर्व दिशा में, शस्त्र नामक, उपद्रव तथा महामारी के लिए है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दृश्योऽमावास्यायां कपालकेतुः सधूम्ररश्मिशिखः । प्रान्नभसोऽर्धविचारी क्षुत्मरकावृष्टिरोगकरः ॥ ११.३१॥

drishyo’mavasyayam kapalaketuh sadhumrarashmishikhah | prannabhaso’rdhavichari kshutmarakavrishtirogakarah || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Seen on the new-moon day, the Kapala-ketu, with smoky rays and tail, traversing half the eastern sky, brings hunger, pestilence, drought, and disease.

హిందీ అర్థం

अमावस्या को दिखने वाला कपाल-केतु, धूम्र किरण-शिखा सहित, पूर्वी आकाश के आधे भाग में विचरण करता हुआ, भूख, महामारी, अनावृष्टि तथा रोग लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राग् वैश्वानर वश्वानर वैस्वानर मार्गे शूलाग्रः श्यावरूक्षताम्रार्चिः । नभसस्त्रिभागगामी रौद्र इति कपालतुल्यफलः ॥ ११.३२॥

prag vaishvanaramarge shulagrah shyavarukshatamrarchih | nabhasastribhagagami raudra iti kapalatulyaphalah || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the east, on the path of Vaishvanara, spear-tipped, of a dusky, rough, copper-coloured flame, traversing a third of the sky -- this is called Raudra, giving a result equal to the Kapala-ketu.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्व में वैश्वानर (अग्नि) के मार्ग पर, शूल जैसी नोक वाला, श्याम-रूखा-ताम्र ज्वाला वाला, आकाश के एक-तिहाई भाग में गमन करने वाला रौद्र नामक केतु कपाल-केतु के समान फल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अपरस्यां चलकेतुः शिखया याम्याग्रयांगुलौच्छ्रितया । गच्छेद् यथा यथोदक् तथा तथा दैर्घ्यमायाति ॥ ११.३३॥

aparasyam chalaketuh shikhaya yamyagryamgulauchchhritaya | gachchhed yatha yathodak tatha tatha dairghyamayati || 33 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the west, the Cala-ketu, with its tail extending southward, raised by a finger’s-breadth each day -- the more it moves northward, the more its length increases.

హిందీ అర్థం

पश्चिम में चल-केतु, दक्षिण की ओर बढ़ी हुई शिखा वाला, अंगुल-अंगुल ऊँचा उठता हुआ, जैसे-जैसे उत्तर की ओर जाता है, वैसे-वैसे उसकी लम्बाई बढ़ती जाती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सप्तमुनीन् संस्पृश्य ध्रुवमभिजितमेव च प्रतिनिवृत्तः । नभसोऽर्धमात्रमित्वा याम्येनास्तम् समुपयाति ॥ ११.३४॥

saptamunin samsprishya dhruvamabhijitameva cha pratinivrittah | nabhaso’rdhamatramitva yamyenastam samupayati || 34 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Having touched the Seven Sages, the pole-star, and Abhijit, and having turned back, having traversed half of the sky, it sets in the south.

హిందీ అర్థం

सप्तर्षियों, ध्रुव तथा अभिजित् को स्पर्श करके, तथा लौटकर, आकाश के आधे भाग को पार करके, यह दक्षिण में अस्त होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हन्यात् प्रयागकूलाद् यावदवन्तीं च पुष्करारण्यं पुष्कराण्यं । उदग् अपि च देविकामपि भूयिष्ठं मध्यदेशाख्यम् ॥ ११.३५॥

hanyat prayagakulad yavadavantim cha pushkararanyam | udag api cha devikamapi bhuyishtham madhydeshakhyam || 35 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

It destroys from the banks of Prayaga up to Avanti and the Pushkara forest; also to the north, Devika, and most of all, the region called Madhyadesha.

హిందీ అర్థం

यह प्रयाग के तट से लेकर अवन्ती तथा पुष्कर-वन तक, उत्तर में देविका तक, तथा सर्वाधिक मध्यदेश को नष्ट करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अन्यान् अपि स देशान् क्वचित् क्वचिद् धन्ति रोगदुर्भिक्षैः । दश मासान् फलपाकोऽस्य कैश्चिदष्टादश प्रोक्तः ॥ ११.३६॥

anyanapi sa deshan kvachit kvachid dhanti rogadurbhikshaih | dasha masan phalapako’sya kaishchidashtadasha proktah || 36 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

It also destroys other lands here and there, with disease and famine; the ripening of its result is ten months, though some declare it eighteen.

హిందీ అర్థం

यह अन्य देशों को भी कहीं-कहीं रोग-दुर्भिक्ष से नष्ट करता है; इसका फल-परिपाक दस मास कहा गया है, कुछ आचार्य अठारह मास कहते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रागर्धरात्रदृश्यो याम्याग्रः श्वेतकेतुः अन्यश्च । क इति युगाकृतिः अपरे युगपत्तौ सप्तदिनदृश्यौ ॥ ११.३७॥

pragardharatradrishyo yamyagrah shvetaketuh anyashcha | ka iti yugakritih apare yugapattau saptadinadrishyau || 37 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Visible in the east at midnight, with a southward tail, is Shveta-ketu; and another, called Ka, having the shape of a yoke; the two, at another time, are visible together for seven days.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्व में आधी रात को दिखने वाला, दक्षिण की ओर शिखा वाला श्वेत-केतु, तथा दूसरा क नामक, जो युग (हल) के आकार वाला है, दोनों कभी-कभी एक साथ सात दिन तक दिखते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

स्निग्धौ सुभिक्षशिवदावथाधिकं दृश्यते कनामा यः । दश वर्षाणि उपतापं जनयति शस्त्रप्रकोपकृतम् ॥ ११.३८॥

snigdhau subhikshashivadavathadhikam drishyate kanama yah | dasha varshani upatapam janayati shastraprakopakritam || 38 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Both, when unctuous, bring abundant grain and auspiciousness; but that named Ka, if seen for a longer time, generates distress for ten years, bringing about the wrath of weapons.

హిందీ అర్థం

दोनों स्निग्ध होने पर सुभिक्ष तथा शुभ लाते हैं; किन्तु क नामक यदि अधिक समय दिखे, तो दस वर्षों तक संताप उत्पन्न करता है, शस्त्र-कोप कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्वेत इति जटाकारो रूक्षः श्यावो वियत्त्रिभागगतः । विनिवर्ततेऽपसव्यं त्रिभागशेषाः प्रजाः कुरुते ॥ ११.३९॥

shvetah iti jatakarah rukshah shyavah viyattribhagagatah | vinivartate apasavyam tribhagasheshah prajah kurute || 39 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The one called Shveta, having a matted-hair-like form, rough, dusky, traversing a third of the sky, turns back leftward, and leaves only a third of the people surviving.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्वेत नामक, जटा जैसे आकार वाला, रूखा, श्याम, आकाश के एक-तिहाई भाग में गमन करता हुआ, बाईं ओर लौटता है, और प्रजा का एक-तिहाई भाग ही शेष रखता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आधूम्रया तु शिखया दर्शनमायाति कृत्तिकासंस्थः । ज्ञेयः स रश्मिकेतुः श्वेतसमानं फलं धत्ते ॥ ११.४०॥

adhumraya tu shikhaya darshanamayati krittikasamsthah | jneyah sa rashmiketuh shvetasamanam phalam dhatte || 40 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The comet stationed in Krittika, appearing with a smoky tail, is to be known as Rashmi-ketu; it bears a result similar to Shveta.

హిందీ అర్థం

कृत्तिका में स्थित, धूम्र शिखा सहित दिखने वाला रश्मि-केतु जानना चाहिए; यह श्वेत के समान फल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ध्रुवकेतुः अनियतगतिप्रमाणवर्णाकृतिः भवति विष्वक् । दिव्यान्तरिक्षभौमो भवत्ययं स्निग्ध इष्टफलः ॥ ११.४१॥

dhruvaketuh aniyatagatipramanavarnakritih bhavati vishvak | divyantarikshabhaumo bhavatyayam snigdha ishtaphalah || 41 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Dhruva-ketu has an irregular motion, measure, colour, and shape, appearing in all directions; it is celestial, atmospheric, and terrestrial; when unctuous, it gives a desired result.

హిందీ అర్థం

ध्रुव-केतु की गति, प्रमाण, वर्ण तथा आकृति अनियत होती है, सभी दिशाओं में दिखता है; यह दिव्य, आन्तरिक्ष तथा भौम तीनों रूपों में होता है; स्निग्ध होने पर इष्ट फल देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सेनांगेषु नृपाणां गृहतरुशैलेषु चापि देशानाम् । गृहिणामुपस्करेषु च विनाशिनां दर्शनं याति ॥ ११.४२॥

senamgeshu nripanam grihataruashaileshu chapi deshanam | grihinamupaskareshu cha vinashinam darshanam yati || 42 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

It brings destruction when seen among the divisions of kings’ armies, upon houses, trees, and mountains of the lands, and among the household articles of householders.

హిందీ అర్థం

यह राजाओं की सेना-विभागों में, देशों के घर-वृक्ष-पर्वतों पर, तथा गृहस्थों के घरेलू उपकरणों में दिखने पर विनाश करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कुमुद इति कुमुदकान्तिः वारुण्यां प्राक्षिखो निशामेकाम् । दृष्टः सुभिक्षमतुलं दश किल वर्षाणि स करोति ॥ ११.४३॥

kumuda iti kumudakantih varunyam prakshikho nishamekam | drishtah subhikshamatulam dasha kila varshani sa karoti || 43 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The one called Kumuda, with the lustre of the white water-lily, in the asterism of Varuna, tail toward the east, seen for a single night, brings about incomparable abundance of grain for ten years, it is said.

హిందీ అర్థం

कुमुद नामक, कुमुद-पुष्प की कान्ति वाला, शतभिषा (वारुण्य) में, पूर्व की ओर शिखा वाला, एक रात्रि दिखने वाला, देखा जाए तो दस वर्षों तक अतुलनीय सुभिक्ष लाता है, ऐसा कहा जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सकृदेकयामदृश्यः सुसूक्ष्मतारोऽपरेण मणिकेतुः । ऋज्वी शिखास्य शुक्ला स्तनोद्गता क्षीरधारेव ॥ ११.४४॥

sakridekayamadrishyah susukshmataro’parena maniketuh | rijvi shikhasya shukla stanodgata kshiradhareva || 44 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Seen once, for one watch of the night, with a very fine star, in the west, is Mani-ketu; its tail is straight and white, emerging as if from a breast, like a stream of milk.

హిందీ అర్థం

एक बार, एक याम (प्रहर) तक दिखने वाला, अत्यन्त सूक्ष्म तारे वाला, पश्चिम में मणि-केतु, इसकी शिखा सीधी, श्वेत, स्तन से निकली दूध की धारा के समान होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उदयन्न् एव सुभिक्षं चतुरो मासान् करोत्यसौ सार्धान् । प्रादुर्भावं प्रायः करोति च क्षुद्रजन्तूनाम् ॥ ११.४५॥

udayanneva subhiksham chaturo masan karotyasau sardhan | pradurbhavam prayah karoti cha kshudrajantunam || 45 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Merely by rising, it brings about abundant grain for four and a half months; and it usually also brings about a proliferation of small creatures.

హిందీ అర్థం

उदित होते ही यह साढ़े चार मास तक सुभिक्ष लाता है; और प्रायः क्षुद्र जन्तुओं (कीड़े-मकोड़ों) की उत्पत्ति भी कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

जलकेतुः अपि च पश्चात् स्निग्धः शिखयापरेण चौन्नतया । नव मासान् स सुभिक्षं करोति शान्तिं च लोकस्य ॥ ११.४६॥

jalaketuh api cha pashchat snigdhah shikhayaparena chaunnataya | nava masan sa subhiksham karoti shantim cha lokasya || 46 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Jala-ketu too, in the west, unctuous, with its tail raised upward, brings about abundant grain for nine months, and peace for the world.

హిందీ అర్థం

जल-केतु भी, पश्चिम में, स्निग्ध, ऊपर उठी हुई शिखा वाला, नौ मास तक सुभिक्ष तथा जगत् की शान्ति लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

भवकेतुः एकरात्रं दृश्यः प्राक् सूक्ष्मतारकः स्निग्धः । हरिलांगुलौपमया प्रदक्षिणावर्तया शिखया ॥ ११.४७॥

bhavaketuh ekaratram drishyah prak sukshmatarakah snigdhah | harilamgulaupamaya pradakshinavartaya shikhaya || 47 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Bhava-ketu, visible for one night, in the east, with a fine star, unctuous, with its tail curving clockwise, resembling a monkey’s tail --

హిందీ అర్థం

भव-केतु, एक रात्रि दिखने वाला, पूर्व में, सूक्ष्म तारे वाला, स्निग्ध, बन्दर की पूँछ जैसी दक्षिणावर्त शिखा वाला।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यावत एव मुहूर्तान् दर्शनमायाति निर्दिशेत्मासान् । तावदतुलं सुभिक्षं रूक्षे प्राणान्तिकान् रोगान् ॥ ११.४८॥

yavata eva muhurtan darshanamayati nirdishenmasan | tavadatulam subhiksham rukshe pranantikan rogan || 48 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

For as many muhurtas as it is visible, one should predict that many months of effect; if unctuous, it brings incomparable abundant grain; if rough, it brings fatal diseases.

హిందీ అర్థం

जितने मुहूर्त यह दिखे, उतने ही मासों तक फल कहना चाहिए; स्निग्ध होने पर अतुलनीय सुभिक्ष, रूखा होने पर प्राणान्तक रोग देता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अपरेण पद्मकेतुः मृणालगौरो भवेन् निशामेकाम् । सप्त करोति सुभिक्षं वर्षाणि अतिहर्षयुक्तानि ॥ ११.४९॥

aparena padmaketuh mrinalagauro bhaven nishamekam | sapta karoti subhiksham varshani atiharshayuktani || 49 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the west, Padma-ketu, pale as a lotus-stalk, appears for a single night; it brings about seven years of abundant grain, filled with great joy.

హిందీ అర్థం

पश्चिम में पद्म-केतु, कमल-नाल के समान गौर वर्ण वाला, एक रात्रि दिखने वाला, सात वर्षों तक अत्यन्त हर्षयुक्त सुभिक्ष लाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आवर्त इति निशार्धे सव्यशिखोऽरुणनिभोऽपरे स्निग्धः । यावत् क्षणान् स दृश्यः तावन् मासान् सुभिक्षकरः ॥ ११.५०॥

avarta iti nishardhe savyashikho’runanibho’pare snigdhah | yavat kshanan sa drishyah tavan masan subhikshakarah || 50 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That called Avarta, in the middle of the night, with its tail to the left, resembling the colour of dawn, in the west, unctuous -- for as many moments as it is visible, that many months it brings about abundant grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

आवर्त नामक, आधी रात को, बाईं ओर शिखा वाला, अरुण वर्ण जैसा, पश्चिम में, स्निग्ध, जितने क्षण यह दिखे, उतने ही मास सुभिक्षकारी होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पश्चात् सन्ध्याकाले संवर्तो नाम धूम्रताम्रशिखः । आक्रम्य वियत्त्र्यंशं शूलाग्रावस्थितो रौद्रः ॥ ११.५१॥

pashchat sandhyakale samvarto nama dhumratamrashikhah | akramya viyattryamsham shulagravasthito raudrah || 51 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the west, at twilight, the one called Samvarta, with a smoky-copper tail, having spanned a third of the sky, spear-tipped, is also called Raudra.

హిందీ అర్థం

पश्चिम में सन्ध्या-काल में संवर्त नामक, धूम्र-ताम्र शिखा वाला, आकाश के एक-तिहाई भाग को पार करके, शूल जैसी नोक वाला, रौद्र भी कहलाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

यावत एव मुहूर्तान् दृश्यो वर्षाणि हन्ति तावन्ति । भूपान् शस्त्रनिपातैरुदयर्क्षं चापि पीडयति ॥ ११.५२॥

yavata eva muhurtan drishyo varshani hanti tavanti | bhupan shastranipatairudayarksham chapi pidayati || 52 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

For as many muhurtas as it is visible, that many years it brings destruction; it destroys kings through the fall of weapons, and also afflicts the region ruled by its rising asterism.

హిందీ అర్థం

जितने मुहूर्त यह दिखे, उतने ही वर्षों तक विनाश करता है; शस्त्रपात से राजाओं का नाश करता है, तथा अपने उदय-नक्षत्र से सम्बद्ध प्रदेश को भी पीड़ित करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ये शस्ताः तान् हित्वा केतुभिः आधूपिते आधूमिते ऽथवा स्पृष्टे । नक्षत्रे भवति वधो येषां राज्ञां प्रवक्ष्ये तान् ॥ ११.५३॥

ye shastah tan hitva ketubhih adhumite athava sprishte | nakshatre bhavati vadho yesham rajnam pravakshye tan || 53 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Setting aside those comets declared auspicious, when an asterism is smoke-covered or touched by inauspicious comets, there occurs the death of certain kings -- I shall now state which.

హిందీ అర్థం

शुभ कहे गए केतुओं को छोड़कर, जब कोई नक्षत्र धूम्रावृत हो या अशुभ केतुओं द्वारा स्पर्शित हो, तो किन राजाओं का वध होता है, वह अब कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अश्विन्यामश्मकपं भरणीषु किरातपार्थिवं हन्यात् । बहुलासु कलिंगेशं रोहिण्यां शूरसेनपतिम् ॥ ११.५४॥

ashvinyamashmakapam bharanishu kiratapartihavam hanyat | bahulasu kalingesham rohinyam shurasenapatim || 54 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Ashvini, it destroys the lord of Ashmaka; in Bharani, the king of the Kiratas; in Bahula, the lord of Kalinga; in Rohini, the lord of Shurasena.

హిందీ అర్థం

अश्विनी में अश्मक के राजा का, भरणी में किरात-राजा का, कृत्तिका (बहुला) में कलिंग के राजा का, रोहिणी में शूरसेन के राजा का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

औशीनरमपि सौम्ये जलजाजीवाधिपं तथार्द्रासु । आदित्येऽश्मकनाथान् नाथं पुष्ये मघधाधिपं हन्ति ॥ ११.५५॥

aushinaramapi saumye jalajajivadhipam tathardrasu | aditye’shmakanathan natham pushye maghadhadhipam hanti || 55 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Saumya, the lord of Ushinara; likewise in Ardra, the lord of those who live by aquatic produce; in the asterism of Aditya, the lords of Ashmaka; in Pushya, it destroys the lord of Magadha.

హిందీ అర్థం

मृगशिरा (सौम्य) में उशीनर के राजा का, आर्द्रा में जलचर-आजीविका वालों के अधिपति का, पुनर्वसु (आदित्य) में अश्मक-नाथों का, पुष्य में मगध के राजा का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

असिकेशं भौजंगे पित्र्ये अंगं पाण्ड्यनाथमपि भाग्ये । औज्जयिनिक औज्जयनिक मार्यम्णे सावित्रे दण्डकाधिपतिम् ॥ ११.५६॥

asikesham bhaujamge pitrye amgam pandyanathamapi bhagye | aujjayinikam aryamne savitre dandakadhipatim || 56 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of the Serpent, Asikesha; in the asterism of the Pitris, Anga; in the asterism of Bhaga, also the Pandya lord; in the asterism of Aryaman, the lord of Ujjayini; in the asterism of Savitri, the lord of Dandaka.

హిందీ అర్థం

आश्लेषा (भौजंग) में असिकेश का, मघा (पित्र्य) में अंग का, पूर्वाफाल्गुनी (भाग्य) में पाण्ड्य राजा का भी, उत्तराफाल्गुनी (अर्यमा) में उज्जयिनी के राजा का, हस्त (सावित्र) में दण्डक के अधिपति का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

चित्रासु कुरुक्षेत्राधिपस्य मरणं समादिशेत् तज्ञः । काश्मीरककांबोजौ नृपती प्राभञ्जने न स्तः ॥ ११.५७॥

chitrasu kurukshetradhipasya maranam samadishet tajnah | kashmirakakambojau nripati prabhanjane na stah || 57 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Chitra, one learned in this should predict the death of the lord of Kurukshetra; in the asterism of Vayu, the kings of Kashmira and Kamboja do not survive.

హిందీ అర్థం

चित्रा में कुरुक्षेत्र के अधिपति की मृत्यु ज्ञाता को कहनी चाहिए; स्वाति (वायु) में काश्मीर तथा कम्बोज के राजा नष्ट होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

इक्ष्वाकुरलकनाथः नाथौ नाथो च हन्यते यदि भवेद् विशाखासु । मैत्रे पुण्ड्राधिपतिः ज्येष्ठासु च ज्येष्ठास्वथ सार्वभौमवधः ॥ ११.५८॥

ikshvakuralakanathau hanyete yadi bhavet vishakhasu | maitre pundradhipatih jyeshthasu atha sarvabhaumavadhah || 58 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The lords of Ikshvaku and Alaka are both destroyed, should Ketu appear in Vishakha; in the asterism of Maitra, the lord of Pundra; in Jyeshtha, there occurs the death of a universal sovereign.

హిందీ అర్థం

विशाखा में हो तो इक्ष्वाकु तथा अलक के राजा दोनों नष्ट होते हैं; अनुराधा (मैत्र) में पुण्ड्र के अधिपति का, ज्येष्ठा में सार्वभौम राजा का वध होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मूलेऽन्ध्रमद्रकपती जलदेवे काशिपो मरणमेति । यौधेयकार्जुनायनशिविचैद्यान् वैश्वदेवे च ॥ ११.५९॥

mule’ndhramadrakapati jaladeve kashipo maranameti | yaudheyakarjunayanashivichaidyan vaishvadeve cha || 59 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Mula, the lords of Andhra and Madraka; in the asterism of Jaladeva, the lord of Kashi meets death; in the asterism of the Vishvedevas, the Yaudheyas, Arjunayanas, Shibis, and Caidyas.

హిందీ అర్థం

मूल में आन्ध्र तथा मद्रक के राजाओं का, पूर्वाषाढ़ा (जलदेव) में काशी के राजा की मृत्यु होती है; उत्तराषाढ़ा (विश्वेदेव) में यौधेय, आर्जुनायन, शिबि तथा चैद्यों का नाश होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हन्यात् कैकयनाथं पांचनदं सिंहलाधिपं वांगम् । नैमिषनृपं किरातं श्रवणादिषु षट्स्विमान् क्रमशः ॥ ११.६०॥

hanyat kaikayanatham pamchanadam simhaladhipam vangam | naimishanripam kiratam shravanadishu shatsviman kramashah || 60 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

It destroys the lord of Kaikaya, the Panchanada region, the lord of Simhala, Vanga, the king of Naimisha, and the Kiratas -- these, in order, in the six asterisms beginning with Shravana.

హిందీ అర్థం

कैकय के राजा, पंचनद, सिंहल के अधिपति, वंग, नैमिष के राजा तथा किरात, इन्हें क्रमशः श्रवण आदि छह नक्षत्रों में नष्ट करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उल्काभिताडितशिखः शिखी शिवः शिवतरोऽतिदृष्तो अभिवृष्टो यः । अशुभः स एव चोलावगाणसितहूणचीनानाम् ॥ ११.६१॥

ulkabhitaditashikhah shikhi shivah shivataro’tidrishto’bhivrishto yah | ashubhah sa eva cholamgashakitahunachinanam || 61 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A comet whose tail is struck by a meteor is thereby made more auspicious if it was already auspicious, seen clearly or amid rain; but if inauspicious to begin with, it remains inauspicious for the Cola, Anga, Shaka, Huna, and China peoples.

హిందీ అర్థం

उल्का से आहत शिखा वाला केतु, यदि पहले से शुभ हो और स्पष्ट या वर्षा में दिखे, तो अधिक शुभ हो जाता है; किन्तु यदि अशुभ हो, तो चोल, अंग, शक, हूण तथा चीन जनों के लिए अशुभ ही रहता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नम्रा यतः शिखिशिखाभिसृता यतो वा ऋक्षं च यत् स्पृशति तत् कथितांश्च देशान् । दिव्यप्रभावनिहतान् स यथा गरुत्मान् भुंक्ते गतो नरपतिः परभोगिभोगान् ॥ ११.६२॥

namra yatah shikhishikhabhisrita yato va riksham cha yat sprishati tat kathitamshcha deshan | divyaprabhavanihatan sa yatha garutman bhumkte gatah narapatih parabhogibhogan || 62 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Toward whichever direction the comet’s tail bends or extends, and whichever asterism it touches -- the lands governed by that asterism, as stated above, are struck by this divine influence; just as Garuda, once having gone somewhere, devours the enjoyments belonging to other serpents, so does a king enjoy the possessions of another.

హిందీ అర్థం

केतु की शिखा जिस दिशा में झुके या फैले, तथा जिस नक्षत्र को स्पर्श करे, उस नक्षत्र से सम्बद्ध कहे गए देश दिव्य प्रभाव से आहत होते हैं; जैसे गरुड़ कहीं जाकर अन्य सर्पों के भोग खा जाता है, वैसे ही राजा दूसरे राजा के भोगों को भोगता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

समुद्रोऽन्तः शैलैः मकरनखरोत्खातशिखरैः कृतः तोयोच्छित्त्या सपदि सुतरां येन रुचिरः । पतन् मुक्तामिश्रैः प्रवरमणिरत्नांबुनिवहैः सुरान् प्रत्यादेष्टुं मित सित मुकुटरत्नान् इव पुरा ॥ १२.१॥

samudro’ntah shailaih makaranakharotkhatashikharaih kritah toyochchhittya sapadi sutaram yena ruchirah | patan muktamishraih pravaramaniratnambunivahaih suran pratyadeshtum mita sita mukutaratnan iva pura || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The ocean, made beautiful within by mountains whose peaks are furrowed by the claws of sea-monsters, grew at once more radiant still through the rising of its waters -- as if, of old, casting up its abundant waters mixed with pearls and excellent gems, in order to display to the gods jewels to match those in their own crowns.

హిందీ అర్థం

पर्वतों से युक्त, जिनके शिखर मकरों के नखों से खोदे गए हैं, ऐसा समुद्र जल की वृद्धि से तुरन्त और भी अधिक सुन्दर हो गया, मानो प्राचीन काल में देवताओं को उनके मुकुटों के समान मणि-रत्न दिखाने के लिए मोतियों तथा उत्तम मणि-रत्नों से युक्त जल-राशि उछाल रहा हो।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

येन चांबुहरणेऽपि विद्रुमैः भूधरैः समणिरत्नविद्रुमैः । निर्गतैः तदुरगैश्च राजितः सागरोऽधिकतरं विराजितः ॥ १२.२॥

yena chambuharane’pi vidrumaih bhudharaih samananiratnavidrumaih | nirgataih taduragaishcha rajitah sagaro’dhikataram virajitah || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

And by whom, even in the taking away of its water, the ocean -- adorned with coral, mountains together with gems and coral, and with its emerged serpents -- shone forth all the more resplendent.

హిందీ అర్థం

और जिनके (अगस्त्य के) द्वारा जल हरण किए जाने पर भी, प्रवाल, पर्वत, मणि-रत्न-प्रवाल तथा निकले हुए सर्पों से सुशोभित समुद्र और भी अधिक शोभायमान हो गया।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रस्फुरत्तिमिजलेभजिह्मगः क्षिप्तरत्ननिकरो महोदधिः । आपदां पदगतोऽपि यापितो येन पीतसलिलोऽमरश्रियम् ॥ १२.३॥

prasphurattimijalebhajihmagah kshiptaratnanikaro mahodadhih | apadam padagato’pi yapito yena pitasalilo’marashriyam || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The great ocean, with its quivering whales, water-elephants, and crooked-moving creatures, its heaps of jewels flung about -- though brought to the brink of calamity, its waters drunk -- was made by him to attain the very splendour of the immortals.

హిందీ అర్థం

कम्पित तिमि-जलहस्ती-टेढ़े जन्तुओं वाला, बिखरे रत्न-समूह वाला महासागर, विपत्ति के कगार पर पहुँचकर भी (जल पी लिए जाने पर भी), उनके (अगस्त्य के) द्वारा देवताओं की शोभा प्राप्त करा दिया गया।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रचलत्तिमिशुक्तिजशंखचितः सलिलेऽपहृतेऽपि पतिः सरिताम् । सतरंगसितोत्पलहंसभृतः सरसः शरदीव विभर्ति रुचिं रुचं ॥ १२.४॥

prachalattimishuktijashamkhachitah salile’pahrite’pi patih saritam | sataramgasitotpalahamsabhritah sarasah sharadiva vibharti ruchim || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The lord of rivers, covered with quivering whales, pearl-oysters, and conches -- even with its water taken away -- bears the loveliness of an autumn lake filled with waves, white lotuses, and swans.

హిందీ అర్థం

कम्पित तिमि, सीप तथा शंखों से आवृत, जल हर लिए जाने पर भी, नदियों का स्वामी (समुद्र) तरंग-कमल-हंसों से युक्त शरद्-सरोवर की सी शोभा धारण करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तिमिसितांबुधरं मणितारकं स्फटिकचन्द्रमनंबुशरद्द्युतिः । फणिफणोपलरश्मिशिखिग्रहं कुटिलगेशवियग चकार यः ॥ १२.५॥

timisitambudharam manitarakam sphatikachandramanambusharaddyutih | phaniphanopalarashmishikhigraham kutilagesheshvavachakara yah || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

He who made the ocean -- with its whales as white clouds, its gems as stars, its crystal as the moon -- a sky waterless yet possessed of autumn’s own splendour, with the gems on serpents’ hoods as its blazing planets and the serpents themselves as the crooked constellation-path...

హిందీ అర్థం

जिन्होंने (अगस्त्य ने) तिमियों को श्वेत मेघ, मणियों को तारे, स्फटिक को चन्द्रमा बनाकर, जल-रहित होते हुए भी शरद् की-सी द्युति वाला, सर्प-फणों की मणियों को चमकते ग्रह तथा सर्पों को ही वक्र मार्ग (नक्षत्र-पथ) बनाकर, आकाश-सा रच दिया।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

दिनकररथमार्गविच्छित्तयेऽभ्युद्यतं यच् चलत्श ृंगमुद्भ्रान्तविद्याधरांसावसक्तप्रियाव्यग्रदत्तांकदेहावलंबांबरात्य् राभि उच्छ्रितोद्धूयमानध्वजैः शोभितम् । करिकटमदमिश्ररक्तावलेहानुवासानुसारिद्विरेफावलीनोत्तमांगैः कृतान् बाणपुष्पैः इवोत्तंसकान् धारयद्भिः मृगेन्द्रैः सनाथीकृतान्तर्दरीनिर्झरम् । गगनतलमिवोल्लिखन्तं प्रवृद्धैः गजाकृष्टफुल्लद्रुमत्रासविभ्रान्तमत्तद्विरेफावलीहृष्ट गीत मन्द्रस्वनैः शैलकूटैः तरक्षर्क्षशार्दूलशाखामृगाध्यासितैः । रहसि मदनसक्तया रेवया कान्तयेवोपगूढं सुराध्यासितोद्यानम् अंभोऽशनानन्नमूलानिलाहारविप्रान्वितं विन्ध्यमस्तंभयद् यश्च तस्योदयः श्रूयताम् ॥ १२.६॥

dinakararathamargavichchhittaye’bhyudyatam yachchalatshringamudbhrantavidyadharamsavasaktapriyavyagradattamkadehavalambambaratya uchchhritoddhuyamanadhvajaih shobhitam | karikatamadamishrarektavalehanuvasanusaridvirephavalinottamamgaih kritan banapushpaih ivottamsakan dharayadbhih mrigendraih sanathikritantardarinirjharam | gaganatalamivollikhantam pravriddhaih gajakrishtaphulladrumatrasavibhrantamattadvirephavalihrishtagitamandrasvanaih shailakutaih tarakshrikshashardulashakhamrigadhyasitaih | rahasi madanasaktaya revaya kantayevopagudham suradhyasitodyanam ambhoshanannamulanilaharaviprantitam vindhyamastambhayad yashcha tasyodayah shruyatam || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mount Vindhya, which had risen up to obstruct the path of the Sun’s chariot -- its moving peaks adorned with waving banners on which bewildered Vidyadharas clung, their beloveds anxiously grasping their suspended bodies; whose caves and waterfalls were guarded by lion-kings wearing, as if flower-garlands, crests of bees drawn by the scent of elephants’ ichor and blood; which seemed to scrape the sky with its towering peaks, echoing with the deep songs of bees maddened by trees pulled down by elephants, and inhabited by hyenas, bears, tigers and monkeys; whose secret groves, embraced by the river Reva as if a beloved intent on love-play, were the dwelling of gods; and inhabited by brahmanas living on water, uncooked grain, roots and air alone -- this Vindhya, he made motionless. Let his rising now be described.

హిందీ అర్థం

सूर्य के रथ-मार्ग को रोकने के लिए उठा हुआ, जिसके चलते शिखरों पर फहराती ध्वजाओं से विभ्रान्त विद्याधर तथा उनकी व्याकुल प्रियाएँ लटके हुए थे; जिसकी गुफाओं-झरनों की रक्षा सिंहों द्वारा हो रही थी, जो हाथियों के मद-रक्त की गन्ध से आकर्षित भ्रमर-समूहों को मानो पुष्प-मुकुट धारण किए हुए थे; जो अपने ऊँचे शिखरों से आकाश को मानो छू रहा था, हाथियों द्वारा खींचे गए फूलों से भयभीत उन्मत्त भ्रमरों के गीतों से गूँजता, तथा लकड़बग्घे-भालू-बाघ-वानरों से आबाद पर्वत-शिखरों वाला; जिसकी एकान्त घाटियाँ मानो प्रेम-रत प्रिया रेवा नदी द्वारा आलिंगित थीं, देवताओं द्वारा बसे उद्यान वाला; तथा जल-कच्चे अन्न-मूल-वायु मात्र पर जीवित ब्राह्मणों से युक्त, ऐसे विन्ध्य पर्वत को उन्होंने (अगस्त्य ने) स्तम्भित कर दिया। अब उनका उदय सुना जाए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उदये च मुनेः अगस्त्यनाम्नः कुसमायोगमलप्रदूषितानि । हृदयानि सतामिव स्वभावात् पुनः अंबूनि भवन्ति निर्मलानि ॥ १२.७॥

udaye cha muneh agastyanamnah kusamayogamalapradushitani | hridayani satamiva svabhavat punah ambuni bhavanti nirmalani || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

And at the rising of the sage named Agastya, waters that had been polluted by an unfavourable conjunction, just as the hearts of the virtuous return to purity by their own nature, again become clear.

హిందీ అర్థం

मुनि अगस्त्य के उदय होने पर, अशुभ योग से दूषित जल, सज्जनों के हृदय के समान अपने स्वभाव से पुनः निर्मल हो जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पार्श्वद्वयाधिष्ठितचक्रवाकामापुष्णती सस्वनहंसपंक्तिम् । तांबूलरक्तोत्कषिताग्रदन्ती विभाति योषा इव शरत् सरित् सहासा ॥ १२.८॥

parshvadvayadhishthitachakravakamapushnati sasvanahamsapamktim | tambularaktotkashitagradanti vibhati yosha iva sharat sarit sahasa || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Nourishing the cakravaka birds seated on its two banks, together with its resounding rows of swans, the autumn river -- its foremost ripples reddened as if by betel -- shines, laughing, like a young woman.

హిందీ అర్థం

दोनों तटों पर स्थित चक्रवाक पक्षियों तथा कलरव करते हंस-पंक्तियों को पोषित करती हुई, ताम्बूल-रक्त से अरुणित तटों वाली शरद्-नदी हँसती हुई युवती के समान शोभित होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

इन्दीवरासन्नसितोत्पलान्विता शरद् सरित् भ्रमत्षट्पदपंक्तिभूषिता । सभ्रूलताक्षेपकटाक्षवीक्षणा विदग्धयोषा इव विभाति सस्मरा ॥ १२.९॥

indivarasannasitotpalanvita sharad sarit bhramatshatpadapamktibhushita | sabhrulatakshepakataksha viksana vidagdhayosha iva vibhati sasmara || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Adorned with blue water-lilies clustered near its blue lotuses, decorated with rows of wandering bees, the autumn river, with glances like the sidelong looks of an arching eyebrow, shines like a clever, love-filled young woman.

హిందీ అర్థం

नीलकमलों से युक्त, भ्रमरों की पंक्तियों से सुसज्जित शरद्-नदी, भौंहों की लता के इशारे जैसी कटाक्ष-दृष्टि वाली, चतुर प्रेममयी युवती के समान शोभित होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

इन्दोः पयोदविगमोपहितां विभूतिं द्रष्टुं तरंगवलया कुमुदं निशासु । उन्मीलयत्यलिनिलीनदलं सुपक्ष्म वापी विलोचनमिवासिततारकान्तम् ॥ १२.१०॥

indoh payodavigamopahitam vibhutim drashtum tarangavalaya kumudam nishasu | unmilayatyalinilinadalam supakshma vapi vilochanamivasitatarakantam || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

To behold the Moon’s splendour, bestowed by the departure of the rain-clouds, the pool, its waves like bangles, opens at night its water-lily -- its petals concealing bees, its lashes lovely -- like an eye with a dark pupil at its centre.

హిందీ అర్థం

मेघों के हट जाने से प्राप्त चन्द्रमा की शोभा देखने के लिए, तरंग-रूपी कंगन वाली बावड़ी रात्रि में अपना कुमुद-पुष्प खोलती है, भ्रमरों से छिपी पंखुड़ियों, सुन्दर पलकों सहित, मानो काली पुतली वाली आँख हो।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नानाविचित्रांबुजहंसकोककारण्डवापूर्णतडागहस्ता । रत्नैः प्रभूतैः कुसुमैः फलैश्च भूर्यच्छतीवार्घमगस्त्यनाम्ने ॥ १२.११॥

nanavichitrambujahamsakokakarandavapurnatadakahasta | ratnaih prabhutaih kusumaih phalaishcha bhuryachchhativargamagastyanamne || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

With her hand offered as ponds full of various wondrous lotuses, swans, cakravaka and karandava birds, the Earth, as if with abundant gems, flowers, and fruits, offers a water-oblation to him named Agastya.

హిందీ అర్థం

नाना प्रकार के विचित्र कमल, हंस, चक्रवाक तथा कारण्डव पक्षियों से भरे तालाबों को हाथ के समान लिए हुए, पृथ्वी मानो प्रचुर रत्न, फूल तथा फलों से अगस्त्य नामक तारे को अर्घ्य दे रही हो।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सलिलममरपाज्ञया उज्झितं यद् धनपरिवेष्टितमूर्तिभिः भुजंगैः । फणिजनितविषाग्निसम्प्रदुष्टं भवति शिवं तदगस्त्यदर्शनेन ॥ १२.१२॥

salilamamarapajnaya ujjhitam yad dhanaparivestitamurtibhih bhujamgaih | phanijanitavishagnisampradushtam bhavati shivam tadagastyadarshanena || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The water which, by Indra’s command, had been abandoned by serpents whose bodies were coiled thick, and corrupted by the poison-fire born of serpents’ hoods -- that becomes pure by the mere sight of Agastya.

హిందీ అర్థం

जो जल इन्द्र की आज्ञा से सर्पों द्वारा, जिनके शरीर घने कुण्डलित थे, त्यागा गया था, तथा सर्प-फणों से उत्पन्न विष-अग्नि से दूषित हो गया था, वह अगस्त्य के दर्शन-मात्र से शुभ (शुद्ध) हो जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

स्मरणादपि पापमपाकुरुते किमुत स्तुतिभिः वरुणांगरुहः । मुनिभिः कथितोऽस्य यथार्घविधिः कथयामि तथैव नरेन्द्रहितम् ॥ १२.१३॥

smaranadapi papamapakurute kimuta stutibhih varunamgaruhah | munibhih kathito’sya yathargavidhih kathayami tathaiva narendrahitam || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The one born of Varuna’s body removes sin merely by being remembered -- how much more, then, through hymns of praise! As the rule for his water-oblation has been stated by the sages, so I shall now state it, for the benefit of kings.

హిందీ అర్థం

वरुण के अंग से उत्पन्न (अगस्त्य) स्मरण-मात्र से ही पाप का नाश कर देते हैं, स्तुति से तो क्या ही कहना! मुनियों द्वारा कहे गए इनके अर्घ्य-विधि को, राजाओं के हित के लिए, मैं वैसे ही कहता हूँ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

संख्याविधानात् प्रतिदेशमस्य विज्ञाय सन्दर्शनमादिशेज्ञः । तगौज्जयिन्यां उज्जयन्यां अगतस्य कन्यां भागैः स्वराख्यैः स्फुटभास्करस्य ॥ १२.१४॥

samkhyavidhanat pratideshamasya vijnaya sandarshanamadishejjnah | tagujjayinyam agatasya kanyam bhagaih svarakhyaih sphutabhaskarasya || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Having known, by the rule of computation, the visibility of this star for each region, the knowledgeable one should determine it: at Ujjayini, by the vowel-named divisions of the clear Sun’s longitude, at the point it has not yet reached.

హిందీ అర్థం

गणना-विधि से प्रत्येक देश के लिए इसके दर्शन को जानकर ज्ञाता को निर्धारित करना चाहिए, उज्जयिनी में, स्फुट सूर्य के स्वर-नामक अंशों द्वारा, अभी तक न पहुँचे हुए एक निश्चित बिन्दु से।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ईषत्प्रभिन्नेऽरुणरश्मिजालैः नैशेऽन्धकारे दिशि दक्षिणस्याम् । सांवत्सरावेदितदिग्विभागे भूपोऽर्घमुर्व्यां प्रयतः प्रयच्छेत् ॥ १२.१५॥

ishatprabhinne’runarashmijalaih naishe’ndhakare dishi dakshinasyam | samvatsaraveditadigvibhage bhupo’rghamurvyam prayatah prayachchhet || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

When the night’s darkness is just slightly broken by the network of dawn’s reddish rays, in the southern direction -- in the quarter announced by the court astrologer -- the king, purified, should offer the water-oblation upon the earth.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब रात्रि का अन्धकार अरुण किरण-जाल से थोड़ा भेदा गया हो, दक्षिण दिशा में, ज्योतिषी द्वारा बताए गए दिग्भाग में, राजा पवित्र होकर पृथ्वी पर अर्घ्य प्रदान करे।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

कालोद्भवैः सुरभिभिः कुसुमैः फलैश्च रत्नैश्च सागरभवैः कनकांबरैश्च । धेन्वा वृषेण परमान्नयुतैश्च भक्ष्यैः दध्यक्षतैः सुरभिधूपविलेपनैश्च ॥ १२.१६॥

kalodbhavaih surabhibhih kusumaih phalaishcha ratnaishcha sagarabhavaih kanakambaraishcha | dhenva vrishena paramannayutaishcha bhakshyaih dadhyakshataih surabhidhupavilepanaishcha || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

With seasonal fragrant flowers, fruits, gems, and ocean-produce, with gold and cloth, with a cow and a bull, together with delicacies accompanied by the finest rice-pudding, with curds and unbroken rice-grains, and with fragrant incense and unguents --

హిందీ అర్థం

ऋतु में उत्पन्न सुगन्धित फूलों, फलों, रत्नों तथा समुद्र-उत्पन्न वस्तुओं, स्वर्ण-वस्त्रों, गाय-बैल, उत्तम खीर सहित भोज्य पदार्थों, दही-अक्षत तथा सुगन्धित धूप-लेप के साथ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नरपतिः इममर्घं श्रद्दधानो दधानः प्रविगतगददोषो निर्जितारातिपक्षः । भवति यदि च दद्यात् सप्त वर्षाणि सम्यग् जलनिधिरशनायाः रसनायाः स्वामितां याति भूमेः ॥ १२.१७॥

narapatih imamargam shraddadhano dadhanah pravigatagadadoshah nirjitaratipakshah | bhavati yadi cha dadyat sapta varshani samyag jalanidhirashanayah rasanayah svamitam yati bhumeh || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The king who, with faith, offers this arghya, becomes free of the fault of disease, and victorious over his enemies; and if he offers it properly for seven years, the lord of the waters grants his kingdom lordship over the earth, free from hunger.

హిందీ అర్థం

यह अर्घ्य श्रद्धापूर्वक अर्पित करने वाला राजा रोग-दोष से मुक्त, शत्रु-पक्ष पर विजयी होता है; और यदि सात वर्षों तक भली-भाँति यह अर्पित करे, तो जल-निधि (समुद्र) पृथ्वी की भूख-रहित स्वामित्व-प्राप्ति में सहायक होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

द्विजो यथालाभमुपाहृतार्घः प्राप्नोति वेदान् प्रमदाश्च पुत्रान् । वैश्यश्च गां भूरि धनं च शूद्रो रोगक्षयं धर्मफलं च सर्वे ॥ १२.१८॥

dvijo yathalabhamupahritargah prapnoti vedan pramadashcha putran | vaishyashcha gam bhuri dhanam cha shudro rogakshayam dharmaphalam cha sarve || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

A brahmana who offers the arghya, according to his means, obtains the Vedas, wives, and sons; a vaishya obtains cattle and abundant wealth; a shudra, freedom from disease; and all obtain the fruit of dharma.

హిందీ అర్థం

यथाशक्ति अर्घ्य अर्पित करने वाला ब्राह्मण वेद, स्त्रियाँ तथा पुत्र प्राप्त करता है; वैश्य गाय तथा प्रचुर धन; शूद्र रोग-नाश; और सभी धर्म-फल प्राप्त करते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रोगान् करोति परुषः कपिलः त्ववृष्टिं धूम्रो गवामशुभकृत् स्फुरणो भयाय माञ्जिष्ठरागसदृशः क्षुधमाहवांश्च कुर्यादणुश्च पुररोधमगस्त्यनामा ॥ १२.१९॥

roganm karoti parushah kapilah tvavrishtim dhumro gavamashubhakrit sphurano bhayaya | manjishtharagasadrishah kshudhamahavamshcha kuryadanushcha pururodhamagastyanama || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Agastya, if rough, brings diseases; if tawny, drought; if smoky, misfortune for cattle; if quivering, fear; if resembling the red of madder-dye, hunger and battles; and if minute, a siege of the city.

హిందీ అర్థం

अगस्त्य रूखा हो तो रोग, भूरा हो तो अनावृष्टि, धूम्र हो तो गायों के लिए अशुभ, स्फुरित (कम्पित) हो तो भय, मंजिष्ठा-वर्ण जैसा हो तो भूख तथा युद्ध, और सूक्ष्म (मन्द) हो तो नगर-घेराव कराता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शातकुंभसदृशः स्फटिकाभः तर्पयन्न् इव महीं किरणाग्रैः किरणौघैः । दृश्यते यदि तदा ततः प्रचुरान्ना भूः भवत्यभयरोगजनाढ्या ॥ १२.२०॥

shatakumbhasadrishah sphatikabhah tarpayanniva mahim kiranagraih kiranaughaih | drishyate yadi tada tatah prachurana bhuh bhavatyabhayarogajanadhya || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

If Agastya is seen resembling gold, or crystalline in brightness, as if satisfying the earth with the very tips of its rays, with abundant rays, then the earth becomes rich in abundant grain, free from fear, disease, and populous.

హిందీ అర్థం

यदि अगस्त्य स्वर्ण के समान या स्फटिक जैसा चमकीला दिखे, मानो अपनी किरणों की नोकों से पृथ्वी को तृप्त करता हुआ, प्रचुर किरणों सहित, तो पृथ्वी प्रचुर अन्न, निर्भयता, आरोग्य तथा जनसंख्या से समृद्ध होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उल्कया विनिहतः शिखिना वा क्षुद्भयं मरकमेव विधत्ते धत्ते । दृश्यते स किल हस्तगतेऽर्के रोहिणीमुपगतेऽस्तमुपैति ॥ १२.२१॥

ulkaya vinihatah shikhina va kshudbhayam marakameva vidhatte dhatte | drishyate sa kila hastagate’rke rohinimupagate’stamupaiti || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Struck by a meteor, or by a comet, it brings about the fear of hunger, and pestilence itself. It is seen, indeed, when the Sun is in Hasta, and it sets when the Sun reaches Rohini.

హిందీ అర్థం

उल्का या केतु से आहत होने पर यह भूख का भय तथा महामारी उत्पन्न करता है। यह सूर्य के हस्त-राशि में होने पर दिखाई देता है, और सूर्य के रोहिणी में पहुँचने पर अस्त हो जाता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सैकावलीव राजति ससितोत्पलमालिनी सहासेव । नाथवतीव च दिग् यैः कौवेरी सप्तभिः मुनिभिः ॥ १३.१॥

saikavaliva rajati sasitotpalamalini sahaseva | nathavativa cha dig yaih kauveri saptabhih munibhih || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That direction, belonging to Kubera, shines like a single string of pearls, garlanded with white lotuses as if smiling, and as if possessed of a lord, by those seven sages.

హిందీ అర్థం

वह दिशा (कुबेर की, उत्तर) मानो एक लड़ी के मोती-हार-सी, श्वेत कमलों की माला पहने मुस्कुराती-सी, तथा उन सात मुनियों से मानो स्वामीयुक्त होकर शोभित होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

ध्रुवनायकोपदेशान् नरिनर्ती नर्त्ती वोत्तरा भ्रमद्भिश्च । यैश्चारमहं तेषां कथयिष्ये वृद्धगर्गमतात् ॥ १३.२॥

dhruvanayakopadeshan na rinarti bhramadbhirdhruvanuvartinah | yaishcharamaham tesham kathayishye vriddhagargamatat || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Not deviating from the guidance of their leader, the Pole Star, revolving as its followers -- I shall now state the course of these sages, according to the view of Vriddha Garga (the elder Garga).

హిందీ అర్థం

ध्रुव नामक नायक के मार्गदर्शन से विचलित हुए बिना, उसका अनुसरण करते हुए घूमते इन सप्तर्षियों के चार (गति) को मैं वृद्ध गर्ग के मत के अनुसार कहूँगा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आसन् मघासु मुनयः शासति पृथ्वीं युधिष्ठिरे नृपतौ । षड्द्विकपंचद्वियुतः शककालः तस्य राज्ञश्च ॥ १३.३॥

asan maghasu munayah shasati prithvim yudhishthire nripatau | shaddvikapamchadviyutah shakakalah tasya rajnashcha || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The sages were in Magha when king Yudhishthira ruled the earth; and the interval to the Shaka era of that king is 2526 years.

హిందీ అర్థం

जब युधिष्ठिर राजा पृथ्वी पर शासन करते थे, तब सप्तर्षि मघा नक्षत्र में थे; उस राजा के शक-काल तक का अन्तर दो हज़ार पाँच सौ छब्बीस वर्ष है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

एकैकस्मिन् ऋक्षे शतं शतं ते चरन्ति वर्षाणाम् । प्रागुदयतोऽपि अविवराद् र्जून् नयति तत्र संयुक्ताः प्रागुत्तरतश्च एते सदा उदयन्ते ससाध्वीकाः ॥ १३.४॥

ekaikasmin rikshe shatam shatam te charanti varshanam | pragudayato’pi avivarat rijun nayati tatra samyuktah pragauttaratashcha ete sada udayante sasadhvikah || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In each single asterism, they move for a hundred years each. From their very first rising, without interruption, they proceed in a straight course; joined together in this way, these sages, together with the virtuous Arundhati, always rise in the north-east.

హిందీ అర్థం

प्रत्येक एक नक्षत्र में वे एक-एक सौ वर्ष तक विचरण करते हैं। अपने प्रथम उदय से ही, बिना विच्छेद के, वे सीधी गति से चलते हैं; इस प्रकार संयुक्त होकर ये सप्तर्षि, साध्वी अरुन्धती सहित, सदा उत्तर-पूर्व दिशा में उदित होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पूर्वे भागे भगवान् मरीचिः अपरे स्थितो वसिष्ठोऽस्मात् । तस्यांगिराः ततोऽत्रिः तस्यासन्नः पुलस्त्यश्च ॥ १३.५॥

purve bhage bhagavan marichih apare sthito vasishtho’smat | tasyamgirah tato’trih tasyasannah pulastyashcha || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the eastern part is the illustrious Marichi; in the western is situated Vasishtha; next to him is Angiras; then Atri; next to him is Pulastya.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्व भाग में भगवान् मरीचि हैं, पश्चिम में वसिष्ठ स्थित हैं; उनसे आगे अंगिरा, फिर अत्रि, उनके निकट पुलस्त्य हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पुलहः क्रतुः इति भगान् आसन्ना अनुक्रमेण पूर्वाद्यात् पूर्वाद्याः । तत्र वसिष्ठं मुनिवरमुपाश्रितारुन्धती साध्वी ॥ १३.६॥

pulahah kraturiti bhaganasanna anukramena purvadyat | tatra vasishtham munivaramupashritarundhati sadhvi || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Pulaha, and then Kratu -- thus are the remaining stars positioned in due order from the eastern one onward. There, the faithful Arundhati has taken refuge beside Vasishtha, the foremost of sages.

హిందీ అర్థం

पुलह तथा क्रतु, इस प्रकार पूर्व से आरम्भ होकर क्रमशः निकटवर्ती तारे हैं। वहाँ वसिष्ठ मुनिश्रेष्ठ के पास साध्वी अरुन्धती आश्रित हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

उल्काशनिधूमाद्यैः हता विवर्णा विरश्मयो ह्रस्वाः । हन्युः स्वं स्वं वर्गं विपुलाः स्निग्धाश्च तद्वृद्ध्यै ॥ १३.७॥

ulkashanidhumadyaih hatah vivarnah virashmayah hrasvah | hanyuh svam svam vargam vipulah snigdhashcha tadvriddhyai || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Struck by meteors, thunderbolts, smoke and the like, discoloured, rayless, or diminished, these stars destroy their own respective classes; but when ample and unctuous, they bring about the prosperity of the same.

హిందీ అర్థం

उल्का, वज्र, धूम आदि से आहत, वर्ण-रहित, किरण-रहित या छोटे हो जाने पर ये तारे अपने-अपने वर्ग का नाश करते हैं; विशाल तथा स्निग्ध होने पर उसी की वृद्धि करते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

गन्धर्वदेवदानवमन्त्रौषधिसिद्धयक्षनागानाम् । पीडाकारो मरीचिः ज्ञेयो विद्याधराणां च ॥ १३.८॥

gandharvadevadanavamantraushadhisiddhayakshanaganam | pidakaro marichih jneyo vidyadharanam cha || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Marichi is to be known as the bringer of affliction to Gandharvas, gods, demons, those skilled in mantra and herbs, siddhas, yakshas, and nagas, and also to Vidyadharas.

హిందీ అర్థం

मरीचि गन्धर्व, देव, दानव, मन्त्र-औषधि-सिद्ध, यक्ष, नाग तथा विद्याधरों को पीड़ा देने वाला जानना चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

शकयवनदरदपारतकांबोजां तापसान् वनोपेतान् । हन्ति वसिष्ठोऽभिहतो विवृद्धिदो रश्मिसम्पन्नः ॥ १३.९॥

shakayavanadaradaparatakambojan tapasan vanopetan | hanti vasishtho’bhihatah vivriddhido rashmisampannah || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Vasishtha, when afflicted, destroys the Shakas, Yavanas, Daradas, Paratas, and Kambojas, and ascetics dwelling in forests; but when possessed of full rays, he bestows prosperity.

హిందీ అర్థం

आहत होने पर वसिष्ठ शक, यवन, दरद, पारत तथा कम्बोज जनों को, तथा वनवासी तपस्वियों को नष्ट करता है; प्रचुर किरणों सहित होने पर वृद्धिदायक होता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अंगिरसो ज्ञानयुता धीमन्तो ब्राह्मणाश्च निर्दिष्टाः । अत्रेः कान्तारभवा जलजानि अंभोनिधिः सरितः ॥ १३.१०॥

amgiraso jnanayuta dhimanto brahmanashcha nirdishtah | atreh kantarabhava jalajani ambhonidhih saritah || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Angiras is declared to harm those endowed with knowledge, the wise, and brahmanas; Atri harms forest-dwellers, aquatic produce, the ocean, and rivers.

హిందీ అర్థం

अंगिरा ज्ञानयुक्त, बुद्धिमान् तथा ब्राह्मणों को पीड़ित करने वाला बताया गया है; अत्रि वनवासियों, जलचर उत्पाद, समुद्र तथा नदियों को पीड़ित करता है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रक्षःपिशाचदानवदैत्यभुजंगाः स्मृताः पुलस्त्यस्य । पुलहस्य तु मूलफलं क्रतोः तु यज्ञाः सयज्ञभृतः ॥ १३.११॥

rakshahpishachadanavadaityabhujamgah smritah pulastyasya | pulahasya tu mulaphalam kratoh tu yajnah sayajnabhritah || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Rakshasas, pishachas, danavas, daityas, and serpents are remembered as belonging to the domain of Pulastya; roots and fruits belong to Pulaha; and sacrifices, together with those who perform them, belong to Kratu.

హిందీ అర్థం

राक्षस, पिशाच, दानव, दैत्य तथा सर्प पुलस्त्य से सम्बद्ध स्मरण किए गए हैं; पुलह से मूल-फल, तथा क्रतु से यज्ञ एवं यज्ञ-कर्ता सम्बद्ध हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

नक्षत्रत्रयवर्गैः आग्नेयाद्यैः व्यवस्थितैः नवधा । भारतवर्षे मध्य मध्यात् प्रागादिविभाजिता देशाः ॥ १४.१॥

nakshatratrayavargaih agneyadyaih vyavasthitaih navadha | bharatavarshe madhyat pragadivibhajita deshah || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

By the groups of three asterisms each, beginning with the group ruled by Agni, arranged ninefold, the countries of Bharatavarsha are divided outward from the centre, starting in the east and so on.

హిందీ అర్థం

अग्नि आदि से आरम्भ होने वाले नक्षत्र-त्रय-समूहों द्वारा नौ भागों में व्यवस्थित, भारतवर्ष के देश मध्य से पूर्व आदि दिशाओं में विभाजित हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

भद्रारिमेदमाण्डव्यसाल्वनीपोज्जिहानसंख्याताः । मरुवत्सघोषयामुनसारस्वतमत्स्यमाध्यमिकाः ॥ १४.२॥

bhadrarimedamandavyasalvanipojjihanasamkhyatah | maruvatsaghoshayamunasarasvatamatsyamadhyamikah || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Counted in the centre: Bhadra, Arimeda, Mandavya, Salva, Nipa, Ujjihana; Maru, Vatsa, Ghosha, Yamuna, Sarasvata, Matsya, Madhyamika;

హిందీ అర్థం

भद्र, अरिमेद, माण्डव्य, साल्व, नीप, उज्जिहान; मरु, वत्स, घोष, यामुन, सारस्वत, मत्स्य, माध्यमिक, मध्य भाग में गिने गए हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

माथुरकोपज्योतिषधर्मारण्यानि शूरसेनाश्च । गौरग्रीवोद्देहिकपाण्डुगुडाश्वत्थपांचालाः ॥ १४.३॥

mathurakopajyotishadharmaranyani shurasenashcha | gauragrivoddehikapandugudashvatthapanchalah || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mathura, Upajyotisha, Dharmaranya, and the Shurasenas; Gauragriva, Uddehika, Pandu, Guda, Ashvattha, Panchala;

హిందీ అర్థం

माथुर, उपज्योतिष, धर्मारण्य तथा शूरसेन; गौरग्रीव, उद्देहिक, पाण्डु, गुड, अश्वत्थ, पांचाल।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

साकेतकंककुरुकालकोटिकुकुराश्च पारियात्रनगः । औदुंबरकापिष्टलगजाह्वयाश्चेति मध्यमिदम् ॥ १४.४॥

saketakamkakurukalakotikukurashcha pariyatranagah | audumbarakapishthalagajahvayashcheti madhyamidam || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Saketa, Kanka, Kuru, Kalakoti, and the Kukuras; the Pariyatra mountain; Audumbara, Kapishthala, and Gajahvaya (Hastinapura) -- thus is this the central division.

హిందీ అర్థం

साकेत, कंक, कुरु, कालकोटि तथा कुकुर; पारियात्र पर्वत; औदुम्बर, कापिष्ठल, गजाह्वय (हस्तिनापुर), यह मध्य भाग हुआ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

अथ पूर्वस्यामञ्जनवृषभध्वजपद्ममाल्यवद्गिरयः । व्याघ्रमुखसुह्मकर्वटचान्द्रपुराः शूर्पकर्णाश्च ॥ १४.५॥

atha purvasyamamjanavrishabhadhvajapadmamalyavadgirayah | vyaghramukhasuhmakarvatachandrapurah shurpakarnashcha || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Now, in the east: the mountains Anjana, Vrishabha, Dhvaja, Padma, Malyavat; Vyaghramukha, Suhma, Karvata, Candrapura, and the Shurpakarnas.

హిందీ అర్థం

अब पूर्व में: अंजन, वृषभ, ध्वज, पद्म, माल्यवान् पर्वत; व्याघ्रमुख, सुह्म, कर्वट, चान्द्रपुर तथा शूर्पकर्ण।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

खसमगधशिबिरगिरिमिथिलसमतटोड्राश्ववदनदन्तुरकाः । प्राग्ज्योतिषलौहित्यक्षीरोदसमुद्रपुरुषादाः ॥ १४.६॥

khasamagadhashibirigirimithilasamatatodrashvavadanadanturakah | pragjyotishalauhityakshirodasamudrapurushadah || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Khasa, Magadha, Shibi, Girivraja, Mithila, Samatata, Odra, Ashvavadana, Danturaka; Pragjyotisha, Lauhitya, the Kshiroda ocean, the sea-region, and the Purushadas (man-eaters).

హిందీ అర్థం

खस, मगध, शिबि, गिरिव्रज, मिथिला, समतट, ओड्र, अश्ववदन, दन्तुरक; प्राग्ज्योतिष, लौहित्य, क्षीरोद, समुद्र-प्रदेश तथा पुरुषाद (नरभक्षी)।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

उदयगिरिभद्रगौडकपौण्ड्रोत्कलकाशिमेकलांबष्ठाः । एकपदताम्रलिप्त तामलिपित ककोशलका वर्धमानाश्च ॥ १४.७॥

udayagiribhadragaudakapaundrotkalakashimekalambashthah | ekapadatamraliptakakoshalakavardhamanashcha || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Udayagiri, Bhadra, Gaudaka, Paundra, Utkala, Kashi, Mekala, Ambashtha; Ekapada, Tamraliptaka, Koshalaka, and Vardhamana.

హిందీ అర్థం

उदयगिरि, भद्र, गौड़क, पौण्ड्र, उत्कल, काशी, मेकल, अम्बष्ठ; एकपद, ताम्रलिप्तक, कोशलक तथा वर्धमान।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

आग्नेय्यां दिशि कोशलकलिंगवंगोपवंगजठरांगाः । शौलिकविदर्भवत्सान्ध्रचेदिकाश्च ऊर्ध्वकण्ठाश्च ॥ १४.८॥

agneyyam dishi koshalakalingavangopavangajatharangah | shaulikavidarbhavatsandhrachedikashcha urdhvakanthashcha || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the south-east: Koshala, Kalinga, Vanga, Upavanga, Jatharanga; Shaulika, Vidarbha, Vatsa, Andhra, Cedi, and the Urdhvakanthas.

హిందీ అర్థం

आग्नेय दिशा में कोशल, कलिंग, वंग, उपवंग, जठरांग; शौलिक, विदर्भ, वत्स, आन्ध्र, चेदि तथा ऊर्ध्वकण्ठ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

वृषनालिकेरचर्मद्वीपा विन्ध्यान्तवासिनः त्रिपुरी । श्मश्रुधरहेमकुड्य कूट्य व्यालग्रीवा महाग्रीवाः ॥ १४.९॥

vrishanalikeracharmadvipah vindhyantavasinah tripuri | shmashrudharahemakudyavyalagriva mahagrivah || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Vrisha, Nalikera, Carmadvipa-dwellers; those living at the edge of the Vindhya; Tripuri; Shmashrudhara, Hemakudya, Vyalagriva, and Mahagriva.

హిందీ అర్థం

वृष, नालिकेर, चर्मद्वीप-निवासी; विन्ध्य के अन्त में रहने वाले; त्रिपुरी; श्मश्रुधर, हेमकुड्य, व्यालग्रीव तथा महाग्रीव।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

किष्किन्धकण्टकस्थलनिषादराष्ट्राणि पुरिकदाशार्णाः । सह नग्नपर्णशबरैः आश्लेषाद्ये त्रिके देशाः ॥ १४.१०॥

kishkindhakantakasthalanishadarashtrani purikadasharnah | saha nagnaparnashabaraih ashleshadye trike deshah || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Kishkindha, Kantakasthala, the Nishada kingdoms, Purika, Dasharna, together with the Nagnaparnas and Shabaras -- these are the countries in the triad beginning with Ashlesha.

హిందీ అర్థం

किष्किन्ध, कण्टकस्थल, निषाद राज्य, पुरिक, दाशार्ण, नग्नपर्ण तथा शबरों सहित, ये आश्लेषा आदि त्रिक के देश हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

अथ दक्षिणेन लंकाकालाजिनसौरिकीर्णतालिकटाः । गिरिनगरमलयदर्दुरमहेन्द्रमालिन्द्यभरुकच्छाः ॥ १४.११॥

atha dakshinena lankakalajinasaurikirnatalikatah | girinagaramalayadardaramahendramalindyabharukachchhah || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Now, to the south: Lanka, Kalajina, Sauri, Kirnatalikata; Girinagara, Malaya, Dardura, Mahendra, Malindya, Bharukaccha.

హిందీ అర్థం

अब दक्षिण में: लंका, कालाजिन, सौरी, कीर्णतालिकट; गिरिनगर, मलय, दर्दुर, महेन्द्र, मालिन्द्य, भरुकच्छ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

कंकटकंकण टंकण वनवासिशिबिकफणिकारकोंकणाभीराः । आकरवेणावर्तक वन्तक दशपुरगोनर्दकेरलकाः ॥ १४.१२॥

kamkatakamkanatamkanavanavasishibikaphanikarakomkanabhirah | akaravenavartakadashapuragonardakeralakah || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Kankata, Kankana, Tankana, Vanavasi, Shibika, Phanikara, Konkana, the Abhiras; Akara, Venavartaka, Dashapura, Gonarda, and Keralaka.

హిందీ అర్థం

कंकट, कंकण, टंकण, वनवासी, शिबिक, फणिकार, कोंकण, आभीर; आकर, वेणावर्तक, दशपुर, गोनर्द तथा केरलक।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

कर्णाटमहाटविचित्रकूटनासिक्यकोल्लगिरिचोलाः । क्रौंचद्वीपजटाधरकावेर्यो रिष्यमूकश्च ॥ १४.१३॥

karnatamahatavichitrakutanasikyakollagiricholah | krounchadvipajatadharakaveryah rishyamukashcha || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Karnata, Mahatavi, Citrakuta, Nasikya, Kollagiri, Cola; Krounchadvipa, Jatadhara, the Kaveri river, and Rishyamuka.

హిందీ అర్థం

कर्णाट, महाटवी, चित्रकूट, नासिक्य, कोल्लगिरि, चोल; क्रौंचद्वीप, जटाधर, कावेरी (नदी) तथा ऋष्यमूक।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

वैदूर्यशंखमुक्तात्रिवारिचरधर्मपट्टनद्वीपाः । गणराज्यकृष्णवेल्लूरपिशिकशूर्पाद्रिकुसुमनगाः ॥ १४.१४॥

vaidurayashamkhamuktatrivaricharadharmapattanadvipah | ganarajyakrishnaveluripishikashurpadrikusumanagah || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The land of cat’s-eye gems, conch and pearls; Trivaricara, Dharmapattana; the islands; the republics; Krishnavellura, Pishika, Shurpadri, and Kusumanaga.

హిందీ అర్థం

वैदूर्य-शंख-मुक्ता (मणि प्रदेश), त्रिवारिचर, धर्मपट्टन; द्वीप; गणराज्य; कृष्णवेल्लूर, पिशिक, शूर्पाद्रि तथा कुसुमनग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

तुंबवनकार्मणय मणेय कयाम्योदधितापसाश्रमा ऋषिकाः । कांचीमरुचीपट्टनचेर्यार्यकसिंहला ऋषभाः ॥ १४.१५॥

tumbavanakarmaneyakayamyodadhitapasashrama rishikah | kanchimarucipattanacheryarayakasimhala rishabhah || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Tumbavana, Karmaneya, the ascetic hermitages by the southern ocean, the Rishikas; Kanchi, Marucipattana, Ceri, Aryaka, the Simhalas (Sri Lanka), and Rishabha.

హిందీ అర్థం

तुम्बवन, कार्मणेय, दक्षिण-समुद्र-तट के तापस-आश्रम, ऋषिक; काञ्ची, मरुचीपट्टन, चेरी, आर्यक, सिंहल (श्रीलंका) तथा ऋषभ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

बलदेवपट्टनं दण्डकावनतिमिंगिलाशना भद्राः । कच्छोऽथ कुञ्जरदरी सताम्रपर्णीति विज्ञेयाः ॥ १४.१६॥

baladevapattanam dandakavanatimimgilashana bhadrah | kachchho’tha kunjaradari satamraparniti vijneyah || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Baladevapattana, the Dandaka forest, the whale-eating Bhadras; Kaccha, Kunjaradari, and Tamraparni -- thus are these to be known.

హిందీ అర్థం

बलदेवपट्टन, दण्डक-वन, तिमिंगिल-भक्षी भद्र जन; कच्छ, कुंजरदरी तथा ताम्रपर्णी, इस प्रकार जानने चाहिए।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

नैरृत्यां दिशि देशाः पह्लवकांबोजसिन्धुसौवीराः । वडवामुखारवांबष्ठकपिलनारीमुखानर्ताः ॥ १४.१७॥

nairrityam dishi deshah pahlavakambojasindhusauvirah | vadavamukharavambashthakapilanarimukhanartah || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the south-west: the countries Pahlava, Kamboja, Sindhu, Sauvira; Vadavamukha, Arava, Ambashtha, Kapila, Narimukha, and Anarta.

హిందీ అర్థం

नैऋत्य दिशा में देश: पह्लव, कम्बोज, सिन्धु, सौवीर; वडवामुख, आरव, अम्बष्ठ, कपिला, नारीमुख तथा आनर्त।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

फेणगिरियवनमार्गर माकर कर्णप्रावेयपारशवशूद्राः । बर्बरकिरातखण्डक्रव्यादा क्रव्याश्या भीरचंचूकाः ॥ १४.१८॥

phenagiriyavanamargaramakarakarnapraveyaparashavashudrah | barbarakiratakhandakravyada bhirachamchukah || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Phenagiri, Yavana, Margara, Makara, Karnapraveya; the Parashava and Shudra peoples; the Barbara, Kirata, Khanda, flesh-eating tribes; and the Bhiracancukas.

హిందీ అర్థం

फेणगिरि, यवन, मार्गर, माकर, कर्णप्रावेय; पारशव तथा शूद्र जन; बर्बर, किरात, खण्ड, मांसाहारी जनजातियाँ; तथा भीरचंचूक।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

हेमगिरिसिन्धुकालकरैवतकसुराष्ट्रबादरद्रविडाः । स्वात्याद्ये भत्रितये ज्ञेयश्च महार्णवोऽत्रैव ॥ १४.१९॥

hemagirisindhukalakaraivatakasurashtrabadaradravidah | svatyadye bhatritaye jneyashcha maharnavo’traiva || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Hemagiri, Sindhu, Kalaka, Raivataka, Surashtra, Badara, and the Dravidas -- these are to be known in the triad of asterisms beginning with Svati; and here too is the great ocean.

హిందీ అర్థం

हेमगिरि, सिन्धु, कालक, रैवतक, सुराष्ट्र, बादर तथा द्रविड़, ये स्वाति आदि त्रिक में जानने चाहिए; और यहीं महासागर भी है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

अपरस्यां मणिमान् मेघवान् वनौघः क्षुरार्पणोऽस्तगिरिः । अपरान्तकशान्तिकहैहयप्रशस्ताद्रिवोक्काणाः ॥ १४.२०॥

aparasyam manimanmeghavan vanaughah kshurarpano’stagirih | aparantakashantikahaihayaprashastadrivokkanah || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the west: Manimat, Meghavat, Vanaugha, Kshurarpana, Astagiri; Aparantaka, Shantika, Haihaya, Prashastadri, and Vokkana.

హిందీ అర్థం

पश्चिम में: मणिमान्, मेघवान्, वनौघ, क्षुरार्पण, अस्तगिरि पर्वत; अपरान्तक, शान्तिक, हैहय, प्रशस्ताद्रि तथा वोक्काण।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

पंचनदरमठपारततारक्षितिजृंगवैश्यकनकशकाः । निर्मर्यादा म्लेच्छा ये पश्चिमदिक्स्थिताः ते च ॥ १४.२१॥

pamchanadaramathaparatataksitijringavaishyakanakashakah | nirmaryada mlecchah ye pashchimadiksthitah te cha || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Pancanada, Ramatha, Parata, Tara, Kshitijringa, Vaishyakanaka, and the Shakas; and those mlecchas without fixed boundaries who are situated in the western quarter.

హిందీ అర్థం

पंचनद, रमठ, पारत, तार, क्षितिजृंग, वैश्यकनक तथा शक; और जो सीमा-रहित म्लेच्छ पश्चिम दिशा में स्थित हैं, वे भी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

दिशि पश्चिमोत्तरस्यां माण्डव्यतुषार तुखार तालहलमद्राः । अश्मककुलूतहलडाः हडः स्त्रीराज्यनृसिंहवनखस्थाः ॥ १४.२२॥

dishi pashchimottarasyam mandavyatusaratukharatalahalamadrah | ashmakakulutahaladah strirajyanrisimhavanakhasthah || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the north-west: Mandavya, Tushara, Tukhara, Talahala, Madra; Ashmaka, Kuluta, Haladha; and those dwelling in Strirajya (land of women), Nrisimhavana, and Khasa-land.

హిందీ అర్థం

पश्चिमोत्तर दिशा में: माण्डव्य, तुषार, तुखार, तालहल, मद्र; अश्मक, कुलूत, हलध; तथा स्त्रीराज्य, नृसिंहवन, खस-प्रदेश में रहने वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

वेणुमती फल्गुलुका गुलुहा मरुकुच्चचर्मरंगाख्याः । एकविलोचनशूलिकदीर्घग्रीवास्यकेशाश्च ॥ १४.२३॥

venumati phalgulukagulaha marukachchacharmarangakhyah | ekavilochanashulikadirghagrivasyakeshashcha || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Venumati, Phalguluka, Guluha, Marukaccha, and Carmaranga; and those who are one-eyed, the Shulikas, and those long-necked and long-haired.

హిందీ అర్థం

वेणुमती, फल्गुलुक, गुलुह, मरुकच्छ तथा चर्मरंग नामक; तथा एक-नेत्र वाले, शूलिक, लम्बी गर्दन-बाल वाले जन।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

उत्तरतः कैलासो हिमवान् वसुमान् गिरिः धनुष्मांश्च । क्रौंचो मेरुः कुरवः तथोत्तराः क्षुद्रमीनाश्च ॥ १४.२४॥

uttaratah kailasah himavan vasuman girih dhanushmamshcha | krounchah meruh kuravah tathottarah kshudraminashcha || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

To the north: Kailasa, Himavat, Vasumat, Dhanushmat; Krounca, Meru, the Kurus, and likewise the Uttarakurus, and the Kshudraminas.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तर में: कैलास, हिमवान्, वसुमान्, धनुष्मान् पर्वत; क्रौंच, मेरु, कुरु तथा उत्तरकुरु, और क्षुद्रमीन।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

कैकयवसातियामुनभोगप्रस्थार्जुनायनाग्नीध्राः । आदर्शान्तः आदर्शान्त द्वीपित्रिगर्ततुरग आननाः श्वमुखाः आननाश्वमुखाः ॥ १४.२५॥

kaikayavasatiyamunabhogaprasthaarjunayanagnidhrah | adarshantadvipitrigarataturaganananah shvamukhah || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Kaikaya, Vasati, Yamuna, Bhogaprastha, Arjunayana, the Agnidhras; those at the edge of Adarsha; Dvipin, Trigarta; those with horse-faces; and the dog-faced ones.

హిందీ అర్థం

कैकय, वसाति, यामुन, भोगप्रस्थ, आर्जुनायन, अग्नीध्र; आदर्श के अन्त में रहने वाले; द्वीपिन्, त्रिगर्त; अश्वमुख; तथा श्वमुख (कुत्ते के मुख वाले) जन।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

केशधरचिपिटनासिकदासेरकवाटधानशरधानाः । तक्षशिलपुष्कलावतकैलावतकण्ठधानाश्च ॥ १४.२६॥

keshadharachipitanasikadaserakavatadhanasharadhanah | takshashilapushkalavatakailavatakanthadhanashcha || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Keshadhara, those with flat noses, Daseraka, Vatadhana, Sharadhana; Takshashila, Pushkalavata, Kailavata, and Kanthadhana.

హిందీ అర్థం

केशधर, चपटी नाक वाले, दासेरक, वाटधान, शरधान; तक्षशिला, पुष्कलावत, कैलावत तथा कण्ठधान।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

अंबरमद्रकमालवपौरवकच्छारदण्डपिंगलकाः । माणहलहूणकोहलशीतकमाण्डव्यभूतपुराः ॥ १४.२७॥

ambaramadrakamalavapauravakachcharadandapingalakah | manahalahunakohalashitakamandavyabhutapurah || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Ambara, Madraka, Malava, Paurava, Kaccha, Aradanda, Pingalaka; Manahala, Huna, Kohala, Shitaka, Mandavya, and Bhutapura.

హిందీ అర్థం

अम्बर, मद्रक, मालव, पौरव, कच्छ, अरदण्ड, पिंगलक; माणहल, हूण, कोहल, शीतक, माण्डव्य तथा भूतपुर।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

गान्धारयशोवतिहेमतालराजन्यखचरगव्याश्च । यौधेयदासमेयाः श्यामाकाः क्षेमधूर्ताश्च ॥ १४.२८॥

gandharayashovatihematalarajanyakhacharagavyashcha | yaudheyadasameyah shyamakah kshemadhurtashcha || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Gandhara, Yashovati, Hematala, the Rajanya, Khacara, and Gavya; Yaudheya, Dasameya; Shyamaka, and Kshemadhurta.

హిందీ అర్థం

गान्धार, यशोवती, हेमताल, राजन्य, खचर, गव्य; यौधेय, दासमेय; श्यामाक तथा क्षेमधूर्त।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

ऐशान्यां मेरुकनष्टराज्यपशुपालकीरकाश्मीराः । अभिसारदरदतंगणकुलूतसैरिन्ध्र इन्ध वनराष्ट्राः ॥ १४.२९॥

aishanyam merukanashtarajyapashupalakirakashmirah | abhisaradaradatanganakulutasairindhravanarashtrah || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the north-east: Meruka, Nashtarajya, Pashupala, Kira, Kashmira; Abhisara, Darada, Tangana, Kuluta, Sairindhra, and the forest kingdoms.

హిందీ అర్థం

ऐशान्य में: मेरुक, नष्टराज्य, पशुपाल, कीर, काश्मीर; अभिसार, दरद, तंगण, कुलूत, सैरिन्ध्र तथा वन-राज्य।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

ब्रह्मपुरदार्वडामरवनराज्यकिरातचीनकौणिन्दाः । भल्लाः पटोल भल्लापलोल जटासुरकुनटखस कुनठखष घोषकुचिकाख्याः ॥ १४.३०॥

brahmapuradarvadamaravanarajyakiratachinakauninadah | bhallapatolajatasurakunatakhasaghoshakuchikakhyah || 30 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Brahmapura, Darva, Damara, the forest kingdoms, Kirata, China, Kauninda; Bhalla, Patola, Jatasura, Kunata, Khasa, Ghosha, and Kucika.

హిందీ అర్థం

ब्रह्मपुर, दार्व, डामर, वन-राज्य, किरात, चीन, कौणिन्द; भल्ला, पटोल, जटासुर, कुनट, खस, घोष तथा कुचिक नामक।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

एकचरणानुविद्धाः अनुविश्वाः सुवर्णभूर्वसुधनं वनं दिविष्ठाश्च । पौरवचीरनिवासि निवासन त्रिनेत्रमुञ्जाद्रिगान्धर्वाः गन्धर्वाः ॥ १४.३१॥

ekacharananuviddhah suvarnabhurvasudhanam vanam divishthashcha | pauravachiranivasitrinetramunjadrigandharvah || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The one-footed, pierced-eared tribes; the golden land; Vasudhana; the forest; those dwelling as if in heaven; those clad in bark dwelling with Paurava; Trinetra; Munjadri; and the Gandharvas.

హిందీ అర్థం

एक-चरण वाले, छिदे कानों वाले जन; स्वर्ण-भूमि; वसुधन; वन; स्वर्ग-निवासी (ऊँचे पर्वतवासी); पौरव के साथ छाल-वस्त्र पहनकर रहने वाले; त्रिनेत्र; मुंजाद्रि; तथा गन्धर्व।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

वर्गैः आग्नेयाद्यैः क्रूरग्रहपीडितैः क्रमेण नृपाः । पांचालो मागधिकः कालिंगश्च क्षयं यान्ति ॥ १४.३२॥

vargaih agneyadyaih kruragrahapiditaih kramena nripah | panchalo magadhikashcha kalingashcha kshayam yanti || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

By the groups beginning with that of Agni, when afflicted in due order by malefic planets, the kings of Panchala, Magadha, and Kalinga go to ruin.

హిందీ అర్థం

अग्नि आदि समूहों के क्रूर ग्रहों से पीड़ित होने पर, क्रमशः पांचाल, मागधिक तथा कलिंग के राजा नाश को प्राप्त होते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

आवन्तोऽथानर्तो मृत्युं चायाति सिन्धुसौवीरः । राजा च हारहौरो मद्रेशोऽन्यश्च कौणिन्दः ॥ १४.३३॥

avanto’thanarto mrityum chayati sindhusauvirah | raja cha haraharo madresho’nyashcha kaunindah || 33 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Then the king of Avanti, then of Anarta, and death comes also to Sindhu-Sauvira; and the king Haraharo, the lord of Madra, and another, of Kauninda.

హిందీ అర్థం

फिर अवन्ती का, फिर आनर्त का राजा, और सिन्धु-सौवीर को भी मृत्यु प्राप्त होती है; तथा राजा हारहौर, मद्र का स्वामी, और अन्य कौणिन्द का राजा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (This chapter is almost entirely ancient place/tribe names; rendered by transliteration, not translation, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

आग्नेये सितकुसुमाहिताग्निमन्त्रज्ञसूत्रभाष्यज्ञाः । आकरिकनापितद्विजघटकारपुरोहिताब्दज्ञाः ॥ १५.१॥

agneye sitakusumahitagnimantrajnasutrabhashyajnah | akarikanapitadvijaghatakarapurohitabdajnah || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Belonging to the asterism of Agni: those who offer white flowers, fire-priests, those knowing mantras, sutras, and commentaries; miners, barbers, brahmanas, potters, family priests, and astrologers.

హిందీ అర్థం

कृत्तिका (आग्नेय) में श्वेत-पुष्प अर्पण करने वाले, अग्नि-पुरोहित, मन्त्र-सूत्र-भाष्य के ज्ञाता; खनिक, नाई, ब्राह्मण, कुम्हार, पुरोहित तथा ज्योतिषी (वर्ष-ज्ञाता)।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रोहिण्यां सुव्रतपण्यभूपधनियोगयुक्तशाकटिकाः । गोवृषजलचरकर्षकशिलोच्चयैश्वर्यसम्पन्नाः ॥ १५.२॥

rohinyam suvratapanyabhupadhaniyogayuktashakatikah | govrishajalacharakarshakashilochchayaishvaryasampannah || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Rohini: those of good vows, merchants, kings, financiers, and cart-drivers; those endowed with prosperity in cattle, bulls, aquatic creatures, farmers, and stone-quarries.

హిందీ అర్థం

रोहिणी में सुव्रती, वणिक्, राजा, धनिक-योग से युक्त गाड़ीवान; गाय-बैल-जलचर-कृषक-पत्थर की खानों के ऐश्वर्य से सम्पन्न।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मृगशिरसि सुरभिवस्त्राब्जकुसुमफलरत्नवनचरविहंगाः । मृगसोमपीथिगान्धर्वकामुका लेखहाराश्च ॥ १५.३॥

mrigashirasi surabhivastrabjakusumaphalaratnavanacharavihamgah | mrigasomapithigandharvakamuka lekharashcha || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Mrigashiras: fragrant cloth, lotuses, flowers, fruits, gems, forest-dwellers, and birds; deer, soma-drinkers, gandharvas, lovers, and letter-bearers.

హిందీ అర్థం

मृगशिरा में सुगन्धित वस्त्र, कमल, फूल, फल, रत्न, वनचर तथा पक्षी; हिरण, सोमपायी, गन्धर्व, प्रेमी तथा पत्र-हार धारण करने वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रौद्रे वधबन्धानृतपरदारस्तेयशाठ्यभेदरताः । तुषधान्यतीक्ष्णमन्त्राभिचारवेतालकर्मज्ञाः ॥ १५.४॥

raudre vadhabandhanritaparadarasteyashathyabhedaratah | tushadhanyatikshnamantrabhicharavetalakarmajnah || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Rudra: those devoted to killing, imprisonment, falsehood, adultery, theft, deceit, and treachery; chaff-grain, sharp mantras, black magic, and vetala rites.

హిందీ అర్థం

आर्द्रा (रौद्र) में वध, बन्धन, असत्य, परस्त्री-गमन, चोरी, धूर्तता तथा भेद में रत लोग; भूसा-अन्न, तीक्ष्ण मन्त्र, अभिचार तथा वेताल-कर्म के ज्ञाता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आदित्ये सत्यौदार्यशौचकुलरूपधीयशोऽर्थयुताः । उत्तमधान्यं वणिजः सेवाभिरताः सशिल्पिजनाः ॥ १५.५॥

aditye satyaudaryashauchakularupadhiyasho’rthayutah | uttamadhanyam vanijah sevabhiratah sashilpijanah || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Aditya: those endowed with truthfulness, generosity, purity, good lineage, beauty, intellect, fame, and wealth; the best grain, merchants, those devoted to service, together with artisans.

హిందీ అర్థం

पुनर्वसु (आदित्य) में सत्य, उदारता, शौच, कुल, रूप, बुद्धि, यश तथा धन से युक्त लोग; उत्तम अन्न, वणिक्, सेवा में रत लोग, शिल्पियों सहित।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पुष्ये यवगोधूमाः शालीक्षुवनानि मन्त्रिणो भूपाः । सलिलोपजीविनः साधवश्च यज्ञेष्टिसक्ताश्च ॥ १५.६॥

pushye yavagodhumah shalikshuvanani mantrino bhupah | salilopajivinah sadhavashcha yajneshtisaktashcha || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Pushya: barley and wheat, rice, sugarcane, forests; ministers, kings; those who live by water; the virtuous, and those devoted to sacrifices and rites.

హిందీ అర్థం

पुष्य में जौ-गेहूँ, धान-गन्ना के वन; मन्त्री, राजा; जल पर आजीविका करने वाले; साधु जन; तथा यज्ञ-इष्टि में रत लोग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अहिदेवे कृत्रिमकन्दमूलफलकीटपन्नगविषाणि । परधनहरणाभिरताः तुषधान्यं सर्वभिषजश्च ॥ १५.७॥

ahideve kritrimakandamulaphalakitapannagavishani | paradhanaharanabhiratah tushadhanyam sarvabhishajashcha || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of the Serpent-deity: artificial medicinal bulbs, roots, fruits, insects, serpents, and poisons; those devoted to seizing others’ wealth; chaff-grain; and all physicians.

హిందీ అర్థం

आश्लेषा (अहिदेव) में कृत्रिम कन्द-मूल-फल, कीट, सर्प तथा विष; पराया धन हड़पने में रत लोग; भूसा-अन्न; तथा सभी वैद्य।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पित्र्ये धनधान्याढ्याः कोष्ठागाराणि पर्वताश्रयिणः । पितृभक्तवणिक्षूराः क्रव्यादाः स्त्रीद्विषो मनुजाः ॥ १५.८॥

pitrye dhanadhanyadhyah koshthagarani parvatashrayinah | pitribhaktavanikshurah kravyadah strdvisho manujah || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of the Pitris: those rich in wealth and grain; granaries; mountain-dwellers; those devoted to ancestors, valorous merchants; flesh-eaters; and men averse to women.

హిందీ అర్థం

मघा (पित्र्य) में धन-धान्य से सम्पन्न लोग; भण्डारगृह; पर्वतवासी; पितृ-भक्त वणिक्-वीर; मांसाहारी; तथा स्त्री-द्वेषी पुरुष।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्राक्फल्गुनीषु नटयुवतिसुभगगान्धर्वशिल्पिपण्यानि । कर्पासलवणमक्षिक माक्षिक तैलानि कुमारकाश्चापि ॥ १५.९॥

prakphalgunishu natayuvatisubhagagandharvashilpipanyani | karpasalavanamakshikatailani kumarakashchapi || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Purva Phalguni: actors, young women, the fortunate, gandharvas, artisans, merchandise; cotton, salt, honey, oils; and also young boys.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाफाल्गुनी में नट, युवतियाँ, सौभाग्यशाली, गन्धर्व, शिल्पी, वस्तुएँ; कपास, नमक, मधु, तेल; तथा बालक भी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आर्यम्णे मार्दवशौचविनयपाखण्डि पाषण्डि दानशास्त्ररताः । शोभनधान्यमहाधनकर्मानुरताः समनुजेन्द्राः ॥ १५.१०॥

aryamne mardavashauchavinayapakhandidanashastraratah | shobhanadhanyamahadhanakarmanuratah samanujendrah || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Aryaman: gentleness, purity, discipline; heretics devoted to charity and scripture; excellent grain, and those engaged in great wealth-producing work, together with kings among men.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तराफाल्गुनी (अर्यमा) में कोमलता, शौच, विनय; दान-शास्त्र में रत पाखण्डी; शोभन अन्न तथा महाधन-कर्म में रत, राजाओं सहित मनुष्य।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

हस्ते तस्करकुञ्जररथिकमहामात्रशिल्पिपण्यानि । तुषधान्यं श्रुतयुक्ता वणिजः तेजोयुताश्चात्र ॥ १५.११॥

haste taskarakunjararathikamahamatrashilpipanyani | tushadhanyam shrutayuktah vanijah tejoyutashchatra || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Hasta: thieves, elephants, charioteers, great ministers, artisans, merchandise; chaff-grain; those learned in scripture; merchants; and here also those endowed with vigour.

హిందీ అర్థం

हस्त में चोर, हाथी, सारथी, महामात्र, शिल्पी, वस्तुएँ; भूसा-अन्न; शास्त्र-ज्ञाता; वणिक्; तथा तेजस्वी लोग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

त्वाष्ट्रे भूषणमणिरागलेख्यगान्धर्वगन्धयुक्तिज्ञाः । गणितपटुतन्तुवायाः शालाक्या राजधान्यानि ॥ १५.१२॥

tvashtre bhushanamaniragalekhyagandharvagandhayuktijnah | ganitapatutantuvayah shalakya rajadhanyani || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Tvashtri: ornaments, gems, dyes, writing, gandharvas, those skilled in perfumery; those adept in mathematics, weavers, oculists; and royal grains.

హిందీ అర్థం

चित्रा (त्वाष्ट्र) में आभूषण, मणि, रंग, लेखन, गन्धर्व, गन्ध-निपुण; गणित-निपुण, बुनकर, नेत्र-चिकित्सक; तथा राजकीय अन्न।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

स्वातौ खगमृगतुरगा वणिजो धान्यानि वातबहुलानि । अस्थिरसौहृदलघुसत्त्वतापसाः पण्यकुशलाश्च ॥ १५.१३॥

svatau khagamrigaturaga vanijo dhanyani vatabahulani | asthirasauhridalaghusattvatapasah panyakushalashcha || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Svati: birds, deer, horses; merchants; grains, and abundant wind; those of unstable friendship, light disposition, ascetics; and those skilled in trade.

హిందీ అర్థం

स्वाति में पक्षी, हिरण, घोड़े; वणिक्; वायु-प्रधान अन्न; अस्थिर मित्रता वाले, लघु-स्वभाव तपस्वी; तथा व्यापार-कुशल लोग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

इन्द्राग्निदैवते रक्तपुष्पफलशाखिनः सतिलमुद्गाः । कर्पासमाषचणकाः पुरन्दरहुताशभक्ताश्च ॥ १५.१४॥

indragnidaivate raktapushpaphalashakhinah satilamudgah | karpasamashachanakah purandarahutashabhaktashcha || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism whose deities are Indra and Agni: trees with red flowers and fruits, together with sesame and mung beans; cotton, black gram, chickpeas; and devotees of Indra and Agni.

హిందీ అర్థం

विशाखा (इन्द्राग्नि) में लाल फूल-फल वाले वृक्ष, तिल-मूँग सहित; कपास, उड़द, चना; तथा इन्द्र-अग्नि के भक्त।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मैत्रे शौर्यसमेता गणनायकसाधुगोष्ठियानरताः । ये साधवश्च लोके सर्वं च शरत्समुत्पन्नम् ॥ १५.१५॥

maitre shauryasameta gananayakasadhugoshthiyanaratah | ye sadhavashcha loke sarvam cha sharatsamutpannam || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Maitra: those endowed with valour; devoted to being leaders of groups, good assemblies, and travel; those who are virtuous in the world; and everything produced in autumn.

హిందీ అర్థం

अनुराधा (मैत्र) में शौर्ययुक्त लोग; समूह-नेतृत्व, सत्संग तथा यात्रा में रत; जगत् में सज्जन; तथा शरद् में उत्पन्न सभी वस्तुएँ।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पौरन्दरेऽतिशूराः कुलवित्तयशोऽन्विताः परस्वहृतः । विजिगीषवो नरेन्द्राः सेनानां चापि नेतारः ॥ १५.१६॥

paurandare’tishurah kulavittayasho’nvitah parasvahritah | vijigishavo narendrah senanam chapi netarah || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Indra: the exceedingly brave; those possessed of lineage, wealth, and fame; those who seize others’ wealth; kings desirous of conquest; and leaders of armies.

హిందీ అర్థం

ज्येष्ठा (पौरन्दर) में अत्यन्त शूरवीर; कुल-धन-यश से युक्त; पराया धन हड़पने वाले; विजय की इच्छा रखने वाले राजा; तथा सेनाओं के नेता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

मूले भेषजभिषजो गणमुख्याः कुसुममूलफलवार्ताः वार्त्ताः । बीजानि अतिधनयुक्ताः फलमूलैः ये च वर्तन्ते ॥ १५.१७॥

mule bheshajabhishajo ganamukhyah kusumamulaphalavartah | bijani atidhanayuktah phalamulaih ye cha vartante || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Mula: medicines, physicians, chiefs of tribes; the trade in flowers, roots, and fruits; seeds; those possessed of great wealth; and those who subsist on fruits and roots.

హిందీ అర్థం

मूल में औषधि, वैद्य, समूह-प्रमुख; फूल-मूल-फल का व्यापार; बीज; अत्यन्त धनवान्; तथा फल-मूल पर जीवन-यापन करने वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आप्ये मृदवो जलमार्गगामिनः सत्यशौचधनयुक्ताः । सेतुकरवारिजीवकफलकुसुमानि अंबुजातानि ॥ १५.१८॥

apye mridavo jalamargagaminah satyashauchadhanayuktah | setukaravarijivakaphalakusumani ambujatani || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Apa: the gentle; travellers by waterways; those endowed with truthfulness, purity, and wealth; dam-builders; those who live by water; fruits, flowers, and water-born produce.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाषाढ़ा (आप्य) में कोमल स्वभाव वाले; जल-मार्ग से यात्रा करने वाले; सत्य-शौच-धन से युक्त; सेतु-निर्माता; जल पर आजीविका करने वाले; तथा फल-फूल-जलजात उत्पाद।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

विश्वेश्वरे महामात्रमल्लकरितुरगदेवतासक्ताः भक्ताः । स्थावरयोधा भोगान्विताश्च ये तेजसा चौजसा युक्ताः ॥ १५.१९॥

vishveshvare mahamatramallakarituragadevatasaktah | sthavarayodha bhoganvitashcha ye tejasa chaujasa yuktah || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Vishveshvara: great ministers, wrestlers, elephants, horses, devotees of the gods; fortress-warriors; those endowed with enjoyments, and those possessed of splendour and vigour.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तराषाढ़ा (विश्वेश्वर) में महामात्र, मल्ल, हाथी, घोड़े, देव-भक्त; दुर्ग-योद्धा; भोग-सम्पन्न; तथा तेज-ओज से युक्त लोग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

श्रवणे मायापटवो नित्योद्युक्ताश्च कर्मसु समर्थाः । उत्साहिनः सधर्मा भागवताः सत्यवचनाश्च ॥ १५.२०॥

shravane mayapatavo nityodyuktashcha karmasu samarthah | utsahinah sadharma bhagavatah satyavachanashcha || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Shravana: those skilled in illusion; ever-diligent and capable in their work; the enthusiastic; the righteous; devotees of Bhagavan; and the truthful in speech.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्रवण में माया में निपुण; सदा उद्यमशील तथा कार्य में समर्थ; उत्साही; धर्मपरायण; भागवत-भक्त; तथा सत्यवादी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वसुभे मानोन्मुक्ताः क्लीबा क्लीबाः चलसौहृदाः स्त्रियां द्वेष्याः द्वष्याः द्वेष्याः । दानाभिरता बहुवित्तसंयुताः शमपराश्च नराः ॥ १५.२१॥

vasubhe manonmuktah klibashcha chalasauhridah striyam dveshyah | danabhirata bahuvittasamyutah shamaparashcha narah || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of the Vasus: those free of pride; eunuchs; those of fickle friendship; those hateful toward women; men devoted to charity, possessed of much wealth, and devoted to tranquility.

హిందీ అర్థం

धनिष्ठा (वसुभ) में मान-रहित; नपुंसक; चंचल-मित्रता वाले; स्त्रियों के प्रति द्वेषभाव वाले; दान में रत, प्रचुर धनवान् तथा शान्तिप्रिय पुरुष।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

वरुणेशे पाशिकमत्स्यबन्धजलजानि जलचराजीवाः । सौकरिकरजकशौण्डिकशाकुनिकाश्चापि वर्गेऽस्मिन् ॥ १५.२२॥

varunaishe pashikamatsyabandhajalajani jalacharajivah | saukarikarajakashaundikashakunikashchapi varge’smin || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism ruled by Varuna: net-fishermen, fish, bonds, water-born produce, those who live off aquatic creatures; and, also in this group, pig-keepers, washermen, liquor-sellers, and bird-catchers.

హిందీ అర్థం

शतभिषा (वरुणेश) में जाल से मछली पकड़ने वाले, मछलियाँ, बन्धन, जलजात वस्तुएँ, जलचरों पर आजीविका करने वाले; तथा इसी वर्ग में सूअर-पालक, धोबी, शराब-विक्रेता तथा पक्षी-पकड़ने वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आजे तस्करपशुपालहिंस्रकीनाशनीचशठचेष्टाः । धर्मव्रतैः विरहिता नियुद्धकुशलाश्च ये मनुजाः ॥ १५.२३॥

aje taskarapashupalahimsrakinashanichashathacheshtah | dharmavrataih virahita niyuddhakushalashcha ye manujah || 23 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Aja: thieves, cowherds, the violent, farmers, those of low, deceitful conduct; those men devoid of righteous vows; and those skilled in wrestling.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वाभाद्रपद (अज) में चोर, गोपालक, हिंसक, किसान, नीच-धूर्त आचरण वाले; धर्म-व्रत से रहित तथा मल्ल-युद्ध में कुशल मनुष्य।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आहिर्बुध्न्ये आहिर्बुध्न्यु विप्राः क्रतुदानतपोयुता महाविभवाः । आश्रमिणः पाखण्डा पाषण्डा नरेश्वराः सारधान्यं च ॥ १५.२४॥

ahirbudhnye viprah kratudanatapoyuta mahavibhavah | ashraminah pakhanda nareshvarah saradhanyam cha || 24 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Ahirbudhnya: brahmanas endowed with sacrifice, charity, and austerity; those of great prosperity; those in the ashramas; heretics; kings; and the finest grain.

హిందీ అర్థం

उत्तराभाद्रपद (आहिर्बुध्न्य) में यज्ञ-दान-तप से युक्त ब्राह्मण; महान् वैभव वाले; आश्रमी; पाखण्डी; राजा; तथा उत्तम अन्न।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पौष्णे सलिलजफलकुसुमलवणमणिशंखमौक्तिकाब्जानि । सुरभिकुसुमानि गन्धा वणिजो नौकर्णधाराश्च ॥ १५.२५॥

paushne salilajaphalakusumalavanamanishankhamauktikabjani | surabhikusumani gandha vanijo naukarnadharashcha || 25 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Pushan: water-born fruits, flowers, salt, gems, conches, pearls, lotuses; fragrant flowers; perfumes; merchants; and ship’s helmsmen.

హిందీ అర్థం

रेवती (पौष्ण) में जलजात फल, फूल, नमक, मणि, शंख, मोती, कमल; सुगन्धित फूल; इत्र; वणिक्; तथा नौका के कर्णधार।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

अश्विन्यामश्वहराः सेनापतिवैद्यसेवकाः तुरगाः । तुरगारोहा वणिजो तुरगारोहाश्च वनिग् रूपोपेताः तुरगरक्षाः ॥ १५.२६॥

ashvinyamashvaharah senapativaidyasevakah turagah | turagaroha vanijo rupopetah turagarakshah || 26 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In Ashvini: horse-dealers, army-commanders, physicians, servants; horses; horse-riders; merchants; those endowed with beauty; and horse-guards.

హిందీ అర్థం

अश्विनी में अश्व-व्यापारी, सेनापति, वैद्य, सेवक; घोड़े; अश्वारोही; वणिक्; रूपवान् लोग; तथा अश्व-रक्षक।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

याम्येऽसृक्पिशितभुजः क्रूरा वधबन्धताडनासक्ताः । तुषधान्यं नीचकुलोद्भवा विहीनाश्च सत्त्वेन ॥ १५.२७॥

yamye asrikpishitabhujah krura vadhabandhatadanasaktah | tushadhanyam nichakulodbhava vihinashcha sattvena || 27 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

In the asterism of Yama: eaters of blood and flesh; the cruel; those devoted to killing, binding, and beating; chaff-grain; those born of low lineage; and those devoid of good character.

హిందీ అర్థం

भरणी (याम्य) में रक्त-मांस भक्षक; क्रूर; वध-बन्धन-ताड़न में रत; भूसा-अन्न; नीच कुल में उत्पन्न; तथा सत्त्व-रहित लोग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

पूर्वात्रयं सानलमग्रजानां राज्ञां तु पुष्येण सहोत्तराणि । सपौष्णमैत्रं पितृदैवतं च प्रजापतेः भं च कृषीवलानाम् ॥ १५.२८॥

purvatrayam sanalamagrajanam rajnam tu pushyena sahottarani | sapaushnamaitram pitridaivatam cha prajapateh bham cha krishivalanam || 28 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The triad of "Purva" asterisms together with that of Agni belong to the first-born; the "Uttara" asterisms together with Pushya belong to kings; the asterism of Pushan together with Maitra, and that of the Pitris, belong to farmers, as does the asterism of Prajapati.

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्वा (त्रय) तथा अग्नि (कृत्तिका) प्रथम-जातों (ब्राह्मणों) के हैं; उत्तरा तथा पुष्य राजाओं के; पौष्ण-मैत्र तथा पितृ-दैवत (मघा), और प्रजापति (रोहिणी) का नक्षत्र किसानों के हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

आदित्यहस्ताभिजिदाश्विनानि वणिग्जनानां प्रवदन्ति तानि भानि । मूलत्रिनेत्रानिलवारुणानि भानि उग्रजातेः प्रभविष्णुतायाः तायां ॥ १५.२९॥

adityahastabhijidashvinani vanigjananam pravadanti tani bhani | mulatrinetranilavarunani bhani ugrajateh prabhavishnutayam || 29 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The asterisms of Aditya, Hasta, Abhijit, and Ashvini -- these, they declare, belong to merchant folk. Mula, Trinetra, Anila, and Varuna belong to the fierce/warrior class, in their capacity of dominance.

హిందీ అర్థం

आदित्य, हस्त, अभिजित् तथा अश्विनी, इन नक्षत्रों को वणिक् वर्ग का कहते हैं। मूल, त्रिनेत्र (ज्येष्ठा), अनिल (स्वाति) तथा वारुण (शतभिषा) नक्षत्र प्रभुत्व की दृष्टि से उग्र (क्षत्रिय-सदृश योद्धा) जाति के हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

सौम्येन्द्रचित्रावसुदैवतानि सेवाजनस्वाम्यमुपागतानि । सार्पं विशाखा श्रवणो भरण्यश्चण्डालजातेः अभिनिर्दिशन्ति इति निर्दशन्ति ॥ १५.३०॥

saumyendrachitravasudaivatani sevajanasvamyamupagatani | sarpam vishakha shravano bharanyashchandalajateh abhinirdishanti iti || 30 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The asterisms of Saumya, Indra, Chitra, and the Vasus pertain to the lordship of the serving class. Ashlesha, Vishakha, Shravana, and Bharani, they declare, belong to the outcaste class.

హిందీ అర్థం

सौम्य (मृगशिरा), इन्द्र, चित्रा तथा वसु (धनिष्ठा) दैवत सेवक-वर्ग के स्वामित्व से सम्बद्ध हैं। आश्लेषा (सार्प), विशाखा, श्रवण तथा भरणी, इन्हें चण्डाल-जाति का बताते हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

रविरविसुतभोगमागतं क्षितिसुतभेदनवक्रदूषितम् । ग्रहणगतमथौल्कया हतं नियतमुषाकरपीडितं च यत् ॥ १५.३१॥

ravirravisutabhogamagatam kshitisutabhedanavakradushitam | grahanagatamathaulkaya hatam niyatamushakarapiditam cha yat || 31 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

That asterism which has come into contact with the Sun or Saturn, or is corrupted by the piercing or retrograde motion of Mars, or is caught in an eclipse, or struck by a meteor, or truly afflicted by obscuring dawn-light --

హిందీ అర్థం

जो नक्षत्र सूर्य या शनि (सूर्यपुत्र) से युक्त हो, मंगल (क्षितिसुत) के भेदन या वक्र-गति से दूषित हो, ग्रहण में हो, उल्का से आहत हो, अथवा उषा-किरण (प्रभात के प्रकाश) से पीड़ित हो।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

तदुपहतमिति प्रचक्षते प्रकृतिविपर्यययातमेव वा । निगदितपरिवर्गदूषणं कथितविपर्ययगं समुऋद्धये ॥ १५.३२॥

tadupahatamiti prachakshate prakritiviparyayam yatameva va | nigaditaparivargadushanam kathitaviparyayagam samriddhaye || 32 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

-- that is declared to be "afflicted," having departed from its natural state; the fault stated for its associated group occurs; the reverse of what has been stated as affliction leads to prosperity.

హిందీ అర్థం

वह उपहत (आहत) कहा जाता है, अपनी स्वाभाविक स्थिति से विचलित। कहे गए वर्ग का दोष तब लगता है; कहे गए विपरीत स्थिति में समृद्धि होती है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review.

సంస్కృతం

प्रान् नर्मदार्धशोणौड्रवंगसुह्माः कलिंगबाह्लीकाः । शकयवनमाधशबरप्राग्ज्योतिषचीनकांबोजाः ॥ १६.१॥

pran narmadardhashonaudravangasuhmah kalingabahlikah | shakayavanamadhashabarapragjyotishachinakambojah || 1 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

To the east, the half of Narmada, Shona, Odra, Vanga, Suhma; Kalinga, Bahlika; Shaka, Yavana, Magadha, Shabara, Pragjyotisha, China, Kamboja --

హిందీ అర్థం

पूर्व दिशा में नर्मदा के आधे भाग, शोण, ओड्र, वंग, सुह्म; कलिंग, बाह्लीक; शक, यवन, मगध, शबर, प्राग्ज्योतिष, चीन, कम्बोज।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

मेकलकिरातविटका बहिरन्तःशैलजाः पुलिन्दाश्च । द्रविडानां प्रागर्धं दक्षिणकूलं च यमुनायाः ॥ १६.२॥

mekalakiratavitaka bahirantahshailaja pulindashcha | dravidanam pragardham dakshinakulam cha yamunayah || 2 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mekala, Kirata, Vitaka; those born within and beyond the mountains, and the Pulindas; the eastern half of the Dravidas, and the southern bank of the Yamuna --

హిందీ అర్థం

मेकल, किरात, विटक; पर्वतों के भीतर-बाहर उत्पन्न, तथा पुलिन्द; द्रविड़ों का पूर्वी आधा भाग, तथा यमुना का दक्षिण तट।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

चंपौदुंबरकौशांबिचेदिविन्ध्याटवीकलिंगाश्च । पुण्ड्रा गोलांगूलश्रीपर्वतवर्धमानानि मानाश्च ॥ १६.३॥

champaudumbarakaushambichedivindhyatavikalingashcha | pundra golangulashriparvatavardhamanani manashcha || 3 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Campa, Audumbara, Kaushambi, Cedi, the Vindhya forest, Kalinga; the Pundras; Golangula, Shriparvata, Vardhamana, and Mana --

హిందీ అర్థం

चम्पा, औदुम्बर, कौशाम्बी, चेदि, विन्ध्य-वन, कलिंग; पुण्ड्र; गोलांगूल, श्रीपर्वत, वर्धमान तथा मान।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

इक्षुमतीत्यथ तस्करपारतकान्तारगोबीजानाम् । तुषधान्यकटुकतरुकनकदहनविषसमरशूराणाम् ॥ १६.४॥

ikshumatityatha taskaraparatakantaragobijanam | tushadhanyakatukatarukanakadahanavishasamarashuranam || 4 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The river called Ikshumati; and then, of thieves, Paratas, forest-dwellers, cattle, and seeds; of chaff-grain, bitter trees, gold, fire, poison, and battle-heroes --

హిందీ అర్థం

इक्षुमती (नदी); तथा चोर, पारत, वनवासी, गाय-बीज; भूसा-अन्न, कड़वे वृक्ष, स्वर्ण, अग्नि, विष, तथा युद्ध-वीर।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

भेषजभिषक्चतुष्पदकृषिकरनृपहिंस्रयायिचौराणाम् । व्यालारण्ययशोयुततीक्ष्णाणां भास्करः स्वामी ॥ १६.५॥

bheshajabhishakchatushpadakrishikaranripahimsrayayichauranam | vyalaranyayashoyutatikshnanam bhaskarah svami || 5 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of medicines, physicians, quadrupeds, farmers, kings, the violent, travellers, and thieves; of wild beasts, forests, the famous, and the fierce -- the Sun is the lord of all these.

హిందీ అర్థం

औषधि, वैद्य, चौपाये, किसान, राजा, हिंसक, यात्री, चोर; जंगली पशु, वन, यशस्वी तथा तीक्ष्ण, इन सबका स्वामी सूर्य है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

गिरिसलिलदुर्गकोशलभरुकच्छसमुद्ररोमकतुषाराः खाराः । वनवासितंगणहलस्त्रीराज्यमहार्णवद्वीपाः ॥ १६.६॥

girisaliladdurgakoshalabharukachchhasamudraromakatusharah kharah | vanavasitanganahalastrirajyamaharnavadvipah || 6 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Mountain-and-water forts, Koshala, Bharukaccha, the ocean, Romaka, Tushara, Khara; Vanavasi, Tangana, Hala, the land of women, the great ocean, and its islands --

హిందీ అర్థం

पर्वत-जल-दुर्ग, कोशल, भरुकच्छ, समुद्र, रोमक (पश्चिम/रोम), तुषार, खार; वनवासी, तंगण, हल, स्त्रीराज्य, महासागर तथा उसके द्वीप।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

मधुररसकुसुमफलसलिललवणमणिशंखमौक्तिकाब्जानाम् । शालियवौषधिगोधूमसोमपाक्रन्दविप्राणाम् ॥ १६.७॥

madhurarasakusumaphalasalilalavanamanishankhamauktikabjanam | shaliyavaushadhigodhumasomapakrandavipranam || 7 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of sweet juices, flowers, fruits, water, salt, gems, conches, pearls, lotuses; of rice, barley, herbs, wheat, soma-drinkers, mourners, and brahmanas --

హిందీ అర్థం

मधुर रस, फूल, फल, जल, नमक, मणि, शंख, मोती, कमल; धान, जौ, औषधि, गेहूँ, सोमपायी, विलाप करने वाले, तथा ब्राह्मण।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

सितसुभगतुरगरतिकरयुवतिचमूनाथभोज्यवस्त्राणाम् । श ृंगिनिशाचरकार्षकयज्ञविदां चाधिपश्चन्द्रः ॥ १६.८॥

sitasubhagaturagaratikarayuvatichamunathabhojyavastranam | shringinishacharakarshakayajnavidam chadhipashchandrah || 8 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of the white, the fortunate, horses, those who give delight, young women, army-commanders, food, and clothing; of horned animals, night-wanderers, farmers, and those learned in sacrifice -- the Moon is the lord.

హిందీ అర్థం

श्वेत, सौभाग्यशाली, घोड़े, आनन्द देने वाले, युवतियाँ, सेनापति, भोज्य पदार्थ, वस्त्र; सींगदार पशु, रात्रिचर, किसान, यज्ञ-ज्ञाता, इनका स्वामी चन्द्रमा है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

शोणस्य नर्मदाया भीमरथायाश्च पश्चिमार्धस्थाः । निर्विन्ध्या वेत्रवती सिप्रा गोदावरी वेणा ॥ १६.९॥

shonasya narmadayah bhimarathayashcha pashchimardhasthah | nirvindhya vetravati sipra godavari vena || 9 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Those situated on the western half of the Shona, Narmada, and Bhimaratha rivers; the Nirvindhya, Vetravati, Shipra, Godavari, and Vena --

హిందీ అర్థం

शोण, नर्मदा तथा भीमरथा नदियों के पश्चिमी आधे भाग में स्थित; निर्विन्ध्या, वेत्रवती, शिप्रा, गोदावरी, वेणा।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

मन्दाकिनी पयोष्णी महानदी सिन्धुमालतीपाराः । उत्तरपाण्ड्यमहेन्द्राद्रिविन्ध्यमलयोपगाश्चोलाः ॥ १६.१०॥

mandakini payoshni mahanadi sindhumalatiparah | uttarapandyamahendradrivindhyamalayopagashcholah || 10 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Mandakini, Payoshni, Mahanadi, and lands on the far side of the Sindhu and Malati rivers; northern Pandya, the lands bordering Mount Mahendra, the Vindhya, and Malaya; and the Colas --

హిందీ అర్థం

मन्दाकिनी, पयोष्णी, महानदी, सिन्धु तथा मालती नदियों के उस पार; उत्तरी पाण्ड्य, महेन्द्र-विन्ध्य-मलय पर्वतों के निकट; तथा चोल।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

द्रविडविदेहान्ध्राश्मकभासापर पुर कौंकणाः समन्त्रिषिकाः । कुन्तलकेरलदण्डककान्तिपुरम्लेच्छसंकरिणः संकरजाः ॥ १६.११॥

dravidavidehandhrashmakabhasaparapurakonkanah samantrishikah | kuntalakeraladandakakantipuramlecchasamkarinah samkarajah || 11 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Dravida, Videha, Andhra, Ashmaka, Bhasaparapura, Konkana peoples, together with the Mantrishikas; Kuntala, Kerala, Dandaka, Kantipura, and those of mixed mleccha descent --

హిందీ అర్థం

द्रविड़, विदेह, आन्ध्र, अश्मक, भासापरपुर, कोंकण, मन्त्रिशिकों सहित; कुन्तल, केरल, दण्डक, कान्तिपुर, तथा म्लेच्छ-सांकर्य से उत्पन्न लोग।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

नासिक्यभोगवर्धनविराटविन्ध्याद्रिपार्श्वगा देशाः । ये च पिबन्ति सुतोयां तापीं ये च अपि गोमतीसलिलम् ॥ नागरकृषिकरपारतहुताशनाजीविशस्त्रवार्तानां वार्त्तानां । आटविकदुर्गकर्वटवधिक वधक नृशंसावलिप्तानाम् ॥ १६.१२॥

nasikyabhogavardhanaviratavindhyadriparshvaga deshah | ye cha pibanti sutoyam tapim ye chapi gomatisalilam | nagarakrishikaraparatahutashanajivishastravartanam | atavikadurgakarvatavadhakanrishamsavaliptanam || 12 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Nasikya, Bhogavardhana, Virata, and the countries lying alongside the Vindhya mountain; those who drink of the good waters of the Tapi, and also those who drink the waters of the Gomati -- of city-dwellers, farmers, Paratas, those who live by fire-worship, and those who live by weapons; of forest-dwellers, fort-dwellers, hill-people, executioners, and the cruel and arrogant --

హిందీ అర్థం

नासिक्य, भोगवर्धन, विराट, विन्ध्य-पर्वत के निकट के देश; जो अच्छे जल वाली ताप्ती नदी का, तथा जो गोमती नदी का जल पीते हैं, नगरवासी, किसान, पारत, अग्नि-उपासक, शस्त्र पर आजीविका करने वाले; वनवासी, दुर्गवासी, पहाड़ी लोग, वधिक (जल्लाद) तथा क्रूर-अहंकारी।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

नरपतिकुमारकुञ्जरदांभिकडिंभाभिघातपशुपानाम् । रक्तफलकुसुमविद्रुमचमूपगुडमद्यतीक्ष्णानाम् ॥ १६.१३॥

narapatikumarakunjaradambhikadimbhabhighatapashupanam | raktaphalakusumavidrumachamupagudamadyatikshnanam || 13 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of kings, princes, elephants, hypocrites, those who strike children, and herdsmen; of red fruits and flowers, coral, army-commanders, molasses, liquor, and the fierce --

హిందీ అర్థం

राजा, राजकुमार, हाथी, पाखण्डी, बालकों पर आघात करने वाले, तथा गोपालक; लाल फल-फूल, प्रवाल, सेनापति, गुड़, मद्य, तथा तीक्ष्ण जन।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

कोशभवनाग्निहोत्रिकधात्वाकरशाक्यभिक्षुचौराणाम् । शठदीर्घवैरबह्वाशिनां च वसुधासुतोऽधिपतिः ॥ १६.१४॥

koshabhavanagnihotrikadhatvakarashakyabhikshuchauranam | shathadirghavairabahvashinam cha vasudhasuto’dhipatih || 14 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Of treasuries, buildings, fire-sacrificers, mineral mines, Shakya (Buddhist) monks, and thieves; of the deceitful, those of long-standing enmity, and gluttons -- the son of the Earth (Mars) is the lord.

హిందీ అర్థం

कोष, भवन, अग्निहोत्री, धातु-खनन, शाक्य भिक्षु, चोर; धूर्त, दीर्घ-वैरी, तथा अधिक खाने वाले, इनका स्वामी वसुधा-सुत (मंगल) है।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

लोहित्यः सिन्धुनदः सरयूर्गांभीरिका रथाख्या च । गंगाकौशिक्याद्याः सरितो वैदेहकांबोजाः ॥ १६.१५॥

lohityah sindhunadah sarayurgambhirika rathakhya cha | gangakaushikyadyah saritah vaidehakambojah || 15 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The Lauhitya, the river Sindhu, the Sarayu, the Gambhirika, and the river called Ratha; the Ganga, Kaushiki, and other rivers; the Vaidehas and Kambojas --

హిందీ అర్థం

लौहित्य, सिन्धु नदी, सरयू, गाम्भीरिका, तथा रथा नामक नदी; गंगा, कौशिकी आदि नदियाँ; वैदेह तथा कम्बोज।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

मथुरायाः पूर्वार्धं हिमवद्गोमन्तचित्रकूटस्थाः । सौराष्ट्रसेतुजलमार्गपण्यबिलपर्वताश्रयिणः ॥ १६.१६॥

mathurayah purvardham himavadgomantachitrakutasthah | saurashtrasetujalamargapanyabilaparvatashrayinah || 16 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The eastern half of Mathura; those situated at Himavat, Gomanta, and Citrakuta; Surashtra; those who resort to bridges, waterways, marketplaces, caves, and mountains --

హిందీ అర్థం

मथुरा का पूर्वी आधा भाग; हिमवत्, गोमन्त तथा चित्रकूट पर्वतों पर स्थित; सुराष्ट्र; सेतु, जल-मार्ग, बाज़ार, गुफा तथा पर्वतों का आश्रय लेने वाले।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

उदपानयन्त्रगान्धर्वलेख्यमणिरागगन्धयुक्तिविदः । आलेख्यशब्दगणितप्रसाधकायुष्यशिल्पज्ञाः ॥ १६.१७॥

udapanayantragandharvalekhyamaniragagandhayuktividah | alekhyashabdaganitaprasadhakayushyashilpajnah || 17 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Those knowing well-machines, music, painting, gem-colouring, and perfumery; those skilled in the arts of painting, sound, mathematics, cosmetics, and longevity (medicine) --

హిందీ అర్థం

कूप-यन्त्र, संगीत, चित्रकला, मणि-रंगाई तथा गन्ध-कला के ज्ञाता; चित्रकला, ध्वनि (संगीत/व्याकरण), गणित, सौन्दर्य-प्रसाधन तथा आयुर्विद्या में कुशल।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

चरपुरुषकुहकजीवकशिशुकविशठसूचकाभिचाररताः । दूतनपुंसकहास्यज्ञभूततन्त्रेन्द्रजाजज्ञाः ॥ १६.१८॥

charapurushakuhakajivakashishukavishathasuchakabhichararatah | dutanapumsakahasyajnabhutatantrendrajalajnah || 18 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Spies, tricksters, physicians, children, the very deceitful, informers, those devoted to sorcery; envoys, eunuchs, those skilled in comedy, exorcism, and conjuring --

హిందీ అర్థం

गुप्तचर, धूर्त, वैद्य, शिशु, अत्यन्त कपटी, सूचक, अभिचार में रत; दूत, नपुंसक, हास्य-कला, भूत-तन्त्र तथा इन्द्रजाल के ज्ञाता।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

आरक्षकनटनर्तकघृततैलस्नेहबीजतिक्तानि । व्रतचारिरसायनकुशलवेसराश्चन्द्रपुत्रस्य ॥ १६.१९॥

arakshakanatanartakaghritatailasnehabijatiktani | vratacharirasayanakushalavesarashchandraputrasya || 19 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Guards, actors, dancers, ghee, oil, unctuous substances, seeds, bitter things; those observing vows, those skilled in alchemy, and mules -- all these belong to the son of the Moon (Mercury).

హిందీ అర్థం

रक्षक, नट, नर्तक, घी, तेल, स्निग्ध पदार्थ, बीज, कड़वे पदार्थ; व्रतधारी, रसायन-कुशल, तथा खच्चर, ये सब चन्द्र-पुत्र (बुध) के हैं।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

सिन्धुनदपूर्वभागो मथुरापश्चार्धभरतसौवीराः । स्रुघ्नौदीच्य नोदीच्य विपाशासरित्शतद्रू रमठशाल्वाः साल्वाः ॥ १६.२०॥

sindhunadapurvabhago mathurapashchardhabharatasauvirah | srughnaudichyavipashasaritshatadrurmathashalvah || 20 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

The eastern part along the river Sindhu; the western half of Mathura; Bharata, Sauvira; Srughna, the northern regions, the river Vipasha, the Shatadru; Ramatha; and Salva --

హిందీ అర్థం

सिन्धु नदी का पूर्वी भाग; मथुरा का पश्चिमी आधा भाग, भरत-प्रदेश, सौवीर; स्रुघ्न, उत्तरी प्रदेश, विपाशा नदी, शतद्रु (नदी); रमठ; तथा साल्व।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

त्रैगर्तपौरवांब बांब ष्ठपारता वाटधानयौधेयाः । सारस्वतार्जुनायनमत्स्यार्धग्रामराष्ट्राणि ॥ १६.२१॥

traigartapauravambashthaparata vatadhanayaudheyah | sarasvatarjunayanamatsyardhagramarashtrani || 21 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Traigarta, Paurava, Ambashtha, Parata; Vatadhana, Yaudheya; Sarasvata, Arjunayana, Matsya, and half of the Gramarashtras --

హిందీ అర్థం

त्रैगर्त, पौरव, अम्बष्ठ, पारत; वाटधान, यौधेय; सारस्वत, आर्जुनायन, मत्स्य, तथा आधे ग्रामराष्ट्र।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)

సంస్కృతం

हस्त्यश्वपुरोहितभूपमन्त्रिमांगल्यपौष्टिकासक्ताः । कारुण्यसत्यशौचव्रतविद्यादानधर्मयुताः ॥ १६.२२॥

hastyashvapurohitabhupamantrimangalyapaushtikasaktah | karunyasatyashauchavratavidyadanadharmayutah || 22 ||

ఆంగ్ల అర్థం

Elephants, horses, priests, kings, ministers; those devoted to auspicious and nourishing rites; those endowed with compassion, truth, purity, vows, learning, charity, and righteousness --

హిందీ అర్థం

हाथी, घोड़े, पुरोहित, राजा, मन्त्री; मंगल तथा पौष्टिक कर्मों में रत; करुणा, सत्य, शौच, व्रत, विद्या, दान तथा धर्म से युक्त।

మూలం: Sanskrit (Devanagari): sanskritdocuments.org, ed. A.V. Tripathi (Sarasvati Bhavan Granthamala), transliterated by Michio Yano, proofread by Mizue Sugita. English/Hindi meanings by Vedic Hora -- for review. (Place/tribe names transliterated, not translated, as is standard for proper nouns.)